NOAA Technical Report NMFS 38

Fishery Atlas

of the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands

Richard N. Uchida and James H. Uchiyama (Editors)

'September 1986

U.s. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

National Marine Fisheries Service
NOAA TECHNICAL REPORT NMFS _

The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to

understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for their optimum use. NMFS is also charged with the developmen'

and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforcement of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United

States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of international fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service

and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry.

The NOAA Technical Report NMFS series was established in 1983 to replace two subcategories of the Technical Reports series: "Special Scientific Report-Fisheries" and

"Circular." The series contains the following types of reports: Scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS; intensive scientific reports on

studies of restricted scope; papers on applied fishery problems; technical reports of general interest intended to aid conservation and management; reports that review in considerable detail and at a high technical level certain broad areas of research; and technical papers originating in economics studies and from management investigations. Since

this is a formal series, all submitted papers receive peer review and those accepted receive professional editing before publication.

Copies of NOAA Technical Reports NMFS are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for

other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained from: U.S. Department of Commerce, National Technical Information Service.

5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted entirely, reference to source is appreciated.

I. Synopsis of biological data on the Blue Crab, Ca/linectes sapidus Rathbun, by

Mark R. Millikin and Austin B. Williams. March 1984, 39 p.

2. Development of hexagrammids (Pisces: Scorpaeniformes) in the Northeastern

Pacific Ocean, by Arthur W. Kendall, Jr., and Beverly Vinter. March 1984, 44 p.

3. Configurations and relative efficiencies ofshrimp trawls employed in southeastern

United States waters, by John W. Watson, Jr., Ian K. Workman, Charles W. Taylor,

and Anthony F. Serra. March 1984, 12 p.

4. Management of northern fur seals on the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, 1786-1981, by

Alton Y. Roppel. April 1984, 26 p.

5. Net phytoplankton and zooplankton in the New York Bight, January 1976 to

February 1978, with comments on the effects of wind, Gulf Stream eddies, and slope

water intrusions, by Daniel E. Smith and Jack W. Jossi. May 1984, 41 p.

6. Ichthyoplankton survey of the estuarine and inshore waters of the Florida Everglades, May 1971 to February 1972, by L. Alan Collins, and John H. Finucane. July

1984,75 p.

7. The feeding ecology ofsome zooplankters that are important prey items oflarval

,fish, by Jefferson T. Thrner. July 1984, 28 p.

8. Proceedings of the International Workshop on Age Determination of Oceanic

Pelagic Fishes: Thnas, Billfishes, and Sharks, by Eric D. Prince (convener and editor),

and Lynn M. Pulos (editor). December 1983, 211 p.

9. Sampling statistics in the Atlantic menhaden fishery, by Alexander 1. Chester.

August 1984, 16 p.

10. Proceedings of the Seventh U.S.-Japan Meeting on Aquaculture, Marine Finfish

Culture, Tokyo, Japan, October 3-4, 1978, by Carl 1. Sindermann (editor). August 1984,

31 p.

11. Taxonomy of North American fish Eimeriidae, by Steve 1. Upton, David W.

Reduker, William L. Current, and Donald W. Duszynski. August 1984, 18 p.

12. Soviet-American Cooperative Research on Marine Mammals. Volume 1-Pinnipeds, by Francis H. Fay, and Gennadii A. Fedoseev (editors). September 1984, 104 p.

13. Guidelines for reducing porpoise mortality in tuna purse seining, by James M.

Coe, David B. Holts, and Richard W. Butler. September 1984, 16 p.

14. Synopsis of biological data on shortnose sturgeon, Acipenser brevirostrum LeSueur

1818, by Michael J. Dadswell, Bruce D. Taubert. Thomas S. Squiers, Donald Marchette, and Jack Buckley. October 1984, 45 p.

15. Chaetognatha of the Caribbean sea and adjacent areas, by Harding B. Michd.

October 1984, 33 p.

16. Proceedings ofthe Ninth and Tenth U.S.-Japan Meetings "n Aquaculture, hy Carl

1. Sindermann (editor). November 1984, 92 p.

17. Identification and estimation of size from the beaks of 18 species of cephalopods

from the Pacific Ocean, by Gary A. Wolff. November 1984, 50 p.

18. A temporal and spatial study of invertebrate communities associated with hardbottom habitats in the South Atlantic Bight, by E. L. Wenner, P. Hinde, D. M. Knoil.

and R. F. Van Dolah. November 1984, 104 p.

19. Synopsis of biological data on spottail pinfish, Diplodus holbrooki (Pisces:

Sparidae), by George H. Darcy. January 1985, 11 p.

20. Ichthyoplankton of the Continental Shelf near Kodiak Island, Alaska, by Arthur

W. Kendall, Jr., and Jean R. Dunn. January 1985, 89 p.

21. Annotated bibliography on hypoxia and its effects on marine life, with emphasis

on the Gulf of Mexico, by Maurice L. Renaud. February 1985, 9 p.

22. Congrid eels of the eastern Pacific and key to their Leptocephali, by Solomon

N. Raju. February 1985, 19 p.

23. Synopsis of biological data on the pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides (Pisces:Sparidae),

by George H. Darcy. February 1985, 32 p.

24. Temperature conditions in the cold pool 1977-81: A comparison between southern

New England and New York transects, by Steven K. Cook. February 1985, 22 p.

25. Parasitology and pathology of marine organisms of the world ocean, by William

1. Hargis, Jr. (editor). March 1985, 135 p.

26. Synopsis of biological data on the sand perch. Diplectrum formosum (Pisces:

Serranidae), by George H. Darcy. March 1985, 21 p.

ZI. Proceedings of the Eleventh U.S.-Japan Meeting on Aquaculture, Salmon Enhancement, Tokyo, Japan, October 19-20, 1982, by Carl 1. Sindermann (editor). March 1985,

102 p.

28. Review of geographical stocks of tropical dolphins (Stenelfa spp. and Delphinus

delphis) in the eastern Pacific, by William F. Perrin, Michael D. Scott, G. Jay Walker,

and Virginia L. Cas.. March 1985, 28 p.

29. Prevalence, intensity, longevity, and persistence of Anisakis sp. larvae and Lacisrorhyncltus renuis metacestodes in San Francisco striped bass, by Mike Moser. Judy

A. Sakanari, Carol A. Reilly, and Jeannette Whipple. April 1985, 4 p.

30. Synopsis of biological data on the pink shrimp, Pandalus borealis Kr6yer. 1838,

by Sandra E. Shumway, Herbert C. Perkins. Daniel F. Schick, and Alden P. Stickney.

May 1985, 57 p.

31. Shark catches from selected fisheries offthe U.S. east coast, by Emory D. Anderson, John G. Casey, John 1. Hoey, and W. N. Witzell. July 1985. 22 p.

32. Nutrient DistributillOs for Georges Bank and adjacent waters in 1979, by A. f.

1. Draxler, A. Matte, R. Waldhauer, and 1. E. O'Reilly. July 1985, 34 p.

33. Marine flora and fauna of the Northeastern United States. Echinodermata:

Echinoid~a, by D. Keith Seraly and F. Julian Fell. September 1985, ZI p.

34. Addition. to a reVision of the shark genus Carchorhinus: Synonymy of Aprionodon and Hypoprion, and description of a new species of Carchorhinus (Carcharhinidae),

by 1. A. F. Garrick. November 1985, 26 p.

35. Synoptic review of the literature on the Southern oyster drill Thais haemasroma

floridana, by Philip A. Butler. November 1985, 9 p.
NOAA Technical Report NMFS 38

Fishery Atlas

of the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands

Richard N. Uchida and James H. Uchiyama (Editors)

September 1986

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Anthony J. Calia, Administrator

National Marine Fisheries Service

William G. Gordon, Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, recommend

or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this

publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales promotion which would indicate

or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary

product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose

an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or

purchased because of this NMFS publication.

ii
CONTENTS

Introduction 1

Historical background 3

Description of the islands 4

Nihoa Island 5

Necker Island 6

French Frigate Shoals 7

Gardner Pinnacles 9

Maro Reef 9

Laysan Island 10

Lisianski Island 11

Pearl and Hermes Reef 12

Midway 13

Kure Atoll 14

Undersea features 15

Middle Bank 15

West Bank Nihoa 15

Bank 1 15

Bank 2 15

Bank 3 15

Bank 4 15

Bank 5 15

Bank 6 15

Brooks Banks 15

St. Rogatien Bank 15

Bank 7 15

Raita Bank 15

Northampton Seamounts 15

Pioneer Bank 16

Bank 8 16

Bank 9 16

Salmon Bank 16

Gambia Shoal 16

Ladd Seamount 16

Nero Seamount 16

Bank 10 16

Bank 11 16

Bank 12 16

Hancock Seamounts 16

Climate of Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 17

Air temperature 17

Wind direction and velocities 18

Rainfall 20

Oceanography of Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 21

Surface temperature 21

Thermocline depth 22

Surface salinity 23

Surface currents 24

Tidal currents 24

Waves and swells 26

iii

Description of gear 27

Fish trawl 27

Shrimp trawl 28

Fish traps 28

Lobster pots 28

Shrimp pots 28

Crab nets 28

Deep-sea handlines 29

Mackerel handlines 29

Troll gear 29

Crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes caught in Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 30

Distribution by area and depth 30

Size range and methods of capture 30

Species accounts 56

Crustacean resources 59

Penaeidae

Opaelolo (Richard N. Uchida) 60

Pandalidae

Armed nylon shrimp (Richard N. Uchida) 62

Smooth nylon shrimp (Richard N. Uchida) 64

Palinuridae

VIa (Richard N. Uchida) 66

Scyllaridae

Ulapapa (Richard N. Uchida) 68

Raninidae

Kona crab (Richard N. Uchida) 70

Molluscan resources 73

Octopodidae

Hee (Steven H. Kramer) 74

Fish resources 77

Berycidae

Alfonsin (Richard N. Uchida) 78

Holocentridae

Uu (Richard N. Uchida) 80

Serranidae

Hapuupuu (Michael P. Seki) 82

Priacanthidae

Glasseye snapper (Richard N. Uchida) 84

Carangidae

VIua (Michael P. Seki) 86

Ornilu (Michael P. Seki) 88

Mackerel scad (Paul M. Shiota) 90

Redtail scad (Paul M. Shiota) 92

Rainbow runner (Michael P. Seki) 94

Butaguchi (Michael P. Seki) 96

Bigeye scad (Paul M. Shiota) 98

Greater amberjack

(Robert L. Humphreys, Jr.) 100
Coryphaenidae

Dolphin (James H. Uchiyama) 102

Lutjanidae

Uku (Steven H. Kramer) 104

Ehu (ALan R. Everson) 106

Onaga (ALan R. Everson) 108

Taape (Richard N. Uchida) 110

Opakapaka (Robert L. Humphreys, Jr.) 112

Kalekale (ALan R. Everson) 114

Gindai (ALan R. Everson) 116

Mullidae

Moano (Richard N. Uchida) 118

Pentacerotidae

Pelagic armorhead (Richard N. Uchida) 120

Acanthuridae

Naenae (Victor A. Honda) 122

Kala (Victor A. Honda) 124

Scombridae

Wahoo (Steven H. Kramer) 126

Kawakawa (James H. Uchiyama) 128

Skipjack tuna (James H. Uchiyama) 130

Yellowfin tuna (James H. Uchiyama) 132

Bigeye tuna (James H. Uchiyama) 134

Acknowledgments 136

Citations 136

IV

Tables _

1. Estimated areas within three depth ranges for some

major islands and banks in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands 4

2. Monthly mean values of various meteorological and

oceanographic parameters 17

3. Crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes caught in the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 31

4. Depth distribution by bank of crustaceans,

molluscs, and fishes in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands 36

5. Size range and checklist of types of gear used in

the capture of crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes in

the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 49
Figures _

1. Hawaiian Archipelago and its fishery conservation

zone 2

2. Nihoa 5

3. Necker Island 6

4. French Frigate Shoals 7

5. Gardner Pinnacles 8

6. Maro Reef 9

7. Laysan Island 10

8. Lisianski Island 11

9. Pearl and Hermes Reef 12

10. Midway 13

11. Kure Atoll 14

12. Modes of monthly temperature means for French

Frigate Shoals 18

13. Monthly temperature means at Midway 18

14. Monthly mean wind gusts and velocities at NOAA

Data Buoy 51001 19

15. Wind direction and speed at French Frigate

Shoals 19

16. Wind direction and speed at Midway 19

17. Mean number of days with measurable precipitation for French Frigate Shoals 20

18. Mean monthly precipitation in inches for French

Frigate Shoals 20

19. Mean number of days with measurable precipitation for Midway 20

20. Mean monthly precipitation in inches for Midway 20

21. Distribution of surface temperature 21

22. Zonal profile of surface temperature 22

23. Distribution of depth of the mixed layer 22

24. Meridional profile of depth ofthe mixed layer 23

25. Southern limits of the 35°/00 salinity isopleth 23

26. Mean meridional salinity profile 23

27. Distribution of surface salinity April-August 24

28. Distribution of surface salinity November-February 24

29. Resulting drift or average vector velocity of current measurements from Molokai to Midway 25

30. Semidiurnal tidal currents in the direction of the

major axis of the tidal ellipses from Molokai to

Midway 25

31. Diurnal tidal currents in the direction of major axis

of the tidal ellipses from Molokai to Midway 26

32. Swells and wave types in Hawaiian waters 26

33. Monthly means, ranges, and standard deviations of

wave height at NOAA Buoy Station 51001 27

v

34. Technical terms used in the description of

shrimps 56

35. Technical terms and principal measurements used

in the description of lobsters 56

36. Technical terms and principal measurements used

in the description of crabs 57

37. Technical terms used in the description of an

octopus 57

38. Technical terms and principal measurements used

in the description of bonyfishes 58

39. Penaeus marginatus 61

40. Heterocarpus ensifer 63

41. Heterocarpus laevigatus 65

42. Panulirus marginatus 67

43. Scyllarides squammosus 69

44. Scyllarides haanii 69

45. Female Ranina ranina 71

46. Octopus cyanea 75

47. Beryx splendens 79

48. Myripristis berndti 81

49. Epinephelus quernus 83

50. Priacanthus cruentatus 85

51. Caranx ignoblis 87

52. Caranx melampygus 89

53. Decapterus macarellus 91

54. Decapterus tabl 93

55. Elagatis bipinnulata 95

56. Pseudocaranx dentex 97

57. Selar crumenophthalmus 99

58. Seriola dumerili 101

59. Male Coryphaena hippurus 103

60. Aprion virescens 105

61. Etelis carbunculus 107

62. Etelis coruscans 109

63. Lutjanus kasmira 111

64. Pristipomoides filamentosus 113

65. Pristipomoides sieboldii 115

66. Pristipomoides zonatus 117

67. Parupeneus multifasciatus 119

68. Pseudopentaceros wheeleri 121

69. Acanthurus olivaceus 123

70. Naso unicornis 125

71. Acanthocybium solandri 127

72. Euthynnus affinis 129

73. Katsuwonus pelamis 131

74. Thunnus albacares 133

75. Thunnus obesus 135

Fishery Atlas of the

Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands

RICHARD N. UCHIDA and

JAMES H. UCHIYAMA (editors)

Southwest Fisheries Center Honolulu Laboratory,

National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA,

2570 Dole Street, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396

ABSTRACT

This atlas summarizes data on the crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes caught in

a resource survey of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands from October 1976 to

September 1981. The geographical and depth distributions, size range, and the

type of gear used to catch all ofthe crustaceans, molluscs, and fIShes are tabulated.

Species accounts of 37 crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes of commercial potential

are presented. The geography, oceanography, and climate of the region are

reviewed.

Note: Authors of species accounts are affiliated with the Southwest Fisheries Center

Honolulu Laboratory, except for Steven H. Kramer, who is with Seafarms West, 4600

Carlsbad Blvd., Carlsbad, CA 92008.

INTRODUCTION -----------

More than a decade ago, the Governor's Task Force on Oceanography, State of Hawaii, which included approximately 100 professionals from all segments of Hawaii's community, recognized

that the fishery resources of the main islands (Hawaii, Maui,

Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokai, Oahu, Kauai, and Niihau) were being subjected to considerable fishing pressure and recommended

exploration and development of marine resources in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (NWHI) ([Hawaiil 1969). In the years

immediately following the Task Force's recommendation, fishing

vessels capable of undertaking long voyages were added to the

Hawaiian fishing fleet. The Governor's Advisory Committee on

Science and Technology noted that marine resources in the NWHI

were within the operating radius of many of these vessels, and

recommended that State, Federal, and academic research agencies

begin an intensive cooperative investigation of marine resources

in the NWHI ([Hawaii] 1974). In response to these recomme'ldations, the Southwest Fisheries Center Honolulu Laboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), reconnoitered waters of

the NWHI on research cruises by the NOAA ships David Starr Jordan in 1973 and the Townsend Cromwell in 1975.

Concurrent with these activities in Hawaii were the discussions

in Congress about the inadequacy of conservation and management

practices for fishery resources off the coast of the United States.

Under the authority of the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and

Management Act (MFCMA) of 1976, the Federal Government

established a fishery conservation zone (FCZ) from the 3-nmi territorial boundary out to 200 nmi from shore on I March 1977. 1

The 200-nmi FCZ around the Hawaiian Archipelago (Fig. I) encompasses the eight major islands in the group, and the NWHI,

which with two exceptions were designated the Hawaiian Islands

National Wildlife Refuge (Refuge) in 1909. The exceptions are Midway, which in addition to being a Naval Wildlife Refuge is a permanent U.S. Naval Air Installation, and Kure Atoll, a U.S. Coast

Guard loran station which has been a State Wildlife Refuge since

1952 and a State Seabird Sanctuary since 1978 (Gilmartin 1983).

In October 1976, 5 months before the enactment of the MFCMA,

the Honolulu Laboratory launched a full-scale investigation of

marine resources in the NWHI. Discussions among the Department

of Commerce, NOAA, NMFS, the Department of the Interior, U.S.

Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) in Honolulu, and the State of

Hawaii, Department of Land and Natural Resources (DLNR), led

to an agreement to participate in a joint investigation of the aquatic

resources and the lal.d-associated resources of the NWHI. From

these discussions evolved the Tripartite Cooperative Agreement

among NMFS, FWS, and DLNR to survey and assess the living

resources of the NWHI. 2

The NMFS assumed the lead role in implementing the provisions

of the agreement, undertaking the survey of fishery resources over

the islands' outer terraces, escarpments, submerged banks, and seamounts. After the onset of the investigation, NMFS also assumed

responsibility for study of the endangered Hawaiian monk seal,

Monachus schauinslandi, and the threatened green turtle, Chelonia

mydas.

In the area inshore from the NMFS's area of responsibility, particularly the waters <20 m deep to the shoreline, the DLNR assumed

responsibility of surveying the nearshore marine resources and

habitat.

'To avoid confusion in expressing distances, statute mile has been converted 10

kilometer (Ian) and nautical mile (nmi) has been retained.

'Survey and assessment of the living resources ofthe Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.

A Tripartite Cooperative Agreement, May 1978.
o

o

00

a

D

1600

o

C>

a

D 0

O~'O<::::)

~o;OO

o 0

o

o

It

q o

a

D

o

c:::l

1650

o

o IJi" <6

1700 1750

0°

o

o

Bonk No. 12 00

o

o cg ~o C'> £10 L I~OO

Figure I.-Hawaiian Archipelago and its fishery conservation zone.

.<1

I

0 ..........................<::::-:1 \ I

0 °

@

tv ~"I~ ()

°
The FWS, as Refuge managers, had the responsibility to survey

avian resources of the Refuge. Activities included population

estimates of marine birds, studies of the food of birds, study major

feeding areas and consumptive rates, and assessment of potential

impact of commercial and recreational fishing upon Refuge inhabitants. After the signing of the Tripartite Cooperative Agreement, the University of Hawaii Sea Grant College Program

(UHSGCP) expressed an interest in conducting research in the

NWHI and became an active participant in the investigation.

Initially, little was known about the resources of the NWHI. The

reconnaissance cruises of 1973 and 1975 by the Jordan and

Cromwell revealed the presence of scattered small concentrations

of baitfish at several of the islands and small-to-moderate aggregations of bottom fish of the snapper-grouper complex. Exploratory

trawling also revealed the presence of the penaeid shrimp, Penaeus

marginatus, and large schools of unicornfish, Naso sp. Trapping

stations confirmed the presence ofspotty but high densities ofspiny

lobster, Panulirus marginatus, and caridean shrimps, Heterocarpus ensifer and H. laevigatus. From October 1976 to September

1981, the NMFS, FWS, DLNR, and UHSGCP surveyed the

islands, banks, reefs, shelves, seamounts, and overlying waters

within the FCZ and amassed data on the various marine and land

inhabitants. Two major symposia covering the above joint efforts

were held at the University of Hawaii at Manoa in 1979 and 1983.

The proceedings of these symposia contained the results of over

100 research projects (Grigg and Pfund 1980; Grigg and Tanoue

1984).

During the investigation the NMFS conducted resource surveys

to determine the species of commercial value and their distribution

in the area using standard types of gear. This atlas provides results

of the NMFS studies of fish, crustacean, and molluscan resources

and their distribution in the NWHI, description of the banks and

seamounts visited, review of the climate and oceanography, and

a short synopsis of those fish and shellfish of economic significance.

3

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND _

The earliest record of commercial fishing in the NWHI appeared

in the October 30 edition of the Honolulu Star-Bulletin (1917). In

the 1930's up to five large (20-21 m long) vessels fished for bottom fish; the number oflarge vessels increased to nine after World

War II (Hau 1984). One marginally profitable operation established

a base at French Frigate Shoals and air shipped its catch to Honolulu

by chartered plane (Amerson 1971). By early November 1946, two

companies-Hawaiian American Fisheries, headed by Louis K.

Agard, Jr., and Seaside Fishing Company, run by Frank Opperman and Warren Haines-established fishing bases on Tern Island

at French Frigate Shoals; the catch was transported to Honolulu

via a chartered DC-3 from Trans-Air Hawaii (Amerson 1971). Most

of the catch consisted of trap-caught fish; however, a large proportion was green turtle, a profitable item.

The principals in this fishery eventually had difficulty keeping

the operation financially viable (Amerson 1971). To reduce costs

Hawaiian American Fisheries acquired new partners and formed

a new corporation-Aero Fisheries-with a plane of its own. One

flight was completed in July 1949, but mechanical problems with

the plane and lack of financing forced Aero Fisheries to abandon

its operation.

Several attempts to revive fishing in the NWHI during the 1950's

met with varying success. In 1959, Agard formed another joint venture and purchased a refrigerated vessel and a plane to transport

the catch but this venture was also short-lived.

Some commercial fishermen believed that an efficiently run operation in the NWHI could be profitable, whereas others maintained

a cautious attitude about developing fisheries in those waters. Commercial deep-sea fishing vessels, using handline, traps, and trolling gear, made periodic trips to NWHI and enjoyed relatively good

fishing. However, a limited local market was a serious obstacle

and caused a decline in the number of vessels operating in the NWHI

between the late 1940's and the early 1970's.
DESCRIJYfION OF THE ISLANDS _

The NWHI are part of the Hawaiian-Emperor chain, a quasi-linear

array of shield volcanoes which extend nearly 6,000 Ion on the

Pacific lithospheric plate. The Hawaiian chain extends southeastnorthwest about 3,500 Ion and the Emperor Seamounts north-south

about 2,300 Ion at the western end of the Hawaiian chain. It is

presently accepted that all of the islands and almost all the seamounts

in the Hawaiian-Emperor chain are geologically continuous and

originated over a relatively stationary hot spot located under Mauna

Loa and Kilauea volcanoes of the Island of Hawaii (Wilson 1963;

Morgan 1972; Jackson et al. 1980; Grigg 1982, 1983). As volcanoes

formed over the Hawaiian hot spot about 70 million years ago, the

Pacific plate moved slowly northward, forming what are now the

Emperor Seamounts. About 43 million years ago, the Pacific plate

began moving northwesterly and formed the bend between the

Emperor and the Hawaiian chains. The Hawaiian Archipelago is

estimated to have originated within the last 30 million years. A

detailed review of evidence supporting the hot spot hypothesis of

the formation of the Hawaiian-Emperor chain is presented by

Jackson et aI. (1980).

Due to the varying degree ofsubsidence and erosion, the Hawaiian

Archipelago may be divided into three groups. The southeast portion, which is composed of the eight high volcanic islands (main

islands), is the youngest. A middle portion (Kaula Island, Nihoa,

Necker Island, French Frigate Shoals, La Perouse Pinnacle, and

Gardner Pinnacles), and a northwestern portion consisting mostly

of low atolls, sandy islets, reefs, and shoals including Maro Reef,

Laysan, Lisianski Island, Pearl and Hermes Reef, Midway, and

Kure Atoll are the oldest (Carlquist 1970; McDonald and Abbott

1970).

Within the NWHI, there also exists a series ofshallow submerged

banks <1.6 to >80 Ion long which surround or lie amongst various

islands in the group. The depths over these banks are between 4

and 146 m, although, the troughs between the banks and islands

may be as deep as 5,300 m. Along the northern and southern boundaries of the NWHI, the 3,660-m contour is usually within 20 nmi

of the shoals.

In addition to islands, atolls, and submerged banks, the archipelago has numerous seamounts. These are large submarine

volcanoes some of which may have been high volcanic islands that

have subsided to one-half kilometer or more below the sea surface.

Some of these summits lack a coral cap, and are called ..guyots"

or flat-topped seamounts. Seamounts are identifiable as former

islands by their form and the inshore fossils dredged from them

(Menard and Hamilton 1963).

In the sections that follow, we provide brief descriptions of the

islands, atolls, reefs, and seamounts where fishery assessment

surveys were conducted. The dimensions and depths given are from

published reports, navigational charts of the National Ocean Service (NOS), and data collected during our surveys. Table 1 gives

the estimated areas of some of the major banks within the 183-,

914-, and 1,829-m contours.

4

Table I.-Estimated areas (square nautical miles) within three

depth ranges for some of the major islands and banks in the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Estimated from National Ocean

Service navigation charts.

Bottom area (nmi2

)

183 m 914 m 1,829 m

Location (100 fm) (500 fm) (1,000 fm)

Nihoa Island 458 1,136 1,901

Necker Island 598 1,209 1,579

French Frigate Shoals 366 t2,773 t4,185

Brooks Banks 128 t2.773 t4,185

SI. Rogatien 177 t2,773 t4,185

Gardner Pinnacles 937 1,915 4,904

Raila Bank 223 399 700

Maro Reef 741 1,438 2,447

Laysan Island 207 332 570

Northampton Seamounts 53+ 206+ 804

Pioneer Bank 102 289 :j:1,555

Lisianski Island 465 611 :j:1,555

Pearl and Hermes Reef

Midway Islands 144

Kure Atoll

tFrench Frigate Shoals, Brooks Banks, and SI. Rogatien are connected at 914 m depth.

:j:Pioneer Bank and Lisianski Island are connected at 1,829 m depth.
'0" ,o' '0" .0' 'o' 161"55' 'o' 54'

Nauticil Mile

23

26

NIHOA

" Niho6 1928 Alitro Datum

SOUNDINGS IN FATHOMS

22

26

26

16

"

22

23

22

23

" ~~~" 24

23 04'

" 22

2' C.

.:iq, 23 ,o'

" '0·

22

c.

"

" so"

22

20 22

" '0"

" " 24 22

" 11 " '0·

22 24 23°

03'

22

" " " '0'

"

" "

22

....... -

"

2ei -_. ••

"

"

21 22

"

20

20

"

"

'3 S

'3 "i~ " " :10:

20 " "

" "

20

22

-_.? '2) C"

22

22 22

24

04' " "

20

20

23

27

29 2.

" 22

24

56' 161°55' 54'

Figure 2.-Nihoa (National Ocean Service chart 19016).

Nihoa Island

The first of the uninhabited islands to the northwest of the main

islands is Nihoa, located at lat. 23°06'N, long. 161 °58'W, roughly

170 nmi west northwest of Kauai (Fig. 2). This small volcanic island

of 0.7 nmi2 (Carlquist 1970) is 1.4 km long, averages about 457

m wide, and is the largest of the lava islands west of Niihau. The

island has two peaks-Miller's Peak on the western end rises 273

m above sea level and Tanager Peak on the eastern end rises 260

m. A broad swale separates these peaks (McDonald and Abbott

1970).

The northern edge of Nihoa is an abrupt cliff which plunges directly from the crest of the island into the sea. The southern side is

gently sloped to low bluffs near the coast which is truncated by

a cliff 15-30 m high. At the cliffs base is a wave-cut platform about

1.2-2.4 m above sea level. The east and west ends of the island

are also bounded by cliffs (Emory 1928; McDonald and Abbott

1970).

Extending northwestward from the island for about 29 km is a

platform about 37 to 76 m below sea level (McDonald and Abbott

1970). Apparently, the whole northwestern part of this volcanic

island, perhaps 32 km across at sea level, has been eroded by wave

action.

5
17 C.

I.

11

,. S ... " " " " ... ...-.~

15 9 .... 15

15 " 10 ';

17 ,II " .0·

Iq' 17

S

"~II !!9i CfI .0· , " , " " '" 13 " . ,"

17

., 15

34'

" " 11

17

15

I.

• c.

10

.1

,.. 164°42' ... 41'

NECKER I

15 " Necker 1928 Afllro Datum

SOUNDINGS IN FATHOMS 123° 15 _"~'•• '. 411 t- ,'~, 35'

" 15,,>- 15

• C.

10 ,

">- ·:'10- .,

-'12'. 10

" !io; c.

:i' ..."",fwd

" 12

" 13

15 " sc.

I.

" 13

13

I.

f ... ... ... ... Nauliul Mile

Yards

..... 'F' .:;-'3 ..... F"'f:oo ..... ..... •400

15

15

230

35'

17

I. 17 I.

I. I.

15

43' 164°4,2' 41'

Figure 3.-Necker Island (National Ocean Service chart 19016).

Necker Island

Necker Island is a small 0.2 km2 narrow island <1,200 m long and

about 150 m wide (McDonald and Abbott 1970) located about 300

nmi northwest of Niihau at lat. 23°34'N, long. 164°42'W (Fig.

3). Its highest point is 84 m above sea level. It is shaped like a

fishhook with the shank lying in an east-west direction and the barb

pointing northeast (Emory 1928). At the east end is an islet about

61 m long and 23 m wide that is generally awash. Necker Island

lies on a shallow, roughly oval platform which is 61 km long in

the northwest-southeast direction and about 32 km wide (McDonald

and Abbott 1970).

6
i'- __

__ :_, __c_-=~C_': 0-cc--:~= '_c:,::.:

'.:: ¥';Tern I.

\,)~

G>SharkI~;/~'

,

--

",,:,,

)06/::0 -- .- -/ : _/,"'"..:''' l

'0 5

>"/f':

", ~$.NeGr I.. ' ;!

,I ' ~, __ .(, "._......)' (: ,Bare I.

,,-~ ,. \", ',,\."'='~os.t 1;"1=:10

" '0') i'J.-'>: ~,-',.h •

\ .5··La Pe~se

vP!~"..a':I~. i -.. "',-..,.

I--\---;...----+---------__t"'"c:---.--'-'-;>':--;"--'-'-:--:'-'~++_---------+-__tI--...._;;;--""',__45'

, ' -10... I

,

1--!--:-----.::.=h~=,.,-----"--"+___j__,,=-------_+_--"""..._::"_~=-_+-----",__,,----50'

N

o

Figure 4.-French Frigate Shoals (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19401).

French Frigate Shoals

Located at the midpoint of the Hawaiian Archipelago at lat.

23°45'N, long. 166°IO'W, French Frigate Shoals (Fig. 4) is about

735 nmi northwest of the eastern tip of the Island of Hawaii and

780 nmi southeast of Kure Atoll (Amerson 1971), There are 13

small islets in the lagoon; 12 are low and sandy with sparse or no

vegetation and one island is volcanic rock.

The atoll consists of a crescent-shaped reef on a platform, which

to a depth of 55 m, covers about 648 km2• The atoll, with the long

axis stretching northwest-southeast 35 km, is actually a double

crescentic reef (Amerson 1971), The 363 kIn2 lagoon is 13 kIn

wide at its midpoint. The broken inner arc of the reef is 33 kIn

long and the almost continuQus outer arc of the reef is 57 kIn long.

The crescent tips, pointing westward, are about 28 kIn apart. La

Perouse Pinnacle, which lies on an imaginary line between these

two tips, is about II kIn southeast of the northern tip and 17 kIn

northwest of the southern tip (Palmer 1927; Amerson 1971),

The 12 sand islands of French Frigate Shoals have an area of

0.4 km2 of which 0.1 kIn2 is covered with vegetation (Amerson

1971), Two exposed volcanic rocks exist near the center of the oval

platform. Islands with well established vegetation include East,

Tern, Trig, and Whale Islands, Skate and Little Gin Islands,

although quite large, are only sparsely vegetated, Two other large

islands-Gin and Disappearing-are without vegetation and La

Perouse Pinnacle, in spite ofits size and height, supports no vegetation. The rest-Bare, Mullet, Near, Round, and Shark Islandsare sandbars that shift continuously, Three other nameless sandy

islets are submerged during periDds of high tide.

Tern Island, the largest island in the atoll located near the

northwest tip of the crescent, is largely a man-made island about

945 m long (Amerson 1971). A runway 76 m wide extends the

length ofthe island. Formerly the site of a U.S. Coast Guard loran

station, it is presently a FWS field station.

Shaped like a saddle, La Perouse Pinnacle (lat. 23°45'N, long.

166° 15'W) is 6 nmi south-southwest ofTern Island and 3 nmi westsouthwest of East Island (Amerson 1971). The main pinnacle at

the northwestern end rises 37 m above sea level and is nearly as

high (36 m) at the southeastern end. The main rock is roughly 222

m from northwest to southeast and 50 m at its widest point. A second rock, lying 119 m northwest of the main pinnacle, rises about

3 m above sea level and is about 61 m long and 20 m wide.

7
o

o

o~

500

100

25olt------\---+-++---+------~-+-H

10'

168·

I

.s>"

GAHDNER PINNACLES

20'

8

on

30'

50'-------t--------+---t1r+--~""---r+--_\__---U+_+__I_-_+__1

40'-----+---------++__-+-+--'-~::_'__~~""*L-----4_--'\__iI

10'----j---+------f-----r'=-~=__+__----'>.=_)+_\_---~_Ii_~-------~

Figure S.-Gardner Pinnacles (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19421).

8
35'--'------f-r----r'--+------+--------I-------"'---=o::t----"""'-+-----t---------i

35' 30' 170~25'W

'00

40'

8

25°15' N

1

MARO REEF DEPTH IN FATHOMS

o 2 4 6 f-------±--=~='====t=J--='=,='== NAUTICAL MILES

I 55' 50' 45'

20

25"----+--t----\----+--,1'-'Ki----+--------,f...----'---....---f'i<----:;----+--------j-""'-":-----j

20"----+------+---\--",------1------+------+-----"\""-'="""'t-----+-------,1--1------j

30"------\,------+-+------,H=--: --1T-------+-----I-------/;---+------+------',,--------";:-t----------1

Figure 6.-Maro Reef (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19441).

Gardner Pinnacles Maro Reef

Gardner Pinnacles (Fig. 5), which consists of two small volcanic

rocks, is located at lat. 25°00'N, long. 167°55'W (Clapp 1972).

Gardner Pinnacles are the westernmost volcanic islands in Hawaiian

waters and stand on the northeastern part of a bank which is 32

km wide and 80 km long in depths ranging between 16 and 73 m.

The northwestern peak, the smaller of the two islands, rises about

30 m above sea level and is about 76 m long and 30 m wide (Clapp

1972). About 46 m to the southeast is the larger peak, which is

about 213 m long and 152 m wide (Palmer 1927; Bryan 1939).

The larger peak formerly rose to 52 m, but its height was reduced

by blasting in 1961 to provide sites for astronomical stations. The

two islets have an overall area of about 0.01 km2 • From a distance,

Gardner Pinnacles have a snowcapped appearance because of the

coating of guano (Freeman 1951; Clapp 1972).

Maro Reef (Fig. 6) (lat. 25°25'N, long. 170 0

35'W), is about 80

nmi east southeast of Laysan Island. It is situated on a shallow bank,

which is approximately 57 km long and 33 km wide and is

presumably the truncated top of another large shield volcano

(McDonald and Abbott 1970). The reef itself is about 22 km long

and 9 km wide.

Within the 183-m contour, the bank extends east-west about 70

km and about 42 km north-south. There are numerous coral heads

in and around the reef ranging between 2 and 18 m deep.

9
171°45'

65 / 107 ',.-.-..

j

47' "

"

"

98

12

86

"

86

'3

.-'

18

"

"

96

8~". .._.._'30 _

86

"

80

86

'.. 82

86

'"

"

"

14

79

97

"

95

12

"0

".

SOUNDINGS IN FEET

AT MEAN LOWER LOW WATER

12

LAYSAN ISLAND

AllIroRomic Datum 1930Uieldl

4ol..t, LeI. 25-4.6'27.25' N. Lon•. 111-44'2'7.5"W,

98

"

"

64

"

"

,g~):~:

~jl

;' 62

101

53

"

,f>

J9

"

52 100

92

" "

1077:

:-~

"

",\~ I

.wI, ~o

86

'3

"

11

'"

96

'------

I

10

9B

........... \\ J~ r: '1

9

....

113 J....

86

'0'

pE3="""==rr"",,=--=<:=~========N='"=';=i"~' "'•.,i1."' =j=========="'l

.7' 171 0.."

Figure 7.-Laysan Island (National Ocean Service chart 19442).

Laysan Island

Laysan Island (Fig, 7), rougWy rectangular with the long axis slightly east of north, is the largest of the NWHI and is located at lat.

25°42'N, long. 171°44'W (Ely and Clapp 1973). Situated 115 nrni

east of Lisianski, 202 nmi northwest ofGardner Pinnacles, and 709

nmi northwest of Honolulu, Laysan Island is 2.8 km long and just

over 1.7 km wide. The total area is slightly under 4 km2 .

The island is capped by large sand accumulations and has a large

saltwater lagoon occupying about one-fifth of the island's interior

(Ely and Clapp 1973). A relatively shallow bank surrounds the island

for some distance offshore; beyond that, the bottom drops off

precipitously to an average depth of 3,292 m. The 180-m contour

around Laysan Island encloses an area of about 544 km2 (Warner

1963). The maximum elevation of just over 12 m is found in the

sand dune area at the north end of the island.

10
174' 57' '('

01'

26

62

"

56'

'0

63

96

:90',

" "-fo",

10 '.1";

10 02'

"

"

A.tronomi<: D.lum 1931 (fieldl

Lat.26°Olo'03.56"N. Lonll.173"58'09.5I"W.

SOUNDINGS IN FEET

AT MEAN LOWER LOW WATER

57'

93

"

LISIANSKI ISLAND

93

.,<1 '81\

69 63"_.~· s-;. 78

;.;_4'; /60;

96

10'

'0'

93

10'

174'

'0'

10'

'08

'0'

'0' 96

10'

':~f'

102 (69

:" '!~~i ::

;?~'i' .i 1~

:330:

-?!~,,:,

11 /<~¥;~

"

39

01'

02' 2

26

Figure 8.-Lisianski Island (National Ocean Service chart 19442).

Lisianski Island

Lisianski Island (Fig. 8) is a low sand and coral island of approximately 1.8 km2 which is situated at lat. 26°02'N, long. 174°0()'W

(Freeman 1951; [U.S.] Office of Geography 1956). Located about

905 nmi northwest of Honolulu, Lisianski Island is at the northern

end of a large, approximately 168 km2 reef bank (Clapp and Wirtz

1975). The island (ringed mostly by sand and sand-coral beaches

with the exception of the reef rock and small tidal pools) has a circumference roughly 5 km and resembles a parallelogram with the

north-south axis about 1.8 km long and the east-west axis 1.0 km

wide.

11
1-----270 45'

1750 55' 45' I

50'

o

NAUTICAL MILES

I

2

55'

Figure 9.-Pearl and Hermes Reef (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19461).

Pearl and Hermes Reef

Eighty-seven nautical miles east southeast of Midway and about

1,042 nmi northwest of Honolulu is Pearl and Hermes Reef (Fig.

9), a low coral atoll near the northwestern end of the Hawaiian Archipelago at lat. 27°55'N, long. 175°45'W (Amerson et al. 1974).

This atoll has been known as Pearl and Hermes Reef since two ships

bearing these names were wrecked there in 1822.

The fringing reef has a circumference of 69 km and is open to

the west (Thorp 1936). The long northeasterly axis ofthe elliptical

enclosed area is 32 km and the broadest point is 19 km. The area

within this reef covers 370 km2 . Nine islands within the reef cover

0.3 km2 (Amerson et al. 1974). Grass, North, Seal, and Southeast

Islands have established vegetation; Little North Island, which has

continued to emerge since it was first reported as a sandbar awash

at high tide, has limited vegetation. Kittery Island is low and subject to occasional inundation despite its size and relative permanence.

The remaining three islands-Bird, Planetree, and Sand-are shifting sandbars. Historical and recent data suggest that considerable

changes in the topography of Pearl and Hermes Reef have occurred

in the past 100 years as a result of continuous shifting, splitting,

and reforming ofsandspits (Gross et al. 1969; Amerson et al. 1974).

12
24' 22'

o

----------------10 FATHOMS_

MIDWAY ISLANDS

I

Midway

Figure IO.-Midway (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19481).

Lying about 1,134 nmi west northwest of Honolulu at lat. 28°12'N,

long. 177°23'W, Midway is near the extreme western end of the

Hawaiian Archipelago and consists oftwo islands (Fig. 10). These

islands are situated in the southeastern part of a lagoon, which is

within a protective coral reef 24 kIn in circumference. The coral

reef is submerged in some places but about 1.2-1.5 m above sea

level in others. Sand Island, on which the runway is built, is 2.4

kIn long and 1.5 kIn wide (Bryan 1942) and is the larger of the

two islands. About 1.5 kIn east of Sand Island is the triangular

Eastern Island, which measures about 2.0 kIn long and 1.3 kIn wide.

The entrance to the lagoon is on the south side between the two

islands (Tudor 1972). Midway is presently under administrative

control of the Department of the Navy.

13
N

\

OPEN

I

WATER

I

SAND ISLAND

c rI

20' 19' 18'

I

Figure ll.-Kure Atoll (adapted from National Ocean Service chart 19483). Although the opening to Kure Atoll is indicated as "open water,"

it is not navigable.

Kure Atoll

The northernmost coral atoll in the world, Kure Atoll is also the

westernmost land of the NWHI (Fig. II). It is located at lat.

28°25'N, long. 178° lO'W, about 1,175 nmi northwest of Honolulu

and 2,165 nmi southeast of Tokyo (Woodward 1972). The closest

neighboring island is Midway, 49 nmi to the southeast. Situated

atop a submerged volcano, it is nearly circular; the maximum

diameter is about 9 Ian. The outer reef almost completely encircles

the lagoon except for passages to the southwest. The reef is about

5 lan2 , the lagoon depth is about 14 m (Gross et aI. 1969).

14

The only permanent land in the atoll is crescent-shaped Green

Island located near the fringing reef in the southeast part of the

lagoon (Woodward 1972). Its long axis curves north to west 2 Ian

and the maximum width is 0.6 Ian. The ocean side of Green Island

is devoid of sand dunes and the elevation here does not exceed 5

m. The lagoon side is dominated by a series of sand dunes which

vary up to 8 m high. The dunes decrease in elevation southwest

along the beach, whereas, eastward behind them is a low, relatively flat, depression in the surface with elevations varying from 2

to 3 m.

The dominant feature of Kure Atoll is the U.S. Coast Guard

190-m loran tower and transmitter building complex near the center

of the island (Woodward 1972).
UNDERSEA FEATURES _

There are several undersea features intermixed among the islands,

atolls, and reefs in the NWHI. Some have names and are classified

as banks or seamounts ([U.S.] Board on Geographic Names 1981).

Others have unofficial common names but many remain nameless

and unclassified. For convenience in discussing these nameless

undersea features within our area of study, we used the general

term "bank" and gave them numerical designations.

Middle Bank

Located at lat. 22°42'N, long. 161 °02'W about 67 nmi northwest

of Niihau, Middle Bank is between 35 and 75 m beneath the sea

surface. This bank is about 18 km along the northwest-southeast

axis and 15 km along the northeast-southwest axis.

West Bank Nihoa

This relatively flat bank is located about 19 nmi west southwest

of Nihoa at lat. 22°58'N, long. 162°14'W. Based on NOS charts,

West Bank appears to be an extension of the bank on which Nihoa

Island is situated. The depth of the area between Nihoa's main bank

and West Bank is only about 338 m, whereas the slope surrounding the two banks drops off abruptly to more than 3,660 m. The

long axis of the bank is oriented east-west and is about 27.4 km

long. The shorter north-south axis of the bank is 21.9 km.

The shallowest part of the bank is 20 m.

Bank 1

Bank 1 is one of four small banks and pinnacles located almost midway between Nihoa and Necker Island at lat. 23°15'N, long.

162°55'W. This flat bank has a long east-west axis of about 14.4

km, whereas the shorter north-south axis is 7.6 km. The shallowest

depth is 53 m.

Bank 2

Bank 2 is a small, 16 m deep (to the top) pinnacle located at lat.

23°18'N, long. 163°02'W.

Bank 3

This small, flat, nearly oval bank is located at lat. 23 ° 13'N, long.

163°09'W. The shallowest part is 60 m. The longer axis of 11.1

km is oriented east-west, whereas the shorter axis of 10.2 km is

oriented north-south. Banks 1 and 3 are commonly referred to as

Twin Banks.

Bank 4

Bank 4 is a small pinnacle 148 m below the sea surface located

at lat. 23°19'N, long. 163°36'W.

15

Bank 5

This pinnacle is located at a depth of about 18.3 mat lat. 23°49'N,

long. 164°28'W.

Bank 6

Sometimes called the 66-fathom bank, this pinnacle is located 28

nmi due east of Tern Island, French Frigate Shoals at lat. 23°50'N,

long. 165°49'W.

Brooks Banks

Brooks Banks include a complex of three shallow banks on a long,

narrow ridge that extends northwestward from French Frigate Shoals

to St. Rogatien Bank then due north to parallel the large bank on

which Gardner Pinnacles is located. The southeast bank, which has

the shallowest depth of 51 m, is about 7.4 km long and 6.5 km

wide, and is located at lat. 23°58'N and long. 166°42'W. The middle bank (lat. 24°07"N, long. 166°49'W) is about 25.6 m at the

shallowest depth. It is roughly 17.8 km along the longer north-south

axis and 12.6 km along the east-west axis. The northernmost bank

of this group lies at lat. 24°12'N, long. 166°58'W. It is about 16.7

km long along the north-south axis, 13 km wide along the eastwest axis, and its shallowest depth is 20 m.

St. Rogatien Bank

This is a relatively large bank located at lat. 24 °25'N, long.

167°15'W. The shallowest place is 22 m; it is 27.8 km long in the

north-south axis and 20.4 km wide in the east-west axis.

Bank 7

Located northwest of St. Rogatien Bank, this flat bank is at lat.

24°36'N, long. 167°18'W; the shallowest depth is 54.9 m. The

bank is relatively small measuring 11.7 km long in the northwestsoutheast axis and 8.2 km wide in the northeast-southwest axis.

Raita Bank

Raita Bank is a flat, relatively large bank located 65 nmi east

northeast of Maro Reef at lat. 25 °35'N, long. 169°35'W. Its long

(41.1 km) axis is oriented roughly north northeast to south southwest

and the shorter northwest-southeast axis is 20.8 km. The shallowest

depth is about 16.4 m.

Northampton Seamounts

The Northampton Seamounts were transected in May-June 1980

on Cromwell cruise 80-03; they appear to be a group consisting

of one large and three smaller pinnacles. The main pinnacle is

located at lat. 25° 18'N, long. 172°04'W and the shallowest depth

is 31 m. The Y-shaped arrangement of the three pinnacles has a

31.0 km axis oriented northwest-southeast; the northeast-southwest

axis is about 24.1 km. The northernmost pinnacle among three that
are located to the northwest of the main summit is situated at lat.

25°36'N, long. 172°24'W and has a depth of 54.9 m. The pinnacle to the south is at lat. 25°32'N, long. 172°22'W and is 69.5

m deep. The southernmost pinnacle is 91.4 m deep and is located

at lat. 25 °24'N, long. 172°28'W.

Pioneer Bank

Pioneer Bank (officially Pioneer Tablemount) is about 33 nmi due

east of Lisianski Island at lat. 26°00'N, long. 173°25'W, and is

relatively large, measuring 31.5 Ian along the northeast-southwest

axis and 17.4 Ian along the northwest-southeast axis. The shallowest

depth of this bank is 31.1 m.

Bank 8

Approximately 40 nrni northwest of Lisianski Island at lat. 26°17'N,

long. 174°34'W, is a relatively small bank with a shallowest depth

of 64.0 m. The bank is flat and the northwest-southeast axis is 17.6

Ian. The northeast-southwest axis is about 7.4 Ian.

Bank 9

Located about two-thirds of the distance between Lisianski Island

and Pearl and Hermes Reef at lat. 27°00'N, long. 175°15'W, Bank

9 is a pinnacle with a depth of 115.2 m. It is a narrow bank, about

2.1 Ian at its greatest width and extends 6.5 Ian north-south.

Salmon Bank

Salmon Bank is located at lat. 26°56'N, long. 176°28'W. The

bathymetric surveys to 914.4 m over Salmon Bank during Cromwell

cruises 80-02 and 80-03 indicated that the bank was relatively flat

with a shallowest depth of about 54.9 m. The northwest-southeast

axis of the bank is 20.6 Ian; the northeast-southwest axis is 10.9

Ian. The [U.S.] Board on Geographic Names (1981) classified this

bank as a seamount.

Gambia Shoal

Reported at lat. 28°07'N, long. 176°38'W, this bank was never

located during our surveys, despite transecting the area on two

cruises. The position given, therefore, appears to be doubtful. The

top of this shoal is reported to be 25.6 m.

Ladd Seamount

Ladd Seamount is located about 44 nmi northeast of Midway at

lat. 28°32'N, long. 176°40'W. This seamount is somewhat flat but

rough with numerous outcroppings and sloped on the eastern and

western sides; the shallowest area is 64.0 m. The north northwest

to south southeast axis is 19.4 Ian; the northeast-southwest axis is

13.0 Ian. The bottom type is calcareous deposits covered by sand

and seashells (Japan Marine Fishery Resource Research Center

(JAMARC) 1973).

16

Nero Seamount

Poorly charted and unsurveyed in the past, this seamount, located

about 38 nmi southwest of Midway, was surveyed extensively between June and November 1980 on Cromwell cruises 80-03 and

80-05 (Uchida and Tagami 1984b). The preliminary smooth-plot

boat sheets prepared from the unprocessed and unverified depth

data indicate that the shallowest depth on Nero Seamount is 62.2

m. It measures 15.8 km long along the northwest-southeast axis

and 12.0 Ian wide along the northeast-southwest axis, and is located

at lat. 27°57'N, long. 177°58'W. Six nautical miles west of Nero

Seamount is Pogy Bank which has a least depth of 75 m (Grace

1974).

Bank 10

Bank 10 is located 40 nmi northwest ofKure Atoll, at lat. 28°58'N,

long. 178°42'W. The depth of the seamount summit is 329.2 m.

The dimensions of this seamount are unknown.

Bank 11

About 55 nmi due west of Bank 10 is an unnamed seamount at lat.

28°53'N, long. 179°38'W. Dimensions are not available from NOS

charts, and no hydrographic reconnaissance survey was made on

this seamount. Data from Japanese sources, however, show that

Bank 11 averages <180 m deep, and extends 2.8 km in the eastwest axis and 3.0 Ian along the north-south axis. (There is no indication at which depth these dimensions were taken.) The eastern

edge of this seamount is steep whereas the western side is gently

sloped. The summit is rough (JAMARC 1973).

Bank 12

Bank 12 (Jat. 30 023'N, long. 178°14'W), is a seamount located

about 125 nrni north of Kure Atoll. The depth to the summit is about

54.9 m. No detailed information is available on this seamount.

Hancock Seamounts

Hancock Seamounts consist of two seamounts-one called the

Northwest (NW) and the other Southeast (SE). At NW Hancock,

which is located at lat. 30° 15'30"N, long. 178°42'54"E, the

shallowest point is 263 m. The north-south axis, which is the flat

part of the seamount, is narrow and is only about 1.3 Ian long.

Once past the flat portion, the slope is steep on all sides. The eastwest axis measures about 0.9 Ian (JAMARC 1973).

Southeast Hancock (Jat. 29°47'24"N, long. 179°03'36"E) is approximately 34 nmi southeast ofNW Hancock. This seamount has

two summits. The northwest summit is flat but narrow and the

shallowest spot is 265 m. The flat area is roughly oval, about 1.8

Ian in diameter, but once past the flat area, the bottom becomes

steep. The southeast summit, sometimes referred to as K Bank, is

sloped and rugged; the shallowest spot is 454 m. The trawlable area

is small. The northern and southern edges of SE Hancock slope

steeply; whereas, the western edge is relatively smooth and slopes

gradually (JAMARC 1973; Japan Fisheries Agency 1974).
CLIMATE OF NORTHWESTERN

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS _

Along the Hawaiian chain, the marine influence upon the climate

is significant because ofthe archipelago's extreme insularity (U.S.

Weather Bureau 1961). Around the main islands, the mountains,

especially the massive ones on Hawaii and Maui, strongly modify

this marine effect and the result is that conditions are somewhat

continental in some localities. In the NWHI, however, the low profile of the islands and atolls results in conditions that are almost

wholly marine and tropical.

The climatological data presented in the following sections for

the NWHI are primarily from NOAA Buoy Station 51001, which

was operational in February 1981-August 1982, and from French

Frigate Shoals, Midway, and Kure Atoll, the latter three having

manned installations. Climatic data collected from Midway Naval

Station can be used to describe weather conditions not only at Midway but also at Lisianski Island and Pearl and Hermes Reef (Amerson et al. 1974; Clapp and Wirtz 1975). For a definitive study of

weather in Hawaiian waters, the reader is referred to Haraguchi

(1979).

Air temperature

A tropical marine environment prevails near Nihoa: mean air

temperatures vary within a narrow range, reach a low of 21.6°C

in March and a high of 26.3°C in September (Table 2).

At French Frigate Shoals, temperature variations are also typical

of a tropical marine environment. The mean annual temperature

is 24.2°C and the mean annual range is 5.6°C (Amerson 1971).

In December-April, the means vary between 21.7° and 23.3°C;

whereas in May-November, they vary from 23.9° to 26.7°C.

August and September are the warmest months; February and March

the coolest. The extreme high is 32.8°C and the extreme low

12.2°C. Figure 12 shows the mode of the mean monthly

temperatures at French Frigate Shoals from December 1950 to

December 1962.

Temperatures at Midway also show a mean monthly range indicative of a subtropical marine environment (Mauck 1975). Monthly mean temperatures vary from 18.9° to 20.6°C between December

and April and from 21.1° to 27.2°C in May-November. The

warmest months are July, August, and September and the coolest

are January, February, and April. The extreme high is 31.7"C and

the extreme low 11.1 °C. The monthly maximum, minimum, and

range of mean temperatures at Midway in 1953-63 are shown in

Figure 13.

Kure Atoll's climate is subtropical marine and is influenced

primarily by two air masses and by the surrounding ocean where

changes in sea-surface temperatures and salinities are relatively small

(Seckel 1962; Woodward 1972). The average maximum varies from

18.2° to 29.4°C, and the average minimum from 14.4° to 23.9°C.

The extremes are 3.8° and 37.2°C. From December to April, the

semimonthly maximum averages 21.1 °C, but in May, June, and

November, the averages vary between 21.1 ° and 26.7°C. Averages

from 26.7" to 32.2°C occur from June to October. The average

Table 2.-Monthly mean values ofvarious meteorological and oceanographic parameters measured hourly at NOAA Buoy Station 51001 Oat. 23°24'N,

long. 162°18'W) from its initial deployment in February 1981 to Septemberl982. (To convert wind velocity from meters/second to knots, multiply

by 1.9426.)

Height of

measure- 1981

Parameters ment (m) Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Air pressure (mbar) 0 1,016.3 1,019.6 1,019.3 1,019.2 1,019.3 1,018.4 1,017.7 1,016.6 1,016.9 1,018.6 1,016.6

Air temperature (0C) 5 21.7 21.6 22.5 23.3 24.8 25.3 26.1 26.3 25.5 24.2 22.9

Water temperature (0e) -I 21.9 22.5 23.7 24.3 25.4 26.1 26.8 27.1 26.4 25.2 23.9

Wave height (m) 0 3.5 2.6 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.9 1.6 1.8 2.1 3.0 3.1

Mean wave period (s) 0 7.1 6.9 6.4 5.8 5.0 5.5 5.2 5.5 5.7 6.7 7.4

Dominant wave period (s) 0 11.9 11.8 9.7 9.4 8.3 8.6 8.6 8.8 10.2 11.0 12.4

Wind velocity,

east component (m/s) 5 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.4 5.6 5.9 4.5 4.2 4.4 4.5 1.8

Wind velocity,

north component (m/s) 5 2.6 3.7 3.2 2.9 3.5 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.4 5.3 2.8

Wind gust sensor (m/s) 5 9.5 7.7 7.5 7.3 8.2 8.5 7.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 8.3

Wind magnitude (m/s) 5 7.8 6.3 6.0 6.0 7.1 7.0 5.8 5.8 6.9 7.5 6.6

Wind direction (0) 5 116.8 79.4 74.8 84.9 75.2 68.2 76.1 67.4 65.0 62.7 124.7

Height of

measure- 1982

Parameters ment (m) Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug.

Air pressure (mbar) 0 1,014.4 1,012.6 1,017.7 1,018.5 1,018.0 1,016.8 1,016.8 1,016.6

Air temperature (0e) 5 22.1 22.2 21.6 22.2 23.5 24.8 25.7 26.2

Water temperature (0C) -I 23.5 24.1 23.1 23.2 24.2 26.0 26.3 26.8

Wave height (m) 0 2.8 3.3 3.3 2.6 2.1 1.5 2.1 2.2

Mean wave period (s) 0 7.0 7.0 6.7 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.2 5.3

Dominant wave period (s) 0 11.0 11.8 10.6 9.2 9.4 8.7 8.3 8.4

Wind velocity,

east component (m/s) 5 1.0 <1.0 6.1 6.7 5.6 3.0 6.8 7.5

Wind velocity,

north component (m/s) 5 <1.0 0.9 4.4 3.4 1.9 2.6 4.6 3.8

Wind gust sensor (m/s) 5 8.2 10.3 10.8 10.0 8.2 5.8 10.0 10.3

Wind magnitude (m/s) 5 6.5 8.3 8.8 8.2 6.7 4.5 8.3 8.6

Wind direction (0) 5 166.4 178.5 70.0 81.2 85.2 71.4 62.5 70.4

17
85,-----c-~-~------------_____,-_,-_ ___,

80

70

75

! I 75

70

65

80

60r

o~~-;;B-. -;M~A~R-. --;A~PR;;-.--;;M;-;;;AY~J~U";;;NE~J:;;;UL:-;;Y-----;A:;-;UG;;-.---;;;SE:;P:;:-T.---;;COC~T'---. -cNO::OC-:V.--:D:::E.,,--lC.

o~JAN. FEB. MAR. ~~~,..--;:!I~~~J APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.

65

Figure 12.-Modes of monthly temperature means recorded over a 12-year period,

December 1950 to December 1962, and the range ofthe maximum and minimum

temperature means for French Frigate Shoals (Amerson 1971).

semimonthly mllllmum varies between 15.6° and 18.3°C in

December-May and between 21.1 ° and 23.9°C in November.

The coldest months at Kure Atoll are January and February and

the warmest are July, August, and September (Woodward 1972).

The average temperature usually increases in May although the rise

sometimes occurs in June. A decrease in average temperature is

usually observed in September or October.

Wind direction and velocities

In this section, we will initially discuss the wind features on a broad

scale and follow the discussion with more localized data from French

Frigate Shoals, Midway, and Kure Atoll.

There are two prominent climatic features in the North Pacific

that define the principal wind belts. These are the North Pacific

High, also called the North Pacific Anticyclone, and the Aleutian

Low. In general, the Hawaiian climate is characterized by these

two natural meteorological seasons.

The North Pacific High, which is the more permanent feature,

is from the northeast quadrant and represents an outflow of air from

the subtropical pressure maximum. Together with the trade wind

zone, it moves north-south seasonally reaching its northernmost limit

in May-September at which time the trades prevail 80-90% of the

time (Blumenstock and Price 1972). The mean northern limit of

the northeast trades extends to lat. 33°N at long. 165°W in JulyAugust and to lat. 36°N at long. 141 oW (McGary and Stroup 1956).

High pressure systems north of the Hawaiian Archipelago are

not static, particularly during the winter. At this time, highs move

eastward from off the Asian Continent and pass within a thousand

miles of the islands to replace or merge with the high-pressure

system located northeast of the islands (Blumenstock and Price

1972). As these highs move eastward, their characteristics change

and the speed of the trades over Hawaiian waters is directly related

to the strength, shape, position, and movement of these highs

(Haraguchi 1979). The consequence is that when one of these large,

strong highs pass north of the islands in winter, trade winds become

brisk. These winter highs are also responsible for the occurrence

of gale winds in Hawaiian waters.

The Aleutian Low, which is a subpolar pressure minimum,

becomes the predominant climatic feature in the North Pacific from

October to April (Byers 1944; Namais 1953). During this period,

the mean northern limit of the northeast trade wind belt is much

farther south, resulting in winds of lower velocities and greater

Figure n.-Monthly temperature means and their maximum and minimum

ranges for a 10-year period, 1953-63, at Midway (Amerson et aI. 1974).

variation in direction as well as in a decrease in their frequency

to 50-80%. Its most southern position is at about lat. 23°-24°N

in November and February-March at long. 165°W but only during November at these latitudes at long. 141 oW (McGary and Stroup

1956). Farther north, the prevailing winds are westerly because

of cyclonic circulation around the Aleutian Low and anticyclonic

circulation around the North Pacific High. The mean position of

the southern boundary of the westerlies is farthest south in JanuaryFebruary when it reaches lat. 30 0

N between long. 155° and 165°W

and extends northeastward to about lat. 34°N at long. 141°W.

Low pressure systems are directly related to kona winds, which

are stormy, rain-bearing winds blowing from the opposite direction to the prevailing trades, whether from the southwest or south

southwest (Blumenstock and Price 1972; Haraguchi 1979). The

center of the low is positioned relatively close to the islands, usually

within 500 nmi northwest of the major islands. These strong kona

winds attain speeds from 25 to 40 knots and are concentrated over

a width of about 200 nmi. Over water, kona winds may inflict considerable damage to boats caught in the open or anchored in locations that are exposed to the southwesterly winds.

At NOAA Data Buoy Station 51001, velocities were recorded

for winds and gusts (instantaneous change of 10 or more knots above

the low wind speed) prevailing from the east and north (Fig. 14).

Although the data collected are only over a period of 19 months

and hence not indicative of average conditions, it can be seen that

the easterly component was stronger than the northerly, particularly

in spring and summer. Gusts, on the other hand, occurred most

frequently in March 1982.

French Frigate Shoals is influenced during most of the year by

the North Pacific High with easterly trades predominating. In winter,

the Aleutian Low moves southward to the Kure Atoll-Midway-Pearl

and Hermes area. This affects the North Pacific High slightly and

brings increased winds and higher precipitation. At French Frigate

Shoals, the record for maximum sustained wind speed is 52 knots

from east northeast in December (Amerson 1971). Monthly wind

speeds average higher than the annual mean of 12.6 knots in

November-April; whereas they are lower in March-October.

Seasonal data on prevailing wind direction and speed (Fig. 15) indicate an easterly component. The mean wind speed in winter

reaches 14.3 knots; winds usually blow from all directions but the

higher speeds are recorded from northwest to east southeast. In

18
spring, the mean wind speed reaches 13.1 knots and higher speeds

are from west to south. The summer wind speeds, which average

11.5 knots, are highest from northeast to east southeast. The change

in mean wind speed from summer to autumn is insignificant since

autumn winds average only 11.6 knots. During this time, the winds

blow strongest from the west northwest and northwest, north through

south southeast, and from the northeast.

In general, Midway's climate is influenced by marine tropical

or North Pacific air masses depending on seasonal changes (Amerson et al. 1974; Clapp and Wirtz 1975). In summer, the North

Pacific High predominates, placing the area around Midway under

the influence of northeasterly trade winds (Mauck 1975). Especially

in November-January, however, the Aleutian Low moves southward

over the North Pacific and displaces the North Pacific High; the

result is that the Kure Atoll-Midway area is affected by prevailing

winds from the west and by frontal weather. These two atolls experience storms typical ofthe westerlies, many of which bring colder

temperatures.

Winter storms in the Midway area are relatively common and

bring significant increases in wind and rain especially in SeptemberDecember. The prevailing wind is easterly in February-November,

westerly in December-January, and averages 10 knots annually (Fig.

16) (Amerson et al. 1974). In July-October, maximum winds blow

generally from the east; whereas in November-June, they blow from

the west. High winds reaching 35-41 knots occur from September

to April. Strong gusts reaching up to 77 knots usually occur in

December; in January, gusts are still strong reaching up to 67 knots.

At Kure Atoll, which lies in the path of the northeast trades from

the North Pacific High most of the year and because of its position

along the southern edge of the Aleutian Low, westerly winds

predominate in winter. In November-February, winds are variable

but usually have a strong westerly component (Woodward 1972).

In March-June and September, winds are again variable but the major component is easterly. The trades usually predominate in JulyAugust when almost all the winds come from the east. Wind speeds

range from 0 to 46 knots and the annual means vary between 4

and 7 knots. The strongest winds usually occur in winter and early

spring and the weakest in summer.

1982

11.7

19.2". 15.6

13.9

14.3

17.4

14.5

13.6

11.7

10.9

13.5

13.4 12.3

\ · '"')0\ /;.....-" -._/.--""'-J \ /0

..0 NORTH COMPONENT 0-"0.." ,t 0 .... , / I 'q I

/" ", : \ I __ ~O; '0...... ~o-_.. _~O" I

I 'I\ I

_'" I \ I

, '" I , I all ! \

\ : /0,

EAST COMPONENT '

1981

FEe, MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.

12.9 13.0

WINTER

o '

13.114.

1

13<'\ "-.. 28.4% I~~--,/-/.;Ii;E------------=:"':"":=----13.2

9.3 / 12.2

9.711.2

SPRING

14.2 16.3

16.8

Figure 14.-Monthly mean wind gusts and velocities measured at NOAA Data

Buoy 51001 from February 1981 to August 1982. Multiply meters per second by

1.9426 to obtain wind speed in knots (D. B. Gilhouse, Meteorologist, NOAA Data

Buoy Center, NSTL Station, MS 39529, pers. commun., 17 August 1983).

¥

g 10

>-

....

o

g

w

>

a

z

..

lii

g 4

a

z

i

z

..

w

:l!

12.1

9.8

10.1

8.7

8.8

E-------------- 9.6

9.2

S

N

8.2 8.9

11.2 9.0

13.6

12.6----:1

11.9

12.8

11.7

10.9

6.05.371.79.0

2.7~\ /

4.7- ~:::- --,4.::2.:..:..I"'::%=--- 12.4

6.4-/;1 . , 6.34.

45.

7 ~.68.2

SUMMER

11.s9·~12.711.5

10.7~\

8.8- ~R .::2.:...7'c:°-,·I.'='·_12.4

9.~/ 9.4 I \

8.4 9.

0 10.5

AUTUMN

Figure 15.-Wind direction and speed at French Frigate Shoals from December

1950 to December 1962. Length of directional line indicates percent of observations from that direction; figure at end of directional line is mean wind speed

in knots (Amerson 1971).

Figure 16.-Wind direction and speed at Midway from 1953 to 1963. Length of

directional line indicates percent of observations from that direction; figure at

end of directional line is mean wind speed in knots (Amerson et al. 1974).

19
25

'/. %:: 20 ';

/,

15 /.

CJl '/',

0

10

",

o JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.

Figure 17,-Mean number of days with measurable precipitation for French

Frigate Shoals, June 1954 to January 1960, March 1960 to December 1962

(adapted from Amerson 1971),

IOr----------------_,___-~-~-~-...,

6

CJl

"'

:J:

<>

4

%

'/0

0 JAN. FEB.' DEC.

Figure IS.-Mean monthly precipitation in inches for French Frigate Sboals, June

1954 to January 1960, March 1960 to December 1962 (Amerson 1971).

20

Rainfall

Annual precipitation at French Frigate Shoals averages 1,150 mm

(Amerson 1971). The mean number of days with measurable

precipitation reaches 20 or more days in July, August, October,

and January and is least frequent in February-June and September

(Fig. 17). The heaviest rains are in December-March. Figure 18

shows the mean monthly precipitation in 1954-62 at French Frigate

Shoals.

At Midway, May and June are the drier months; whereas July

through February are usually wetter (Figs. 19, 20) (Amerson et

al. 1974). The annual precipitation averages 1,082 mm. The monthly maximum (up to 129 mm) usually occurs in January and August,

but a secondary high of up to 125 mm also occurs usually in October. The minimum which falls as low as 52 mm usually occurs in

November. During the summer, rainfall is usually associated with

scattered cumulus cloud buildups characteristic of the trade wind

region; whereas during winter, the heaviest rainfall is associated

with frontal passages (Mauck 1975).

No rainfall data are available from Kure Atoll.

2Or--,__-,---,----.-----~-_,___-__,_-~-~-_,_-__,

15

CJl

10

%

;(

AUG. SEPT. OCTLLNOV:-'" DEC.

Figure 19.-Mean number of days with measurable precipitation for Midway,

1953 to 1963 (Amerson et al. 1974).

Br--,---,----------,--------------,

6

4

o JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.

Figure 20.-Mean monthly precipitation in inches for Midway, 1953 to 1963

(Amerson et al. 1974).
OCEANOGRAPHY OF NORTHWESTERN

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS _

Early in the investigation, the Honolulu Laboratory established

throughout the NWHI, environmental stations where CTD and XBT

casts, midwater trawl hauls, and bongo net tows were made to obtain data on physical, chemical, and biological properties of the

water column. This activity, however, was transferred to the

UHSGCP soon after sampling was started (Hirota et al. 1980). It

is of interest, however, to get some idea of the macroscale distribution of oceanographic properties around the Hawaiian Archipelago.

In the Hawaiian Islands region, not only the meteorological but

also the oceanographic properties show little apparent seasonal variation. Ranging between 22.8° and 25.6°C, sea-surface temperatures

show relatively small seasonal and year-to-year changes ([U.S.J

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries (BCF) 1963). Surface salinity also

varies little seasonally and averages range from 34.8 to 35.1%0,

but in contrast to temperatures, the year-to-year variations in surface salinity are rather large. The result is that in some years, the

change in salinity between seasons is not clearly detectable; whereas

in others, it may be >0.5°/00. A boundary near the Hawaiian

region separates North Pacific Central water from the California

Current Extension water (BCF 1963). The former has a salinity

>35°/00, the latter <34.8°/00. The boundary, therefore, is identified

by a relatively small and narrow salinity gradient.

This boundary shifts with the season from a position just south

of the Hawaiian Islands during late fall and early winter to one just

north of the islands in late summer (BCF 1963). Shifts of longer

duration also occur possibly because there is either movement or

dilations and contractions of the North Pacific Central system.

30"

'---.//

:::----ro

'10_

>5.

----'5

75_

15"

I~BO· <\ MARCH 175- 170· 165- 15S- 100"

Surface temperature

North of the Hawaiian chain, there is a parallel isothermal structure between November and April and a latitudinal temperature

gradient of about 0.6° to 0.8°C per degree of latitude. A change

in this temperature structure first becomes apparent in May followed

by a breakdown of the parallel isothermal structure in June. An

irregular temperature regime persists in the northern section of the

Hawaiian chain in July-September, but in October, the isotherms

again become parallel (Seckel 1962).

Minimum and maximum temperatures generally occur in March

and September, respectively (Fig. 21). Although the minimum

temperature sometimes occurs in February and the maximum in

August or October, they show no significant differences from those

in March and September. The March and September mean profile

at long. 153°-161 oW and at long. 168°-176°W demonstrates that

the annual temperature range between lat. 10° and 15°N is about

1.4°C in the eastern and western sections. The range increases to

about 5.8° and 6.4°C in the eastern and western sections,

respectively.

The mean zonal temperature profiles (Fig. 22) for March and

September show that for these months, the temperature is about

I.7°C higher in the western than in the eastern part of the region,

except in September in lat. 15°-20° and 20 0

-25°N where the increases are 2.2° and 2.8°C, respectively (Seckel 1962). The

seasonal temperature range between long. 153° and 161 0 W at lat.

12°, 17°,20°, and 26°N increased only slightly northward from

1.7°C at lat. 12°N to 2.8°C at lat. 2rN, but the range almost

doubled to 5.3°C at lat. 26°N.

On a more local level, sea-surface temperatures can decrease to

as low as 16.7°C in February or March in the Midway-Kure Atoll

area as was experienced in four different years between 1944 and

1963 (Gross et al. 1969).

Figure 21.-Distribution of surface temperature (oF) in March and September (Seckel 1962).

21
85,-----------.----------,--------,

Thermocline depth

70'-------...1---------"---------'

85,--------.----------,--------,

65'--------'--------'---------'

85,-------,,---------,-------,

The permanent or main thermocline is always present in the

Hawaiian region (Seckel 1962). Below the mixed layer, the average

temperature gradient is about 15°,6°, and 5°C per 100 m at lat.

10°, 20°, and 30 0

N, respectively. Superimposed on the permanent thermocline may be a seasonal thermocline and, in addition,

there may also be a diurnal thermocline, which is defined as a small

rise in surface temperature ofthe order of 1°C extending to a depth

of about 10 m.

During January-February in the Hawaiian region, there is a prominent trough extending east to west between lat. 15° and 20 0

N in

which the depth of the mixed layer is greater than in the surrounding areas (Fig. 23) (Seckel 1962). The depth is generally >76 m

and west of long. 165°W, it exceeds 122 m. But in March-May,

the depth of the mixed layer decreases except along the southern

boundary east of long. 162°W where it tends to increase.

A new distributional pattern of the depth of the mixed layer is

evident in June-August (Seckel 1962). A trough is established at

lat. lOo -13°N to the west of long. 156°W where the depth reaches

about 91 m, whereas to the east oflong. 156°W, the trough reaches

61-76 m. Over much of the area north of lat. 20° , the mixed layer

increases only slightly from <30 m deep in June to <46 m in JulyAugust. In September, there appears to be a northward movement

of a trough 76-91 m deep which is centered at about lat. 15°N west

of long. 160oW. By October, the trough resumes its winter position. The depth ofthe mixed layer north oflat. 20 0

N increases and

the beginning of the typical January-February structure is again

evident.

The primary feature of the mixed layer in the Hawaiian Islands

region, then, is the presence of a trough and seasonal differences

in its location (Fig. 24). In January, there is a maximum development in the depth of the trough which may exceed 122 m east-west

between lat. 15° and 20 0 N. The June distribution typifies the other

extreme when the trough is found in its southernmost position and

its depth is also at a minimum in the northern region. In the MarchMay transition period, the irregular depth distribution suggests

disintegration of a pattern rather than a southward movement.

28

26

24

20

22

- 22

-24

-24

25'·30'1 28

10'·15'1

20'·25'N - 28

........_ " 26

MARCH

SEPT

........_..1. .

MARCH

..... SEPT I

.......................... ···············!.·..··············f·········· ..

.................-....__..

75

751--

70

751--

80

'. SEPT

80 I-- •.•., .••__ -- l , .

............................. - 26

=;;>

""...

:I:

""

80

75'-------...1--------'------~24

180" 170· 160· 150"

WEST LONGITUDE

.-...._.... SEPT 15'·20'1_ 28

801- _., ,.( _ _.. _ 26

!o"'

=;;>""

!<

!:!

...

70'--------'--------'---------'

85,-----------.----------,--------,

Figure 22.-Zonal profile ofthe surface temperature in March and September,

lat. 10-15·, 15-20°,20-25°, 2s-30oN, and long. 150 to 1800 W (Seckel 1962).

150·

15·f--, --++-~==--t,L--r'---__'I-----"'sr__----+------{

>0" >0"

5-~ <2:Y

25" 25·

'€

2f:t'

Figure 23.-Distribution of depth of the mixed layer (feet) in January and June (Seckel 1962).

22
Figure 2S.-Southern limit of the 35'1.. salinity isopleth in April-July and

November-February, and mean location of the 35°/.. isopleth in AprilAugust and November-February (Seckel 1962).

...............

IS· 170· 165·

S·

20·'------------,=+-'S,..--="'--------___+'''' ............"...:::-:.

S·

3Sf-------+-----+-F-----+-----~

Figure 26.-Mean meridional salinity profile at lat. 16-JOoN between long.

155° and 160oW. Panel A, April to August. Panel B, November to February

(Seckel 1962).

20" 25°

NORTH LATITUD£

ISO

--------- V

00

36

3S

.J.

34

Z::l 36,-----,------,------,-------,

<Il

to either a southward or a northward displacement ofthe high salinity

cell. In the spring, the high salinity boundary moves northward east

oflong. 165°W and northwestward oflong. 165°W, reaching Midway in July.

Surface salinity

In the vicinity of the Hawaiian Archipelago, the maximum salinity

occurs in November-February and the minimum in July (Seckel

1962). For example, the 35°/00 salinity isopleth starts a northward

movement in April and reaches an extreme position in July (Fig.

25). The southward movement eventually positions the 35°/00

isopleth at lat. 17°-19°N, the extreme winter location, in NovemberFebruary. In April-August, the salinity increases northward from

34.65°/00 at lat. lOoN to 34.75°/00 at lat. 200 N but only by an

average of 0.01°/00 per degree of latitude. The salinity then rises

at an average rate of 0.13°/00 at lat. 23 oN (Fig. 26). The maximum

of 35.35°/00 is reached at lat. 28°N, the increase occurring at a rate

of 0.04°/00 per degree of latitude. Of significance here is the high

salinity gradient which can be found within and slightly north of

the Hawaiian chain, indicating the presence of a transition zone or

boundary between different types of water. In winter, the salinity

decreases from 34.3°/00 at lat. lOoN to a minimum of 34.2°/00 at

lat. 12 oN, then increases rapidly to 35.05°/00 at lat. 19°N at a rate

averaging 0.12°/00 per degree of latitude.

In April-August, the high salinity gradient between lat. 20° and

25 ON is well defined in the eastern region of the Hawaiian Islands

(Fig. 27) (Seckel 1962). Of particular interest are two cells in which

the salinity is higher than 35.4°/00. In November-February (Fig.

28), the salinity gradient in the area southeast ofthe Hawaiian Islands

has moved northwestward and the gradient formerly in that area

has shifted southward.

To the north and south of the Hawaiian Islands, low and high

salinities occur about the same time as low and high temperatures

(Seckel 1962). In the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, however,

low and high salinities occur about 3 months after the time that the

mixed layer reaches its minimum and maximum depths, respectively. Finally, Midway is located near the salinity maximum; the

sharp decline of about 0.35°/00 in July in this region may be due

Figure 24.-Meridional profile of the depth of mixed layer in January and

June, lat. 16-JOoN. Panel A, long. IS3-161°W. Panel B, long. 168-17SoW

(Seckel 1962).

23
results of current measurements conducted in waters of the NWHI

in March-June 1969 demonstrated that this was not so (Fig. 29).

The data showed the presence of a northerly drift, which varied

from 1.2 to 6.6 cm/s and averaged 4.6 cm/s at all stations in the

NWHI except at Midway (east station) where the flow was 6.0 cmls

to the southwest (Patzert et al. 1970). This northerly flow could

result from the subtropical countercurrent (Grigg 1981) or the

eastern North Pacific anticyclonic gyre which is centered northeast

of the Hawaiian chain and which generates a mean flow to the north

(Sverdrup et al. 1946). It was also observed that there is an anticyclonic flow around Midway similar to the type of circulation

observed around the main islands (Wyrtki et al. 1969).

Along the coastal areas of the islands, the current picture becomes

exceedingly complex as a result of the combined effects of tides,

countercurrents, and bottom topography. The highly variable currents are difficult to predict. Barkley et al. (1964) pointed out that

an irregular series of eddies, which vary considerably in size,

number, and location, characterize the dynamic topography of the

sea surface near the Hawaiian Islands. Little is known about the

growth and decay of these eddies, which obscure the patterns of

mean flow around the islands. Barkley et al. through release and

recoveries of drift bottles and cards demonstrated that the current

system near the islands varies seasonally in strength. In MaySeptember, velocities were estimated to vary from 6 to II nmi/day;

whereas in October-April, they were 6 nmi/day or less.

150·

APR' AUG I

10;'60· 17~·

25"1------+---1 -ft-f----:?+<==-""~-+____/'------h4_';.._

15·1------j-----,"7'7f-"L,,L---+'------+---I+--------1

Figure 27.-Distribution of surface salinity ('/00) in April-August (Seckel 1962).

25·~-~-+-----i_=-='----.::"'_+=----f_/---__b_L--__r~__j

Surface currents

Figure 28.-Distribution of surface salinity ('/00) in November-February (Seckel

1962).

The NWHI lie in an area of the Pacific where no major current

system passes. For many years, it was believed that the North

Equatorial Current was responsible for the mean flow through the

Hawaiian Islands, but studies conducted by Seckel (1962) and

Charnell et al. (l967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1967e, 1967f)

demonstrated that the circulation pattern in the Hawaiian region

cannot be generalized as a steady North Equatorial flow (Patzert

1969). Seckel's studies showed a small geostrophic flow at mean

rates between 10 and 20 cm/s. There is a net flow to the west in

some areas of the archipelago, but the mean flow in most cases

was <20 cm/s suggesting that the North Equatorial Current was

not the controlling factor (Wyrtki et al. 1969).

Based on trade wind drift, one might expect a general current

flow from east to west through the Hawaiian Archipelago; however,

Tidal currents have pronounced effects on fishing in waters of the

NWHI. United States ports in the Pacific are characterized by two

high tides and two low tides per tidal day; however, there is a difference in height of the two highs and of the two lows, resulting

in what is commonly called "mixed tides" (Dietrich et al. 1980).

These "mixed tides" are intermediate to those predominantly

semidiurnal and those predominantly diurnal.

Studies on tidal flow in waters of the NWHI have demonstrated

that tidal variations are present as daily and semidaily changes in

both speed and direction (Patzert et al. 1970). At Necker Island,

there was a rotary semidiurnal tidal current which varies in direction but which had only small changes in speed. Observations at

Nihoa demonstrated the same rotary tidal current variations for the

diurnal tide. At a station located east of Midway, an alternating

tidal current with marked changes in speed and direction was also

reported.

The speed and direction of the major axis of the tidal ellipse for

the semidiurnal and diurnal currents are shown in Figures 30 and

31 (Patzert et al. 1970). Because the tidal current does not necessarily coincide with high water in Honolulu, the time in hours of the

occurrence of the maximum current before (-) or after (+) high

water in Honolulu is given on each arrow. From Midway to Penguin

Bank, the maximum strength of diurnal and semidiurnal tidal currents varied from 3.0 to 32.5 cm/s.

Current measurements using a taut-line deep-sea mooring (DeepMooring E) anchored in 5,490 m at lat. 27°30'N, long. 157°52'W

(in the vicinity of the Musicians Seamount chain) also yielded data

on tidal currents (Patzert et al. 1970). The net tidal current was

observed flowing to the north northwest and was not in phase at

different depths, going from 19.9 cm/s at 35 m, 11.3 cm/s at 150

m, and 9.2 cm/s at 300 m. At 1,000 m, an unusually strong flow

to the north northeast of 20.2 cm/s was detected.

Tidal currents

170· 160· 155· 150"

NOV' FER

10;'800 1750

24
1 5° W a 170° 1 0°

l J ! I! ! , !

em /see

(2em=JOOkm DRIFT 1

o

o

0 00 a

00 0 <::qoc::::::, 00

0 0 0 -

a () 0 a 25° 8'0

0 0

0 a 0

0° ()

0

o

d

o

o o~

o oOC OQ

o

o

o

()

o

o 5 10

o

Figure 29.-Resulting drift or average vector velocity of current measurements in Hawaiian Archipelago from Molokai to Midway (patzer! et al. 1970).

00

,,-!~AUAI 0

,~,,'''i~g • '.' IIHAU ,..9AHY.-

"" '1l'!!f,' r.~ MOLO~AI .~-.~~UI

A I' dJI!lP!' '" ()' HAWAII

o ~'6 -"~"'200

QODo~/ 160°

() 0 a <:> 25° '0 D a

0 0

0 a 0

0° ()

0

o o

0"6, o

oOC oQ

170°

o

o

o

a

0 0

25° 0

0 6 /2 18 24 °30 I I I I I I

em/sec

0 0

0

200 N 0

0 0

0 165°

Figure 30.-Semidiurnal tidal currents in the direction of the major axis of the tidal ellipses in the Hawaiian Archipelago from Molokai to Midway (patzer! et al. 1970).

25
0 0

25° 0

-3

o

o

o

170° I 5° 160°

00

o

I 5°

25°

o

o

o o

o

200 N

o

o

o

Figure 31.-Diurnal tidal currents in the direction of major axis of the tidal ellipses in the Hawaiian Archipelago, Molokai to Midway (patzerl et at. 1970).

Waves and swells

Along the Hawaiian coastline, almost all the energy available for

transporting sediments and for reforming beaches arrives in the form

of ocean swells. Chamberlain (1968) traced the origin ofthese waves

to all parts of the Pacific as well as the South Indian Ocean. The

waves that arrive in Hawaii may also have been generated from

several areas simultaneously, resulting in the presence, at anyone

time, of various combinations of wave systems. This consideration, together with seasonal activity of the generating areas, the

interaction of various wave trains, the weakening of waves over

long distances, and the effect of local wind and waves on those

generated away from Hawaii, contribute to very complex wave patterns in Hawaiian waters.

A study of wind and wave data suggests that the entire yearly

wave spectrum in Hawaiian waters can be represented by a few

generalized wave types (Fig. 32). Chamberlain (1968) classified

these as:

Northeast trade wind waves-These waves are possibly present

all year but are dominant between April and November. They are

generated by the strong trade winds blowing from the northeast

quadrant over long fetches of open ocean, have periods typically

of 5-8 s, and heights between 1.2 and 3.6 m. The directions of approach varies from north through southeast but most frequently are

northeast or east. Northeast trade waves are present 90-95 %of the

time in summer and 55-65 % of the time in winter.

Southern swells-These swells, characterized by their low height

usually 0.3-1.2 m, and long periods of 14-22 s, are generated in

the region adjacent to Australia, Antarctica, and the southern Indian Ocean by strong winds blowing over long fetches during the

Southern Hemisphere winter. They approach Hawaii from the

southern quadrant. Typically, southern swells arrive in Hawaiian

waters about 53 % of the time between April and October.

26

Kona storm waves-These waves are generated by local or kona

storms associated with local fronts or Hawaiian lows (see section

on Climate). They occur rather infrequently and exhibit inconsistent patterns because of their association with erratic westerlies.

They may develop into large waves and approach Hawaii from a

direction completely opposite to that of the normal wind and wave

regime; therefore, they are extremely important in nearshore water

circulation and in beach accretion and erosion. Their direction of

approach varies between southeast and west but the larger waves

are usually from the southwest. Kona storm waves, characterized

by periods of 8 to 10 s and heights from 3.0 to 4.6 m, arrive in

Hawaiian waters about 9.3 % of the time in winter.

II

1570

Figure 32.-Swell and wave types in Hawaiian waters (Chamberlain 1968).
o FEB. MA'. Ao•. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOv. DEC,! J;;CANc.-.~F'C;;-B.-;:; ..;;;.CC.A""o.;-.';: ..';-y~JUfE~JUCCLY'-A;!:UG;;-.---1

19151 19182

Figure 33.-Monthly means, ranges, and standard deviations of wave height at

NOAA Buoy Station 51001 (lat. 23°24'N, long. 162"18'W) from January 1981

through August 1982 (D. B. Gilhouse, MeteorOlogist, NOAA Data Buoy Center,

NSTL Station, MS 39529, pers. commun., 17 August 1983).

North Pacific swells-Generated by storms in the Aleutians and

by midlatitude lows, these swells arrive in Hawaii throughout the

year but are largest and most numerous from October through April.

They are characterized by periods of about 10-15 s, heights of

2.4-4.3 m, approach from the northwest, north, or northeast and

represent some of the largest waves reaching the Hawaiian

Archipelago.

Detailed wave data for the NWHI are rather limited and available

only for the lower end of the chain from Buoy Station 51001. A

plot of the mean, range, and standard deviation of wave height (Fig.

33), reveals that the mean wave height can be expected to be at

about 3 m or more in the winter (November through March); maximums of 6-7 m or more, also are likely to be encountered. The

remainder of the year from April through October can be expected

to have mean wave heights of <3 m and maximums reach as high

as 4 m.

The NWHI offers little shelter to fishing vessels during storms.

Shallow waters, 18-36 m depth, can be extremely dangerous on

banks exposed to large swells as these swells can become waves

and break on the bank. Gardner Pinnacles is known to be dangerous

during winter storms for this reason.

Fish trawl

The NOAA ship Townsend Cromwell was used extensively during

the NWHI investigation. The 564-gross ton vessel is 49.7 m long,

has a 10.0 m beam, and a maximum draft of 3.6 m. The Cromwell

has a range of 15,000 km, an endurance of 33 days, and is capable

of performing bottom and midwater trawling, and pole-and-line,

longline, trap, and handline fishing. The vessel is also equipped

to conduct oceanographic and topographic surveys.

During the 5-year period of the survey, 24 research cruises to

the NWHI were completed. Of these, 18 had multiple objectives

that involved field work by NMFS and one or more of the

cooperating agencies, or by the UHSGCP program exclusively. Data

were also collected by observers from 24 NWHI trips made by commercial fishing vessels and from 18 other commercial trips on which

no observers were aboard.

At the onset of the investigation, we examined NOS navigational

charts and published documents to identify target areas for surveys.

We identified 51 islands, atolls, reefs, pinnacles, banks, shoals,

and seamounts within the FCZ. The Cromwell conducted surveys

to chart the topography of uncharted pinnacles and seamounts. Some

of the reported shallow spots were never located, and others turned

out to be rather complex interconnecting banks.

To survey the marine resources of the NWHI, we relied on a

wide variety of gear, primarily standard types available through

commercial sources. For demersal species such as spiny lobsters,

crabs, shrimps, and bottom fishes, the primary gears used were

fish and shrimp trawls, fish traps, lobster pots, shrimp pots, crab

nets, verticallongline, and handline. For pelagic species, such as

tuna and tunalike fishes, troll gear was used exclusively.

For benthopelagic forms such as akule and opelu, we used mackerel

handlines in conjunction with a night light.

DESCRIPTION OF GEAR _

Initially, our surveys over trawlable banks and seamount summits

were conducted with an 80% scale, 656-mesh, Norwegian fish

trawl. The specifications for this net are: headrope = 20.1 m;

footrope = 25.3 m; body = 10. I-em mesh, No. 36 nylon twine;

intermediate = 8.9-cm mesh, No. 64 nylon twine, 100 meshes

around, 120 meshes long; cod end = 8.9-cm mesh, No. 72 nylon

twine, 100 meshes around, 60 meshes long; cod end cover = 3.8-cm

mesh, No. 48 nylon twine, 233 meshes around, 200 meshes long;

chaffmg bag = 0.8-cm diameter polypropylene rope, 24. I-em mesh,

46 meshes around, 23 meshes long; floats = 41 FE-18 deep-sea

aluminum floats, 20.3-cm diameter; and roller line = 35.6-cm

diameter rollers spaced at 2.7-m intervals in the wings, gradually

reducing to 0.6-m intervals towards the center. Scuba-equipped

divers reported a vertical opening of3.7 m and a horizontal spread

of 10.7-12.2 m during trial hauls.

Our early evaluation of the Norwegian fish trawl indicated that

the net was too small for the Cromwell's engine horsepower. Furthermore, it was determined that the design of the trawl drew the

belly over the sea bottom resulting in extensive tears and damage

to the net. In rnid-1977, we acquired a high opening Nor'Eastern

trawl and used it almost exclusively for the remainder ofthe NWHI

investigation. The trawl, roller gear, and dandy line configuration

are described in Gunderson and Sample (1980). They reported that

the Nor'Eastern trawl has a horizontal sweep (wingtip to wingtip)

of 13.4 m and a vertical opening (at the center of the headrope)

of 8.8 m.

I

6

- 5 E

....

x

'" 4 OJ

X

'"

27
The 1.8 x 2.7-m steel V-doors used with both trawls weighed

454 kg each except on Cromwell cruise 76-06 when the doors

weighed only 340 kg.

To monitor the depth of net while trawling, we attached a Furuno

400 Mark II net sonde to the trawl. The net sonde, attached to the

center of the headrope, monitored the distance of the headrope from

the sea surface and the bottom.

Unlike continental shelves where large expanses of trawlable

grounds can be found, the bottom in the NWHI is often hard, rough,

and dotted with pinnacles and coral outcroppings, although relatively

smooth sand or sand-coral rubble areas are common in deeper

waters.

Before trawling, the selected ground was transected with the echo

sounder to determine the nature of the bottom. If an area were considered trawlable, a trawling station was occupied. Stations were

occupied during d~ and night. The hauls were made at an average

speed of2 knots and the duration at depth varied from 20 to 30 min.

Catches were sorted by species, counted, and weighed. With large

catches, total catch in numbers and weights were estimated from

subsamples. Biological data were also collected for age and growth

and feeding studies.

Shrimp trawl

A l6-m, Gulf of Mexico, flat shrimp trawl, used on previous surveys

around the main Hawaiian Islands by NMFS in 1967-68, was used

occasionally in this survey of the NWHI. It was similar to the 12-m

net described by Bullis (1951).

The net was rigged with a 6-mm loop chain on the footrope, and

a 6-mm tickler chain riding a short distance in front ofthe footrope.

Modified aluminum V-doors, 1.5 x 2.1 m, were used with the

shrimp trawl.

Fish traps

Initially, a rectangular, single compartment fish trap with a conical entrance was used as the survey gear; however, because of

doubts about the selective nature of the gear, we modified the entrance. The original design may have pennined fishes with fusiform,

depressed, truncated, or attenuated bodies to enter while possibly

restricting entry of fishes with laterally compressed bodies. Measuring 15204 x 121.9 x 91.4 cm and covered with 2.5-cm2 ,

l6-gauge welded wire mesh, this single-chambered trap was fitted

with a compressed entrance that measured 27.9 x 12.7 cm on the

inner side. Being large, only a dozen could be taken on a cruise.

On later cruises smaller traps measuring 15204 x 9104 x ca.

60.9 cm were used. The trap was covered with 2.5-cm2 , galvanized, 16-gauge welded wire mesh, and had an off-center wire mesh

panel 50.8 cm from one end of the trap to create two unequal compartments. The smaller of the two compartments. the chamber, had

an entrance on both sides. Each entrance was conical and had an

outer diameter of 30.0 cm and an inner diameter of 16.5 cm. From

the chamber, the parlor, or the larger compartment (which contained the bait box) was entered through a third conical entrance

of the same dimensions as the other two entrances. Some traps were

also fitted with oval entrances which measured 22.9 cm high and

12.7 cm wide; however, these were used sparingly. An even smaller

trap, lighter and easier to handle, was used on most of the cruises

from 1979 to 1981. These traps were essentially a scaled-down version of the standard trap, but with identical entrances. They

measured 108 x 17.5 x 46.3 cm, and were covered with 2.5- x

1.2-cm hardware cloth.

28

Lobster pots

The California two-chambered pot was the standard gear used to

capture spiny lobster. It was rectangular and measured 95.2 x 71.8

x 41.3 cm. The lobster pot lacked a reinforcing steel framework;

construction consisted simply of 5.1- x 1O.2-cm heavy-duty galvanized wire mesh. The length of the pot was partitioned unequally into a smaller chamber, which measured 40.0 cm long, and a

larger parlor, which was 55.2 cm long. The chamber had two conical entrances measuring 30.0 cm along the outer diameter and 16.5

cm along the inner. From the chamber, there was another entrance

to the parlor. The bait box, fabricated of welded 1.27-cm2 wire

mesh, was located in the parlor and was attached to the off-center

panel between the chamber and parlor.

The necessity to capture sublegal juvenile spiny lobster for studies

on size at first maturity required a simple modification to the existing pot. To prevent the juveniles from escaping or falling through

the larger mesh of the standard pot during soaking or hauling, we

covered several pots with a second layer of 16-gauge welded 1.3-

x 2.5-cm wire mesh. The entrances were modified so that the inner diameter of the cones measured about 10 cm.

Shrimp pots

Two types of shrimp pot were used during the survey. The first

was a rectangular, single-chambered pot 9104 x 7204 x 40.6 cm.

It was covered with two different sizes of wire mesh, an inner one

of 5. l-cm2 welded wire which served as a frame over which a

finer 1.3-cm2 welded wire mesh was placed. These pots were

covered with burlap. Because of the fine mesh and the double layer

of wire mesh, the pot retained small individuals and many of the

shrimp caught between the two wire meshes were difficult to extricate. The pot had an entrance at each end. They were about 23

cm long and had an outer diameter of about 32-35 cm and an inner

diameter of 6 cm. The bait box was centrally located.

We designed a completely new type of pot and began using it

in 1978 after tests showed that it produced relatively good catches.

This pot, half a cylinder in shape and similar in shape to a quonset

was described and illustrated by Gooding (1984).

Crab nets

Early in the NWHI investigation, we had an incidental catch ofkona

crab, Ranina ranina, at several fish and lobster trapping stations.

As a result, during the last 2 years more intense crab surveys were

conducted.

The crab net was simple to construct and functioned as an entangling device, somewhat like a gill net. The spines or legs became

entangled as the crab walked over the netting towards the bait which

was tied in the center of the net. The net frame was a 93.0-cm

diameter hoop made of 6-mm diameter galvanized fence wire. Over

this hoop was stretched two layers of 5.I-cm stretched mesh

multifilament nylon netting. Cut bait, wrapped in cheesecloth, was

tied to the center of the hoop net.

One string of gear usually consisted of 50 nets. A 0.9-cm diameter

polypropylene ground line, which was anchored and buoyed at each

end, was marked at 9.I-m intervals and each net was simply snapped

onto the ground line with an AK snap at a mark.

Crabbing stations included from one to six strings of nets, depending on the extent of the area, the time available, and the number

of nets on hand. Strings were soaked for I to 2.75 h. Before setting, the bottom was scouted with the echo sounder and bottom grab

samples obtained.
Deep-sea handlines

To sample bottom fish, we used standard Hawaiian deep-sea

handline gear. On early cruises all handlines were hauled by hand.

Later, electric reels and hydraulic-powered gurdies were used.

Eventually we converted entirely to hydraulic-powered gurdies as

they proved to be the most reliable. The hydraulic gurdies included

a davit with block, a rotating base, and a brake and clutch assembly.

The hydraulic gurdy had a capacity of I, 100m of 1I8-kg test

hard braided nylon line, and the electric reel had a capacity of 640

m of 36-kg test braided dacron. The terminal rig for all types of

handline (hand-, hydraulic-, or electric-powered) consisted of a drop

line, hook line, hooks, and weight. Usually, four hooks were used.

Each hook line consisted of 45-kg test monofilament leader and

a recurved Hawaiian oio or Tankichi hook, which was attached to

the I 13-kg test monofilament drop line with a 2 x 3 swivel. Hook

size varied from No. 18 to No. 32 depending on the target species.

For a typical handline station targeting fishes ofthe snapper-grouperjack complex, we used hook size No. 28 as the standard.

The hook lines were 0.6 m long and spaced at intervals of about

1.5 m. The weight of either lead or cut sections of reinforcing steel

rods, varied from 1.4 to 2.3 kg. Weights were doubled or tripled

in areas of strong current.

Deep-sea handline fishing stations were occupied day or night

and usually lasted from I to 4 h. At each station, four lines were

usually fished, although occasionally six lines were fished. During

fishing, the vessel was allowed to drift from shallow to deep waters

or vice versa depending on current. A drift course paralleling a

particular depth contour was desirable but rarely attainable.

A modified handline, sometimes called a vertical longline, was

also used. With this gear the mainline remained the same; only the

terminal rig was changed. It consisted of up to 20 No. 16 or No.

18 recurved Hawaiian oio hooks, tied to 13.6-kg test monofIlament

leaders attached to the drop line. The advantage of this gear over

the simple handline is that the large number of hooks used maximizes the catching ability ofthe basic unit of gear by allowing multiple hookup in highly discontinuous schools of fishes such as those

found over the seamounts.

Because of the difficulty in handling such large numbers of hooks

on hand-hauled handline, the vertical longline was hauled only on

hydraulic gurdies. Because of strong currents and the depth to the

summit ofseamounts, weights used on verticallonglines were usually doubled or tripled.

Mackerel handlines

The mackerel handline consisted of a 23-kg test braided nylon

mainline wound on a freewheeling, wooden spool. The terminal

rig consisted of a drop line, hook line, lure, and weight. The 5.4-kg

test drop line, about 3 m long, had five hand-tied loops spaced at

intervals of about 0.5 m. Hook lines of about 2.7- to 4.5-kg test

monofIlament, usually 0.3 m long, were attached to each loop. Lures

were fabricated from white nylon floss ribbed with red and tied

to a No. 4 Eagle-claw, off-center or straight shank hooks.

Depending on the strength of the current, we used lead weights

varying from 114 to 227 g at the end of the drop line.

Mackerel handline and rod and reel were used primarily at nightlight stations conducted to not only capture akule and opelu but also

to attract squid, baitfish, plankton, juvenile fish, and crustaceans.

The light source was a 1,500-W bulb controlled with a rheostat.

29

Troll gear

Trolling lines were used throughout the NWHI investigation. The

gear used was a O.64-cm diameter nylon line about 26- to 54-m

long. When direct trolling surveys were conducted, two outriggers

were employed, one on each side of the vessel. To reduce strain

and prevent fish loss, the lines were attached to shocks of either

bungee cord (1.3-cm diameter rubber with a woven nylon cover)

or springs.

A safety line was used with shocks to prevent gear loss. A heavyduty, pigtail swivel was spliced on the end of the trolling line. The

leader, either 113 kg monofilament or No. 15 stainless steel piano

wire, was about 1.0-1.5 m long. We usually used two types oflures.

The first and most commonly used was a 170-g lead-head jig with

multicolored feather tail combined with either plastic or lae skin

(the dried tough skin of the leatherback, Seomberoides saneti-petri)

skirt. Usually, a 0/7 or 0/8 double trolling hook was used with this

lure. The other lure was a JT-I jet head with a 23-cm multicolored

squid skirt and a 0/10 double trolling hook. Direct trolling speed

was usually 7 knots. Indirect incidental trolling speed varied from

7-9 knots.
CRUSTACEANS, MOLLUSCS, AND FISHES

CAUGHT IN NORTHWESTERN

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS _

Various fishing methods and sampling techniques have resulted in

the capture of a wide variety of species: 263 species (75 families)

of fishes, 43 species (22 families) of crustaceans, and 16 species

(13 families) of molluscs (Table 3). For most fishes the valid scientific and common names, as recognized by the Committee on Names

of Fishes of the American Fisheries Society (Robins 1980), were

used. When a species was not included on that list, we used the

most generally accepted and widely used name in the literature.

Local or Hawaiian names were also listed when available.

Most identifications were made in the field; Gosline and Brock

(1960), Smith (1950), Jordan and Evermann (1905), Masuda et al.

(1975), and Tinker (1978) were references used at sea. However,

commercially important species and some unusual specimens were

sent to taxonomic experts for verification or identification. Due to

an error in our field identification key, specimens identified as

Priacanthus cruentatus may include a couple of other similar

species: P. meeki and P. alalaua.

DISTRIBUTION

BY AREA AND DEPTH _

The geographical distribution of crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes

in the NWHI was determined from catches made on the Townsend

Cromwell from October 1976 to September 1981 (Table 4). The

minimum (upper figure) and maximum (lower figure) depths given

are those between which the organisms were caught by the various

gears and are considered highly reliable. Although trawl catches

may have been contaminated by midwater organisms or remains

from a previous haul, we considered those occurrences to be rare.

Troll catches were useful in determining geographic distributions

of pelagic and carangid fishes, but oflimited value for depth distribution. Therefore, for species caught on trolling gear, the minimum

depth was considered to be 1 m; maximum depth was unknown

and is indicated with a dash unless the species was caught by another

gear which provided reliable depth information. Depth ranges

recorded at handline stations were not used because of possible inaccuracy. The exception was when a station was conducted over

flat bottom and the depth was constant.

SIZE RANGE AND

METHODS OF CAPTURE _

Ranges of carapace lengths of crustaceans, fork or standard lengths

of fishes, and total body weights of species caught in the NWHI

are listed in Table 5. Because more lengths than weights were collected, a length range may not correspond to a weight range, i.e.,

the maximum length and the maximum weight may have been obtained from two different specimens. Gears used in the capture of

the organisms are presented in a checklist in Table 5. Other gear

includes an assortment of throw net, spear, rod and reel, and shark

line.

30
Table 3.-Crustaceans, molluscs, and fishes caught in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands during the resource surveys, October 1976-September 1981.

w

Organisms

Arthropoda

Crustacea

Malacostraca

Decapoda

Dendrobranchiata

Penaeidae

Penaeus marginalus

Pleocyemata

Oplophoridae

Acanthephyra eximea

Oplophorus graci/irastris

O. spinosus

Nematocarcinidae

Nematocarcinus gracilis

Pandalidae

Heterocarpus ensiJer

H. laevigatus

Plesionika edwardsii

P. ensis

P. ocellus

Palinura

Palinuridae

Panulirus marginatus

P. penicillatus

Scyllaridae

Parribacus antarcticus

Scyllarides haanii

S. squammosus

Anomura

Galatheidae

Munida sp.

Lithodidae

Uthodes nintokuae

Diogenidae

Dardanus brachyops

D. gemmatus

D. megistos

Parapaguridae

Parapagurus dofleini

Brachyura

Raninidae

Ranina ranina

Dromiidae

Dromidiopsis dormia

Homolidae

Homola ikedai

Hypsophrys williamsi

Paromola japonica

Leucosiidae

Randallia distincta

Common names

Ten-footed crustacea

Penaeid shrimps

Armed nylon shrimp

Smooth nylon shrimp

Spiny lobsters

Hawaiian spiny lobster

Four-spined spiny lobster

Slipperlike lobsters

Scaly slipper lobster

Lithode crabs

Short-eyed hermit

Gemmate hermit crab

Large red hermit crab

Short-tailed crabs

Frog crabs

Red frog crab

Sponge crabs

Sleepy sponge crab

Homolid crabs

Hawaiian names

Ula

Ula

Ulapapapa

Ulapapapa

Unauna, papaiiwipupu

Unauna, papaiiwipupu

Kona crab

Makuaokalipao

Organisms

Calappidae

Calappa bicornis

C. calappa

C. hepatica

Majidae

Cyrtomaia smithi

Parthenopidae

Parthenope contrarius

P. nummiferus

Portunidae

Charybis hawaiensis

Lupocyclus quinquedentatus

Macropipus corrugatus

Portunus suborbicularis

7halamitQ auauensis

Xanlhidae

Carpi/ius convexus

C. maculatus

Goneplacidae

Progeryon sp.

Cancridae

Cancer macrophthalmus

Stomatopoda

Squillidae

Odontodacrylus brevirostris

Mollusca

Gastropoda

Prosobranchia

Neogastropoda

Xenophoridae

Xenophora sp.

Cassididae

Phalium bulla

P. kurodai

Coralliophilidae

La/iaxis kawamurai

Fasciolariidae

Fusinus sandvicensis

Nassariidae

Nassarius cremalus

Opisthobranchia

Nudibranchia

Bivalvia

Pinnidae

Pinna bicolor

P. muricata

Cephalopoda

Octopoda

Alloposidae

Alloposus mollis

Common names

Box crabs

Two-horned box crab

Large box crab

Spider crabs

Parthenope crabs

Swimming crabs

Five-toothed swimming crab

Convex pebble crab

Spotted pebble crab

Mantis shrimps

Collector shells

Pen shells

Hawaiian names

Pokipoki

Pokipoki

Alakuma
Table 3,-Continued,

Organisms Common names Hawaiian names Organisms Common names Hawaiian names

Bolitaenidae C. oligoporus Conger eel

Japerella diaphana Congrina aequoria

Octopodidae Rhynchocymba nysrromi

Octopus cyanea Day octopus Hee mauli nystromi

O. ornows Night octopus Hee puloa Synaphobranchidae Cutthroat eels

Scaeurgus paragiarus Meadia abyssalis

Teuthoidea Muhee Synaphobranchus affinis

Ommastrephidae Salmoniforrnes

NorQ(odarus hawaiiensis Argentinoidei

Loliginidae Common squids Muhee Argentinidae Argentines

Enoploteuthidae Argentina striata Striated argentine

Abralia sp. Glossanodon srruhsakeri Struhsaker's deep-sea smelt

Histioteuthidae Stomiatoidei

Hisrioreurhis miranda Gonostomatidae Lightfishes

Chordata Argyripnus arlanticus

Chondrichthyes Stemoptychidae Hatchetfishes

Squaliformes Argyropelecus aculemus Silver hatchetfish

Carcharhinidae Requiem sharks Astronesthidae Snaggletooths

Carcharhinus falciformis Silky shark Asrronesrhes lucifer Snaggletooth

C. galapagensis Galapagos shark Myctophiformes

C. amblyrhynchos Gray reef shark Myctophoidei

C. plumbeus Sandbar shark Synodontidae Lizardfishes

Galeocerdo cuvieri Tiger shark Saurida gracilis Slender lizardfish Viae nihoa

Triaenodon obesus Whitetip reef shark Synodus binorarus Two-spot lizardfish

w

tv

I Squalidae Dogfish sharks S. dermatogenys Fowler's lizardfish Viae

Ermoprerus pusillus S. kaianus Gunther'S lizardfish

E. villosus Hawaiian shark S. variegarus Variegated lizardfish

Isis/ius brasiliensis Cigar shark Trachinocephalus myops Snakefish

Squalus blainvillei Horny dogfish Myctophidae Lanternfishes

Rajiformes Benrhosema fibula(Q

Dasyatidae Stingrays Diaphus adenomas

Dasyatis hawaiiensis Hawaiian stingray Lupe, hihimanu D. rrachops

D. lara Brown stingray Lupe, hihimanu Myctophum niridulum

Osteichthyes Symbolophorus evermanni

Anguilliformes Lophiiformes

Anguilloidei Lophioidei

Moringuidae Spaghetti eels Lophiidae Goosefishes

MoringuQ macrochir Thread eel Lophiomus miacanrhus Deepwater goosefish

Muraenidae Moray eel Puhi Antennariodei

Echidna nebulosa Starry moray Puhi kapa Antennariidae Frogfishes

Gymnorhorax berndri Berndt's moray eel Antennarius drombus Jordan's frogfish

G. eurostus Abbott's moray eel Chaunacidae Gapers

G. jlavimarginarus Yellowedged moray Puhi paka Chaunax umbrinus Gilben's deepwater angler fish

G. heparicus Liver-colored moray eel Ogcocephalidae Batfishes

G. meleagris Guineafowl moray Puhi onio Halieurea rerifera Torpedo batfish

G. nudivomer Polkadot moray Malrhopsis jordani Jordan's batfish

G. sreindachneri Steindachner's moray eel Gadiformes

G. undularus Common moray eel Puhi laumilo Gadoidei

Congridae Conger eels Moridae Codlings

Ariosoma marginalum Loemonema rhodochir Orange-finned codfish

Conger cinereus marginatus White eel Puh; uha Physiculus edelmanni
Table 3.-Continued.

Organisms Common names Hawaiian names Organisms Common names Hawaiian names

P. grinnelli Grinnell's codfish F. petimba Red cornetfish

Ophidioidei Macrorhamphosidae Snipefishes

Ophidiidae Cusk-eels Macrorhamphosus gracilis Slender snipefish

Brotula multibarbara Bearded brotula M. scolopax Longspine snipefish

Carapidae Pearlfishes Perciformes

Pyramodon ventralis Dogtooth pearlfish Percoidei

Atheriniformes Serranidae Sea basses

Atherinoidei Anthias thompsoni Thompson's grouper

Atherinidae Silversides Caprodon schlegelii Schlegel's grouper

Pranesus insularum Island silversidefish lao Epinephelus quernus Seale's grouper Hapuupuu, Hapuu

Beryciformes Plectranthias kelloggi Kellogg's grouper

Polymixioidei Tosanoides filamentosus

Polymixiidae Beardfishes Kuhliidae

Polymixia japonica Japanese beardfish Kuhlia sandvicensis Mountain bass Aholehole

Berycoidei Priacanthidae Bigeyes Aweoweos

Trachichthyidae Slime heads Cookeolus boops Bulleye

Paratrachichthys sp. Priacanthus alalaua Alalaua

Berycidae Alfonsins P. cruentatus Glasseye snapper Aweoweo

Beryx decadactylus Broad al fonsino P. meeki Meek's bigeye fish

B. splendens Alfonsino Apogonidae Cardinalfishes Aweoweo

Holocentridae Squirrelfishes Apogon coccineus Ruby cardinalfish

Neoniphon aurolineatus Jordan's squirrelfish Alaihi A. kallopterus Spinyhead cardinalfish Upapalu

N. sammara Longchin soldierfish A. maculiferus Spotted cardinalfish Upapalu makanui

Sargocentron diadema Crowned squirrelfish Alaihi kalaloa A. taeniopterus Jenkin's cardinalfish Upapalu w

w I s. Jureatum Hawaiian squirrelfish Epigonus atherinoides Smeltlike cardinalfish

S. spiniferum Spine-bearing squirrelfish Uukanepou E. fragilis

S. xantherythrum Striped squirrelfish Alaihi maoli Synagrops argyrea Silvery colored cardinalfish

Myripristis amaenus Castelnau's squirrelfish Uu Carangidae Jacks

M. berndti Blacktipped soldierfish Uu Carangoides orthogrammus Yellow spotted crevalle Ulua

M. chryseres Golden-finned squirrelfish Pauu Caram ignobilis Giant trevally Pauu

M. kuntee Cuvier's squirrelfish Uu C. lugubris Black jack Ulua

Pristilepis archiepiscopus Steindachner's squirrelfish C. melampygus Blue crevally Omilu, ulua mikomoni

Zeiformes C. sexfasciatus Bigeye trevally Pake ulua

Zeidae Dories Decapterus macarellus Mackerel scad Opelu

Zenopsis nebulosa Mirror dory D. macrosoma Blue mackerel scad

Caproidae Boarfishes D. muroadsi Brownstriped mackerel scad

Antigonia eos Gilbert's antigoniid fish D. tabl Redtail scad Redtail opelu

A. steindachneri Steindachner's antigoniid fish Elagatis bipinnulata Rainbow runner Kamanu

Cyttomimus stelgis Gilbert's caproid fish Gnathanodon speciosus Yellow jack Ulua paopao

Lampriformes Pseudocaranx dentex Underjaw kingfish Pig ulua

Veliferoidei Selar crumenophthalmus Bigeye scad Akule, hahalalu

Veliferidae Sailfin moonfishes Seriola dumerili Greater amberjack Kahala

Velifer multispinosus Many spined veilfin fish S. lalandei Yellowtail Kahala opio

Trachipteroidei Uraspis helvola Whitetongued crevalle Black ulua

Lophotidae Crestfishes Coryphaenidae Dolphins

Gasterosteiformes Coryphaena hippurus Dolphin Mahimahi

Aulostomoidei Bramidae Pomfrets

Aulostomidae Trumpetfishes Emmelichthyidae Bonnetmouths

Aulostomus chinensis Painted flute mouth Nuna Nunu Erythrocles scintillans

Fistulariidae Cornetfishes Emmelichthys struhsakeri

Fistularia commersoni Flutemouth Nuna peke Lutjanidae Snappers
Table 3,-Continued,

Organisms Common names Hawaiian names Organisms Common names Hawaiian names

Aphareus furca Olive smalltooth jobfish B. sanguineus Rare wrasse

Aprion virescens Blue-gray snapper Uku B. vulpinus Sharpheaded wrasse

Etelis carbunculus Marsh's snappet fish Ehu, ulaula Cheilinus bimaculatus Ragged-tail wrasse Poou, Pilikoa

E. coruscans Ruby snapper Onaga, ulaula koae C. unifasciatus Rose colored wtasse Poou

Lutjanus kasmira Blue stripe snapper Taape Cirrhilabrus jordani Jordan's wrasse fish

Pristipornoides auricilla Coris ballieui Light-colored wrasse Malamalama

P. filamentosus Crimson snapper Opakapaka Xyrichtys baldwini Baldwin's wrasse Laenihi

P. sieboldii von Siebold's snapper fish Kalekale X. niger Black razor wrasse Laenihi eleele

P. zonatus Obliquebanded snapper Gindai Hemipteronotus woodi Wood's wrasse

Symphysanodon maunaloae Pseudocheilinus sp.

S. typus 1halassoma ballieui Gray wrasse Hinalea luahine

Mullidae Goatfishes T. purpureum Purple wrasse Hou

Mulloides flaviolineatus Samoan goatfish Weke aa Scaridae Parrotfishes

M. pflugeri Pfluger's goatfish Weke ula Caloromus carolinus Halftoothed parrotfish

M. vanicolensis Goldstriped goalfish Weke ula C. zonarcha

Parupeneus bifasciatus Double barred goalfish Scarus dubius Brown parrotfish

P. chrysonemus Yellow-thread goatfish Weke nono S. perspicillatus Large blue parrotfish Uhu

P. cyclostomus Goldsaddle goatfish Moano kea Mugiloidei

P. multifascialUs Red and black banded goatfish Moana; moano Mugilidae Mullets

P. pleurostigma Black spot goatfish Malu Mugil cephalus Striped mullet Amaama

P. porphyreus Whitestriped goatfish Kumu Sphyraenoidei

Upeneus faeniopterus Band-tailed goatfish Weke pueo, weke pahula Sphyraenidae Barracudas

Kyphosidae Sea chubs Sphyraena barracuda Great barracuda Kaku

Kyphosus bigibbus Striped drummer Nenue S. helleri Heller's barracuda Kawalea VJ

.j>. I Sectaror ocyurus Bluestriped chub Polynemoidei

Chaetodontidae Butterflyfishes Polynemidae Threadfins

Chaerodon fremblii Bluelined butterflyfish Lauhau kikakapu, kapuhili Polydactylus sexfilis Moi

C. kleini Whitespotted butterflyfish Trachinoidei

C. miliaris Spotted butterflyfish Mugiloididae

C. multicinetus Pebbled butterflyfish Parapercis roseoviridis Rosy green sea perch

Heniochus diphreutes Black and white butterflyfish Percophididae Flatheads

Pomacanthidae Angelfishes Chrionema chryseres Golden-spotted bembropsid

Centropyge fisheri Fisher's angelfish Ammodytoidei

Cenicanthus personatus Masked angelfish Ammodytidae Sand lances

Pentacerotidae Armorheads Embolichthys sp.

Histiopterus typus Callionymoidei

Pseudopentaceros wheeleri Pelagic armorhead Callionymidae Dragonets

Pomacentridae Damselfishes Callionymus decoratus Decorated dragonet fish

Abudefduf abdominaUs Banded damselfish Maomao Synchiropus altivelis

Dascyllus albisella White spotted damselfish Aloiloi Acanthuroidei

Chromis ovalis Oval damselfish Acanthuridae Surgeonfishes

C. struhsakeri Acanthurus nigroris Cuvier's surgeonfish Maiko

C. veraler Black damselfish A. olivaceus Orangespot tang Naenae

Stegastes fasciolatus Jenkins' damselfish A. triostegus Convict tang Manini

Cirrhitidae Hawkfishes A. xanthopterus Yellow-finned surgeonfish Pualu

Cirrhites pinnulatus Hardheaded hawkfish Poopaa, Oopukai Ctenochaetus strigosus Yellow eyed surgeonfish Kole

Cheilodactylidae Fingerfins Naso brevirostris Brown unicomfish Kala

Cheilodactylus vitlatus Striped hawkfish Kikakapu N. hexacanthus Six-spined surgeonfish Kala

Labroidei N. maculatus Dark-spotted surgeonfish

Labridae Wrasses N. unicornis Unicomfish Kala

Bodianus bilunulatus Black spot wrasse Aawa limclus cornU/us Moorish idol Kihikihi
Table 3.-Continued.

Organisms Common names Hawaiian names Organisms Common names Hawaiian names

Scombroidei Chascanopsetta prorigera Gilbert's rare flounder

Gempylidae Snake mackerels Parabothus chlorospilus Green-spotted flounder

Promethichthys prometheus Purple snake mackerel P. coarctatus Coarctate flounder

Ruvettus pretiosus Oilfish Walu Taeniopsetta radula Round-bodied flounder

Scombridae Mackerels Pleuronectidae Righteye flounders

Acanthocybium solandri Wahoo Ono Poecilopsetta hawaiiensis Hawaiian right eyed flounder

Euthynnus affinis Kawakawa Kawakawa Samariscus corallinus Coralline-red flounder

Katsuwonus pe/amis Skipjack lUna Aku Tetraodontiformes

Sarda orientalis Striped bonito BalislOidei

Scomber japonicus Chub mackerel Opelu palahu Triacanthodidae Spikefishes

Thunnus albacares Yellowfin lUna Ahi Hollardia goslinei Gosline's spikefish

T. obesus Bigeye tuna Poonui Balistidae Leatherjackets

lstiophoridae Billfishes Au A/utera monoceros V nicorn filefish Loulu

Makaira nigricans Blue marlin A. scripta Scrawled filefish Oili tepa

Stromateoidei Cantherhines dumerili Whitespotted filefish Oili

Stromateidae Butterfishes C. verecundus Shy file fish

Ariomma lurida Lurid nomeid fish Melichthys niger Black durgon Humuhumueleele

Cubiceps pauciradiatus M. vidua Pinktail triggerfish Humuhumuhiukole

Hyperoglyphe japonica Pervagor melanocephalus Redtail filefish

Scorpaeniformes P. spilosoma Fan-tail file fish Oiliuwiwi

Scorpaenoidei Pseudomonacanthus

Scorpaenidae Scorpionfishes garretti Garrett's filefish

Dendrochirus barberi Barber's scorpionfish Rhinecanthus aculeatus Picasso fish Humuhumunukunukuapuaa

I

lracundus signifer Spotbearing scorpionfish Sufflamen fraenatus Bridle triggerfish \;:l

VI Pontinus macrocephalus Large headed scorpionfish Oopu kainohu Xanthichthys mento Redtail triggerfish

Pterois sphex Wasp scorpionfish Nohu pinao Ostraciidae Boxfishes

Rhinopias xenops Strange-eyed scorpionfish Aracana aculeata Spiny boxfish

Scorpaena colorata Red scorpionfish Lactoria diaphanus Many-spined cowfish

S. coniona Small scorpionfish L. fornasini Shortspined cowfish Makukana

Scorpaenodes littoralis Shoreline scorpionfish Ostracion me/eagris Speckled boxfish Moa

Scorpaenopsis diabolus Humpbacked scorpionfish Nohu omakaha Tetraodontoidei

Setarches guentheri Deepwater scorpionfish Tetraodontidae Puffers

Triglidae Sea robins Arothron hispidus Spiny balloonfish Oopuhue

Peristedion engyceros Large armored sea robin A. me/eagris Speckled balloonfish Opuhue. keke

P. hians Small armored sea robin Canthigaster amboinensis Spotted toby Puuolai

Hoplichthyoidei C. coronata Crowned pufferfish

Hoplichthyidae Spiny flatheads C. epilampra Rare Kihei pufferfish Puuolai

Hoplichthys citrinus Yellow rattail fish C. jactator Whitespotted pufferfish Puuolai

H. platophrys C. rivulata Schlegel's pufferfish

Dactylopteriformes Lagocephalus lagocephalus Oceanic puffer

Dactylopteridae Flying gurnards Sphoeroides cutaneus Slackskin blaasop

Dactyloptena orientalis Purple flying gurnard Lolooau Torquigener randalli Bleeker's balloonfish

Pegasiformes Diodontidae Porcupinefishes

Pegasidae Seamoths Chilomycterus affinis Pacific burrfish Oopuhue

Pegasus papilio Hawaiian seamoth Diodon holocanthus Balloonfish

Pleuronectiformes D. hystrix Porcupinefish Oopukawa

Pleuronectoidei

Bothidae Lefteye flounders

Amoglossus debilis Weak flounder

Bothus pantherinus Panther flounder Paku, Viui

B. thompsoni Thompson's flounder
Table 4.-Depth distribution (in meters) by bank of crustacreans, molluscs, and tishes in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands during the resource surveys, October

1976-September 1981. Upper numbers are minimum depths and lower numbers are maximum depths. Dashes = no reliable depth information.

""c: -;;;

'" 0 a:l .<: E V> " :l

'" u "" E E E 0

" B a:l '" c: E

'" c: c: "0 '" " "" :l :l "" "" '" c: c: 0 0 .e!' c: c: o - c: a:l :r: c: " '" "0 "" It '" .~ 0: "" _ c:

'" '" E E V> a:l c: c: a:l OJ t:

" Cl.:l i; "0 a:l '" '" '0 '" '" " E 0 c: " ;>,

" .;;: "" " '" a:l i; .<: co " a:l c:: c: '" E " 00

'" c: V> '" V> g '" "" 0 c: c: c: " 0 :0 0 c: "" u 0 c:: 'E s e .<: '" .~ 0

"" "5 " E "0 e e "" u "0 U c: .<: t: " 0: "0 "0 c: c: 'ii e e .<; '" ;>, oV> c: c:: Z " '" ::E '" :J '" -;;; j " :l Species I- Z U. a:l en 0 c:: ..J Z a:l 0- V> Z :.: a:l '" :r:'"

ARTHROPODA

CRUSTACEA

Penaeidae

Penaeid sp. 613 421

613 421

Penaeus marginatus 112

366

Oplophoridae

Acamhephyra eximea 867 602

867 602

Oplophorus gracilirostris 375

494

O. spinosus 283

302

Nematocarcinidae

NemalOcarciflus gracilis 867

867

Pandalidae

He/erocarpus ensifer 454 375 435 395 192 331 534 561 271 507

613 686 629 422 627 335 682 561 271 640

H. laevigatus 613 497 629 627 331 534 602

613 867 702 627 335 682 640

Plesionika ensis 430

494

P. edwardsii 395 331 561 141

422 335 561 141

P. ocellus 375

384

Palinuridae

Panulirus rnarginatus 35 24 20 26 29 24 29 4 15 37 11 II 60 15 18

60 84 66 42 51 66 51 174 97 38 69 68 64 64 53

P. penicilla/us 4

9

Scyllaridae

Parribacus anrarcr;cus 60 35 20 33 35 35 29 90 27 44

62 48 49 33 35 35 29 104 42 44

Scyllarides haanii 55 77 33 102 112 29

55 91 33 102 112 55

S. squammosus 64 48 22 20 26 31 24 29 22 15 37 16 71 15 60 22 13

66 68 110 137 51 51 53 51 62 97 44 69 71 82 62 64 66

Galatheidae

Munida sp. 435

494

Lithodidae

Uthodes ninlOkuae 697

702

Diogenidae

Dardanus brachyops 68 62 22 42 29 73 44 31 29 27 33 59 64 35

68 91 126 210 35 73 123 31 51 46 101 93 130 35

D. gemma/us 77 27 42 33 29 40 27 44 37 37 29 66

77 126 68 40 31 123 33 55 79 55 48 84

D. megislOs 29 33

33 33

Parapaguridae

Parapagurus dofleini 629 507

629 507

Raninidae

Ranina ronina 101 24 64 46 60 55 48

115 77 143 80 64 84 64

Dromiidae

Dromidiopsis dormia 35 31 68 29 29 38 64

35 59 68 29 29 38 64

36
Table 4.-Continued.

""c OJ'" '" '""'l .c

0 E "" CIl c '" '" " '" :::l

'" " '" u "" § E E 0

" '" "'l '" c E

"" OJ "" c c '" "0

'" '" "" :::l :::l

c: '" '" .~ c: c: c 8 E c "'l :I: c: 0 0

'" '" "0 "" '" .~ 0:: "" .... '" '" E E CIl c u: c: " 0. :::l "'l "0 "'l c: "'l OJ " "0

'" '" '" '" E 0 '" c: '" " "" '" "'l 00 t "'l E '" c >. .( g " .c 0 c '" c 00

'" .... CIl '" CIl

:0 '" " " c .c '" c " 0

0 c "" c e "E 2 t:: " '" 0

"" -.: " E "0 2 "0 .c .~ "" " " >. .;;; c: c: '" "0 "0 C C

" '" .;;; '" '" OCll '" " OJ J " :::l '" '" Species Z f- Z u.. "'l r:;; " -l Z :J "'l "- CIl Z :.G "'l :I:

Homolidae

Homola ikedai 364

364

Hypsophrys williamsi 719 699

719 699

Paromola japonica 364 417

724 417

Leucosiidae

Randallia distincra 364 534

629 534

Calappidae

Calappa bicornis 59 55 55

73 55 55

C. calappa 24 59 31 55 60

33 59 31 55 60

C. hepatica 55

55

Majidae

Cyrtomaia smithi 686 629 534 640

686 629 534 640

Panhenopidae

Parthenope contrarius 49 69 55 60

57 69 55 102

P. nummiferus 326

326

Ponunidae

Charybis hawaiensis 27

27

Lupocyclus quinquedentatus 22 49 31 55 37

29 49 64 55 37

Macropipus corrugatus 68

71

Portunus suborbicularis 22

24

Portunus sp. 29

29

7halamita auauensis 24 90

24 91

Xanthidae

Carpilius convexus 33

40

C. maculatus 31 11

31 27

Goneplacidae

Progeryon sp. 454 101

454 101

Cancridae

Cancer macrophthalmus 516 395

516 422

Stomatopoda

Squillidae

Squillid sp. 146

296

Odontodactylus brevirostris 88

95

MOLLUSCA

GASTROPODA

Xenophoridae

Xenophora sp.

Cassididae

Phalium bulla 285

285

37
Table 4.-Continued.

..I<C '" '" '" ¥l 0 a:l .c ..I<

Vl

C '"<> '"<>

" '" <> '" U ..I< E c c 0 <> '" a:l '" c E ..I< ;;; ..I< C C C '" -0 '" <> ..I< c '" .2!' c " " '" c B C c a:l :I: c 0 0 <> ..I< .~ c:: ..I< ... '" '" E E Vl '" -0 C u: '" c <> a:l c a:l ;;; <> 0. " -0 a:l 9 '" '" '" '" '" E 0 :a <> c <> >. <> ..I<

<> a:l .c '" "" <> a:l c>:c '"

E <> 00

'" ...

c Vl '" Vl -<

g :a '" <> () ..I< 0 c ill .c '" c c <> 0 0 C ..I< C 8 c>: '2 '" 8 t: <> .~ 0 ..I< <> E -0 8 ..I< ()

-0 .c .~ () ." '" >.

o Vl c::

c '" c>: -0 -0C

c

Species

Z <> vi '" ::E

j :J '" <>

'"

j <> 1- Z u.

" '" '"

" c>:

Z a:l "- VlZ :<: a:l :I:

Phalium kurodai 285

285

Coralliophilidae

La/iaxis kawamurai 143

143

Fasciolariidae

Fusinus sandvicensis 71

71

Nassariidae

Nassarius crerna/us 71

71

Opisthobranchia

Nudibranchia

Nudibranch sp. 269 84 71

269 93 214

BIVALVIA

Pinnidae

Pinna bicolor 88 86

99 91

P. muricata 71

71

Pinna sp. 75 86

91 88

CEPHALOPODA

Bolitaenidae

Jape/ella diaphana 867

867

Octopodidae

Dc/opus cyanea 35 62 33 31 18 18 46 37

35 62 33 31 88 62 91 37

O. ornatus 51

51

Scaeurgus pa/agia/us 75

252

Ommastrephidae

N%lOdarus hawaiiensis 430

494

Enoploteuthidae

Abralia sp. 90

91

Histioteuthidae

His/io/euthis miranda 256

256

CHORDATA

Carcharhinidae

Carcharhinus falciformis

C. galapagensis 31 16 31 38 29

20 35 35 16 31 38 3\

C. amblyrhynchos 18 18

23 22 18 18 29

C. plumbeus 77 73

99 77

Galeocerdo cuvieri 26

26

Triaenodon obesus II 15

20 110 22

Squalidae

E/mop/erus pusillus 263

311

E. villosus 280

280

38
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

E

::I

o

E

\1

en

E

::I

o

E

\1

en

8

z"

Isistius brasiliensis

Squalus blainvillei

Squalus sp.

Dasyatidae

Dasyatis hawaiiensis

D. lata

Moringuidae

Moringua macrochir

Muraenidae

Echidna nebulosa

Gymnothorax berndti

G. eurostus

329

329

44

48

29

384

311

342

29

33

183

183

177 293

366 293

342

355

112 351

112 357

155

155

205

205

152

152

112 165

112 170

\16

\16

137

174

256

302

165 252

168 311

256

256

G. f1avimarginatus

G. hepaticus

G. meleagris

27 27

27 33

33 49 27

44 49 27

46 24

46 24

51

51

31

31

51

51

27

27

31

3\

27

37

33

37

33

49

29

29

G. nudivomer

G. steindachneri

G. undulatus

Congridae

Ariosoma marginalum

Conger cinereus margina/us

C. oligoporus

64

66

51

59

73

73

22 48 29

84 66 33

27

27

27

71

364

364

31

31

29 33 31

51 40 31

31

33

75

91

51

51

48

48

29

35

88

88

27

55

33

40

271 14\

271 14\

33 104

49 104

\3

44

507

507

66 42 110

71 46 110

110

110

71

71

22

22

168

168

Conger sp.

Congrina aequoria

Rhynchocymba

nystrom; nystrom;

Synaphobranchidae

Meadia abyssalis

Synaphobranchus affinis

Argentinidae

Argentina striata

Glossanodon struhsakeri

Gonostomatidae

Argyripnus atlanticus

454

454

48

48

66 699

686 699

430

494

31

31

181

181

369

373

39

79

97

887

887

170 29

170 170

640 71

640 71

283

302

256

258

263

293

263

278

263

293
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

Sternoptychidae

Argyropelecus aculea/us

Astronesthidae

As/rones/hes lucifer

Synodontidae

Saurida gracilis

Synodus binotatus

S. dermalOgenys

S. kaianus 48

48

311

338

29

33

36

36

"

c:

"Eo'"

c: 9

E 0. ::l

c:

'" .c: t::"'" j CI)

88

88

31

33

194 320

252 320

E

::l oE

:3

til

"0j

E

::l oE

:3

tilez"

88

97

E::l oE

:3

til

-"uou

c:

:r:'"

256

302

258

258

S. variega/us

Trachinocephalus myops

Myctophidae

Benthosema fibula/a

Diaphus adenomus

D. /rachops

Myc/ophum nitidulum

Symbolophorus evermanni

Lophiidae

Lophiomus miacan/hus

Lophiomus sp.

Antennariidae

AmennariuJ drombus

Chaunacidae

Chaunax umbrinus

Ogcocephalidae

Halieutaea retifera

Mal/hopsis jordani

Moridae

Laemonema rhodochir

Physiculus edelmanni

P. grinnelli

Ophidiidae

Bro/ula mul/ibarbata

Carapidae

Pyramodon ventralis

Atherinidae

Pranesus insularum

71

121

84

93

375

494

375

384

64

71

357

384

117

129

119 35

119 119

40

31

31

75

117

110

113

88

214

227

252

90

91

79

97

88

88

90

104

79

97

79

355

75

75

97

99

507

507

130

137

88

97

152

190

152

190

164

170

108 170

112 170

263

293

258

258

269

293

258

293

263

293
Table 4.-Continued.

-'"" '" '" 0 E <Il .c -'" til

" " " '" 'fj '" u -'" E E E 0

S <Il '" " E

-'" '" -'" " " ."

'" " -'" '" '" '" " .~ " " " o - " <Il :c " 0 0

" '" -'" '" .S c: -'" - " '" '" E E til

<Il ." " tt <Il ;; " " Q.", ." <Il '" '" "£ " '" '" " E 0 " " " ,., " -'"

" '" <Il .c ell " <Il <>: " '" E " 00

'" " til '" til « u

'" " -'" 0

" " " " :0 0 8 0 " -'" u 0 <>: "E :3 e ill .c '" '" 0 -'" " E ."

" e -'" ." .c .~ u " e ,., t " .;;; c: " '" <>: ." ." " " " '" .;; '" j o til '" -;; Z ::E :::i '" " '" '" '" Species f- Z "- <Il Vi (;) <>: z <Il "-" til -l Z :.: <Il :c

Polymixiidae

Polymixia japonica 357 263

384 311

Trachichthyidae

Paratrachichthys sp. 75

214

Berycidae

Beryx decadactylus 263

293

B. splendens 163

311

Holocentridae

Holocentrinae sp. 29 26 31 35 29 16 18 60 37

51 37 31 51 33 16 18 60 40

Neoniphon aurolineatus 48

48

N. sammara 66

77

Sargocentron diadema 27

77

S. fureatum 48 29

48 29

S. spiniferum 42 18 33 27

42 20 33 38 24

S. xantherythrum 48 26 33 33 31 18 27 35 27

48 37 33 33 33 33 27 68 27

Myripristis amaenus 22

18 22

M. chryseres 48 66 68

77 68

M. kuntee 18 II

40 II

M. murdjan 48 26 22 33 48 38 18

48 77 33 33 48 38 22

Pristi/epis archiepiscopus 90

91

Zeidae

Zenopsis nebulosa 256

3\1

Caproidae

Antigonia eos 311 73 194 95 166 263

384 77 198 \06 168 31\

A. steindachneri 115 181 338 \64 265

121 252 355 170 31\

Cyttomimus stelgis 430

494

Veliferidae

Velifer multispinosus 60 48 62 73 31 79 75 62

62 48 106 77 66 97 75 62

Lopholidae

Lopholid sp. 256

256

Auloslomidae

Aulostomus chinensis 64 91 27 27 82 18 24 35 64

64 91 106 27 112 95 44 75 64

Fislulariidae

Fislu/aria commersoni 60 48 15 73 53 31 3\ 49 62

62 48 296 77 132 113 104 106 62

F. pelimba 36

41
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

..I<"

U

Z"

C

:::>

o

E

iJ

Vl

"0

"0

j

E

is

E

iJ

Vl

e

z"

Macrorhamphosidae

Macrorhamphosus gracilis

M. sc%pax

77

99

263

311

Serranidae

Anthias thompsoni

Caprodon sch/egelii

Epinephe/us quemus

P/ectranthias kelloggi

Tosanoides fi/amentosus

Kuhliidae

Kuhlia sandvicensis

Priacanthidae

Cookeo/us boops

60

62

146

146

36

48

44

183

183

183

93

99

27

229

59

194

46

183

100

100

35

110

31

172

102

201

90 164

183 219

110

238

78

82

75

75

146 33

183 238

22

62 64

62 64

119 64 26

119 216 219

62

190

152 166

190 168

146 18 165

219 219 210

283

302

283

302

183 164 166 263

183 311 206 311

Priacanthus a/alaua

P. cruentatus

P. meeki

Apogonidae

Apogon coccineus

A. kallopterus

A. macu/iferus

A. taeniopterus

Epigonus atherinoides

E. fragilis

Epigonus sp.

Synagrops argyrea

Synagrops sp.

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

29

71

29 26

296 77

66 26

77 26

22

22

119 13

119 13

26

26

66

77

66

494

75

252

86 27 90 16

86 27 186 97

97 31 15

97 33 33

33 24

33 24

79

97

113

117

79

97

20

31

18

22

27

27

24

24

36 93

68 93

18

22

49 64

49 64

29

29

II

11

31

48

18

166

172

20

40

88

97

Carangidae

Carangoides onhogrammus

Caranx ignobilis

C. /ugubris

18 18 26

26 26

1 1 1-

24 31

1-

1- 16 '- '- 20

46 20

16 '- I 1

46 35 35

1- 110

110

110

110

1 73 1

55 73 91

I

4

13

C. me/ampygus

C. sexfasciatus

Decapterus macarellus

1 I 1- 1- 46

55 183 46

27 22

33 26

42

I I

36 20

22

22
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

00

D. macrosoma

D. muroadsi

D. tabl

Elagatis bipinnulata 1

37

325

384

1 I

55 42

208

214

88

88

113 340

117 357

42

42

7

7

Gnathanodon speeiosus

Pseudoearanx dentex

Selar crumenophthalmus

Seriola dumerili

S. lalandei

Uraspis helvola

Coryphaenidae

Coryphaena hippurus

Bramidae

Bramid sp.

Emmelichlhyidae

Erythrocles seintillans

44

146

51

73

27 66

46 174

27

27

29 I

91 229

66

77

110

165

22

26

26 51

\86 201

73

77

51

73

16 183 102

183 183 201

\8

24

16 146 I

128 146 201

146 201 27

174 201 194

I 18

4 22

I 110

183 247

42

238

I

2

146 35

165 238

I

2

84 1 183

106 128 183

1

31

\ 112

128 112

146

146

95

95

\

183

18

9

9

168

172

Emmeliehthys struhsakeri

LUljanidae

Aphareus Jurea

Aphareus sp.

26

26

194 338

214 347

263

311

Aprion virescens

Etelis earbuneulus

E. coruscans

Lutjanus kasmira

Pristipomoides aurieilla

I

59

48 183 139

201 183 229

256

256

62 31 77 24

66 60 77 110

113

152

20

64

26

31

128

183

27

48

'-

102 174 110 179 219 121

201 201 219 238 238 271

'- 256 194 183

256 194 229

62

62

18

18

119 146 192

219 216 219

183

183

219

219

183

183

27 46 37

328 186 161

91 110 113

91 128 201

102 201

201 201

177 318

186 338

P. filamentosus

P. sieboldii

P. zonatus

Symphysanodon maunaloae

S. typus

36

73

137

\37

183

\83

357

384

128 201

164 201

27 40 3\

187 40 187

128 172 102

128 183 102

64 110 91

174 201 179

146 194

201 194

164 183

201 238

71

71

183

183

57

164

164 219 146

198 219 216

146

186

108

108

219

219

88

97

283

302

Mullidae

Mulloides flaviolineatus 60

62

66

77

43

31

97

31

37
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

M. pflugeri

M. vanicolensis

Parupeneus bifasciatus

-g

'"'"o

..ci

48

48

48

48

99 49

106 49

26 44

99 44

33

33

31

31

33

33

31

95

"o

-'"

-

0. E

""0

'"E ..c '" t::o "til Z

00

-'""t:Q'"

-'""t:Q'"o"E

<ii

til

EgE

'"til"3

Eg

til

::: z"

88

97

18 55

77 59

22 24

69 77

35

77

P. chrysonemus

P. cyclostomus

P. multifasciatus

P. pleurostigma

P. porphyrells

Upenells faeniopterlls

Kyphosidae

Kyphosus bigibblls

Secrator ocyurus

60 48

62 48

60 \8

64 48

60 48

62 48

60

62

27

29

33

71

37

7722

33

33

33

33

22

22

22

31

22

22

108

108

33

33

33

33

26

9\

26

29

26

37

29

97\2

27

33

29

68

31

33

18

\8

55

55

31

3\

44

44

31

31

31

31

42

42

37

75

27

37

37

40

36

53

60

64I62

64

48

69

40

48

40

40

69 27

69 40

Chaetodontidae

Chaetodon fremblii

C. kleini

C. miliaris

C. multicinctus

Heniochus diphrewes

Pomacanthidae

Centropyge fisheri

Cemropyge sp.

Genicanthus personatus

Pentacerotidae

Histiopterus typ"S

Pseudopenraceros wheeleri

Pomacentridae

Abudefdllf abdominalis

Dascylllls albisella

Chromis ovalis

C. strllhsakeri

C. verater

Chromis sp.

Stegastes fasciolatlls

33

48

60 3\

62 48

60 31

62 57

60

62

60 48

62 48

48

48

48

48

60 48

62 48

27 24 33

1\9 77 33

24

24

22 31 27

119 77 33

27 20

121 31

64

77

115

121

27

33

27

33

33

99

73

77

31

31

27

113

33 29

33 113

53

128

88

95

31

33

90

91

84

186

44

15

97

38

97

31

31

31

33

22

69

55

55

69

69

18

75

71

71

I9

37

64

55

55

37

53

48

60

33

42

\64

170

33

190

33

42

252

311
Table 4.-Continued.

Species

Cirrhitidae

Cirrhites pinnulatus

Cheilodactylidae

Cheilodactylus viuatus

"""'"'"o

..c: Z

48

48

u"

'""c

P:

00

..I<C

of!

66

66

53

62

..I<C

'"§E

-;;;

en

E"oE

en

""

"0j

6

232

55

Eo"E

enBz"

37

37

::

Eo"E

en

..I<g""

::I: '"

Labridae

Bodianus bilunulatus

B. sanguineus

B. vulpinus

Cheilinus bimaculatus

C. unifasciatus

6

18

48

48

11 31 110 33

71 113 110 33

24

24

18

26

22 35

51 48

29

33

88

95

90

91

26

26

146

146

9

46

18

38

183

183

64

64

6

49

18

53

183 219

219 219

Cirrhilabrus jordani

Coris ballieui

Caris sp.

Xyrichtys baldwini

X. niger

Hemipteronotus woodi

Pseudocheilinus sp.

Thalassoma ballieui

T. purpureum

Scaridae

Caloromus carolinus

C. zonarcha

Caloromus sp.

Scarus dubius

S. perspicillatus

Scarus sp.

Mugilidae

Mugil cephalus

Sphyraenidae

Sphyraena barracuda

S. helleri

Polynemidae

Polydactylus sexfilis

Mugiloididae

Parapercis roseoviridis

48

48

48

48

18

18

48

48

29

71

42

46

29

35

37

37

64

71

29

71

64

71

55

55

73

7722

198

198

26

26

75

91

46 108 69

46 108 91

88

132

33

35

31

33

16

16

45

51

84

33

33

31

33I

33

18

18

48

49

69 18

69 38

18

55

79

79

73

73

40

44I

601

27

27

27

40

44

33

42

263

311
Table 4.-Conlinued.

Species

Cantherhines dumerili

C. verecundus

Melichthys niger

M. vidua

48

48

c

l'l"

c

.~

E29

69

33

99

42

42

26

26

l'l"

c

.!!

31

33

35

35

00

...

c

l'l"

&l

c

o

E

-;;

C/)

E

::I

o

E

:l

C/)

E

g

E

:l

C/)

8

z"

=

E

J...

g

u

c

:c"

Pervagor melanocephalus

P. spilosoma

Pseudomonacanthus garrelli

Rhinecanthus aculeatus

SuJflamen Jraenarus

Xanthichrhys mento

Ostraciidae

Aracana aculeata

Lactoria diaphanus

L. fornasini

Ostracion meleagris

Tetraodontidae

Arothron hispidus

A. meleagris

Canthigasrer amboinensis

C. coronata

C. epilampra

C. jactator

36

40

60 35

62 35

60

62

60 48

62 48

48

48

60

62

60

62

26 49 33

119 49 59

29 62

121 62

33

71

64

119

29

106

29 73

99 77

64

71

29

121

66

77

29

121

31

33

27 24

37 357

53 75 31

132 187 104

53 59

60 66

194

252

79

97

53 31 31

132 112 97

31

33

137

165

16

31

22

22

31

31

22

27

15 62

82 62

64

64

99

110

31 31

95 104

53 31 33

132 66 97

C. rivulata

Canthigasrer sp.

Lagocephalus lagocephalus

Sphoeroides cUlaneus

Torquigener randalli

Diodontidae

Chilomycrerus affinis

Diodon holocanthus

D. hystrix

60 48

62 48

80

102

60 48

62 48

36

40

33

121

24

24

33 64

296 77

62

338

29 57

296 210

62

106

29

99

29 73

106 77

101

108

66 93

66 122

80 60 80

102 101 132

75 31

91 33

31 31

165 104

121

165

III 84

187 357

31 55

174 104

31

46

31

31

62

62

77

82

64 62

82 62

216

216

24

24

60

110

'Northwestern Hawaiian Island Bottom Fish Project, Henry Sakuda, Director, Division of Aquatic Resources, Depanment of Land and Natural Resources, State of Hawaii,

Honolulu, HI 96813, pers. commun., 9 February 1984.

48
Table 5.-Size range and a checklist oftypes of gear used in the capture of crustaceans, molluscs, and fIShes in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands during the resource surveys, Oelober 1976-September 1981.

.:" 0. 0. " Oil :§ .E 0. " 0; " .2 0. 0. .5' OIl

.!l E Length (mm) Weight (g) .§ E " :0 .E 0 2 .0

" .;: E " e OIl g ..c: ..c: .3 ..c: .. Species Min Max Min Max en en U :I: E- Z "l 0

ARTHROPODA

CRUSTACEA

Penaeidae

Penaeus marginalus 20 46 10 30 x x x

Oplophoridae

Acanthephyra eximea 26 x

Oplophorus graciliroslris x

O. spinosus x

Nematocarcinidae

Nemalocarcinus gracilis x

Pandalidae

Helerocarpus ensifer II 53 3 30 x x x

H. laevigalus 15 58 60 180 x

Plesionika ensis II 36 x

P. edwardsii 9 28 2 13 x x

P. ocellus x

Patinuridae

Panulirus marginalus 34 149 80 2,660 x x x

P. penicillalus 67 177 580 3,800 x

Scyllaridae

Parribacus anlarclicus 53 92 170 650 x x x

Scyllarides haanii 105 160 650 2,280 x x

S. squammosus 50 167 90 2,420 x x x x

Galatheidae

Munida sp. x

Lithodidae

Lilhodes nintokuae x

Diogenidae

Dardanus brachyops 38 75 50 350 x x

D. gemmalus x x

D. megislos x x

Parapaguridae

Parapagurus dofleini x

Raninidae

Ranina ranina 70 167 50 1,940 x x x

Dromiidae

Dromidiopsis dormia 112 1,900 x x

Homotidae

Homola ikedai x

Hypsophys williamsi x

Paromola japonica x

Leucosiidae

Randallia dislinCla x

Calappidae

Calappa bicornis x x

C. calappa x x

C. hepalica x

Majidae x x x x

Cynomaia smilhi x

Parthenopidae

Panhenope contrarius x x x

P. nummiferus x

Portunidae

Charybis hawaiensis x

Lupocyclus quinquedentalus x

Macropipus corrugalus x

Ponunus suborbicularus x x

Ponunus sp. x

Thalamila auauensis x x

Xanthidae

Carpilius convexus x

C. maculalus 108 810 x

Goneplacidae

Progeryon sp. x

49
Table S.-Continued.

"

c

0- 0- " g g g .J: c

0- Ql " .s

g 0- g 0- .: Oll

;j c E E ~ngth (mm) Weight (g) E .§ .0 '6 .J: B 73i " ..: .0 73i c e .~ 0 6 .c .3 .c Species Min Max Min Max li: en li: en U :z:: '" E- Z Q:l

Cancridae

Cancer macrophthalmus x

Stomatopoda

Squillidae

Odontodacrylus brevirostris x

MOLLUSCA

GASTROPODA

Xenophoridae

Xenophora sp. x

Cassidadae

Phalium bulla x

P. kurodai x

Coralliophilidae

Latiaxis kawamurai x

Fasciolariidae

Fusinus sandvicensis x

Nassariidae

Nassarius crematus x

OPISTHOBRANCHIA

Nudibranchia x x x

BIVALVIA

Pinnidae

Pinna bicolor x x

P. muricata x x

Pinna sp. x

CEPHALOPODA

Bolitaenidae

Japetella diaphana x

Octopodidae

Octopus cyanea x x x

O.omatus x

Scaeurgus patagiatus x x

Ommastrephidae

NOlOtodarus hawaiiensis x

Enoploteuthidae

Abralia sp. x

Histioteuthidae

Histioteuthis miranda x

CHORDATA

Carcharhinidae

Carcharhinus falciformis 2,085 x

C. galapagensis 593 2,060 23,000 x x x x

C. amblyrhynchos 760 1,867 3,630 24,550 x x x

C. plumbeus x x

Galeocerdo cuvieri 2,438 3,080 x

Triaenodon obesus 105 1,362 2,200 24,500 x x

Squalidae

Etmopterus pusillus 230 100

E. villosus 283 346 x

Isistius brasiliensis x

Squalus blainvillei 290 872 200 5,250 x x x x

Dasyatidae

Dasyatis hawaiiensis 1,402 x

D. lata

Moringuidae

Moringua macrochir x

Muraenidae

Echidna nebulosa x

Gymnothorax berndti 804 940 x x

G. eurostus 780 1,100 x

G. j1avimarginatus 752 1,204 1,000 2,100 x

G. hepaticus 1,003 1,167 1,100 1,500 x x

G. meleagris 777 979 800 1,720 x

G. nudivomer x

G. steindachneri 455 966 200 1,400 x x

G. undulatus 866 909 1,040 1,290 x x

50
Table S.-Continued.

.5" Q, Q, " .. E .E c

Q, " " .9 Q,

- Q, .5 00 c .5 E

Length (mm) Weight (g) ·E E .0 :0 '§ .E 0 -

" ..: i:! c 00 to ;S

li: .c .3 li: .c os ?: Z 0

Species Min Max Min Max '" '" U :t 0

Congridae

Ariosoma marginalum x x

Conger cinereus marginatus 964 1,720 x x x

C. oligoporus 330 942 385 2,300 x x x x

Conger sp. 1,830 1,920 x x x x x

Congrina aequoria 385 452 x x x

Rhynchocymba nystromi

nysrromi x

Synaphobranchidae

Meadia abyssalis x

Synaphobranchus affinis x

Argentinidae

Argenrina srriara x

Glossanodon srruhsakeri x

Gonostomatidae

Argyripnus arlanricus x

Sternoptychidae

Argyropelecus aculearus x

Astronesthidae

Asrronesrhes lucifer x

Synodontidae

Saurida gracilis 165 184 x

Synodus binotatus '165 240 x

S. dermarogenys 144 190 x x

S. kaianus 149 x x

S. variegarus x x

Trachinocephalus myops x x x

MyClophidae

Benrhosema jibulara x

Diaphus adenomus 120 175 x

D. rrachops x

Mycrophum nitidulum x

Symbolophorus evermanni x

Lophiidae

Lophiomus miacanrhus x

Lophiomus sp. x

Antennariidae

Anrennarius drombus x

Chaunacidae

Chaunax umbrinus '117 x

Ogcocephalidae

Balieuraea rerifera 112 139 x x

Malthopsis jordani x

Moridae

Loemonema rhodochir 1210 250 x x

Physiculus edelmanni , x

P. grinnelli 248 339 160 480 x x

Ophidiidae

Brorula mulribarbata '179 x x

Carapidae

Pyramodon venrralis 120 187 x

Atherinidae

Pranesus insularum '87 x

Polymixiidae

Polymixia japonica 134 242 70 800 x x

Trachichthyidae

Pararrachichthys sp. x

Berycidae

Beryx decadactylus '132 185 x

B. splendens 153 368 60 1,030 x x

Holocentridae

Holocentrinae sp. x x x

Neoniphon aurolineatus x

N. sammara '110 200 80 130 x

Sargocenrron diadema '90 120 x x

S. fureatum x x

51
Table S.-Continued.

" 0. '" 0. " £ £ £ .E 0. '" t> " .Q

£ 0. g 0. .5 co £ '" ] E Length (mm) Weight (g) -2 .§ :0 .E 0 1l .0 ii ii " '" e co ::: .c 0 .c -S '" 0 Species Min Max Min Max i.i: en ...:I i.i: en U :I: f-o Z CQ 0

S. spiniferum 317 356 740 1.330 x x

S. xantherythrum '75 136 50 60 x x

Myripristis amaenus 147 253 60 340 x

M. chryseres '108 224 310 x x

M. kuntee 156 203 130 x x

M. murdjan 138 259 30 540 x x x

Pristilepis archiepiscopus x

Zeidae

Zenopsis nebulosa 106 412 50 740 x

Caproidae

Antigonia eos 57 104 x x

A. sreindachneri 54 '175 x x x

Cyllomimus stelgis x

Veliferidae

Velifer multispinosus 72 267

Lophotidae

Auloslomidae

Aulostomus chinensis 392 836 x x

Fistulariidae

Fistularia commersoni 270 I.121 230 320 x x

F. petimba x

Macrorhamphosidae

Macrorhamphosus gracilis x

M. scolopax

Macrorhamphosus sp. x x

Serranidae

Anthias thompsoni 60 156 x x

Anthias sp. x

Caprodon schlegelii 155 342 x

Epinephelus quemus 172 1,106 130 34,700 x x x x x

Plectranthias kelloggi 188 201 200 x x x

Tosanoides filamentosus x

Kuhliidae

Kuhlia sandvicetlsis 118 310 10 750 x

Priacanthidae

Cookeolus boops 245 594 370 3,200 x x

Priacanthus alalaua 285 350 400 750 x x

P. cruentatus '78 316 100 260 x x x x x x

P. meeki '80 366 110 700 x x x x

Apogonidae x

Apogon coccineus x

A. kallopterus '115 50 x x

A. maculiferus 134 80 x x x

A. taeniopterus 182 x

Epigonus atherinoides x

E. fragilis 74 117

Synagrops argyrea 150 x

Carangidae

Carangoides orthogrammus 249 736 1,090 7,050 x x x x

Caranx ignobilis 207 1,330 100 39,430 x x x x x x

C. lugubris 243 760 200 8,230 x x x

C. melampygus 93 847 150 6,400 x x x

C. sexfasciatus 707 4,700 x

Decapterus macarellus 194 323 100 310 x x x

D. macrosoma x

D. muroadsi x

D. tabl '115 454 1,300 x x

Elagatis bipinnulata 371 972 700 11,400 x

Gnathanodon speciosus 338 444 950 2,100 x x

Pseudocaranx dentex 75 1,314 50 11,500 x x x x x

Selar crumenophthalmus 117 311 10 600 x x x

Seriola dumerili 318 1,494 500 26,500 x x x x x x x

S. lalandei 485 758 1,300 5,040 x x

Uraspis helvola '275

Coryphaenidae

Coryphaena hippurus 483 1,230 2,000 19,000

52
Table S.-Continued.

.5" Q, Q, " Oil

.E c

Q, " " ..9 Q, Q, .5 OIl E

* c

Length (mm) Weight (g) .§ E or> :0 .E 0 or> ·c c E! t: t'! OIl -5" ..c:: ..5 ..c:: '" Z 0

Species Min Max Min Max ti: V> ti: V> u :c E- >Q 0

Bramidae x x

Emmelichthyidae x

Erythrocles seintil/ans x

Emmeliehthys struhsakeri 147 227 x x

Lutjanidae

Aphareus jurea 367 820 x x

Aprian virescens 385 809 810 9,000 x x x x x

Etelis earbuneulus 260 635 280 4,500 x x

E. coruscans 366 875 700 10,000 x

Lutjanus julvus x

L. kasmira 138 312 90 541 x x x x

Pristipomoides aurieil/a 287 413 430 x

P. filamentosus 173 779 110 8,000 x x x x x

P. sieboldii 245 435 100 1,720 x

P. zona/us 263 489 390 3,120 x x

Symphysanodon maunaloae 96 165 x

S. typus 177 x

Mullidae

Mulloides flaviolineatus 129 410 10 1,420 x x

M. pflugeri 155 440 30 1,550 x x

M. vanieolensis 184 344 160 250 )( x x x

Parupeneus bifaseiatus 70 x

P. ehrysonemus 55 '196 90 100 x x x x x

P. eyclostomus 91 398 10 150 x x

P. multifaseiatus 130 252 100 340 x x x x

P. pleurostigma 54 308 40 570 x x x x

P. porphyreus '205 423 200 1,760 x x x x x

Upeneus faeniopterus '199 285 130 x

Kyphosidae

Kyphosus bigibbus 159 358 110 1,200 x x x

Seetaror oeyurus x

Chaetodontidae

Chaetodon fremblii 169 161 x x x x

C. kleini '60 90 x x

C. lunula x

C. miliaris 150 145 x x x x

C. multicinetus 84 93 x

Henioehus diphreutes 175 170 x x x

Pomacanthidae x

Centropyge fisheri x

Centropyge sp. x

Genieanthus personatus x

Pentacerotidae

Histiopterus typus '100 125 x

Pseudopentaeeros wheeleri 132 498 200 2,800 x x x x

Pomacentridae

Abudefduf abdominalis '104 156 80 210 x x

Dascyllus albisella 65 95 x x

Chromis ovalis 1115 130 x x x

C. struhsakeri '104 120 x

C. verater 185 155 x x x

Stegastes fasciolatus '130 x

Cirrhitidae

Ci"hites pinnulatus 187 273 60 350 x x

Cheilodactylidae

Cheilodaetylus vitlatus 1235 275 180 270 x x

Labridae

Bodianus bilunulatus 243 526 270 3,300 x x x x x

B. sanguineus x

B. vulpinus 366 550 800 2,900 x

Cheilinus bimaeulatus x x x

C. unifasciatus 182 416 100 1,120 x

Ci"hilabrus jordani x

Coris bal/ieui 212 250 100 220 x x x x x

Xyriehtys baldwini 310 375 x

X. niger x

53
Table 5.-Continued.

.5" 0- 0- " 00

.E c 0- ;;; " .2 0- 0- .5 on

>2 § c :;:; E Length (mm) Weight (g) .J:J .E 0

"5i "5i " c E! on t: oS u:: ..c: 0 u:: ..c: os Z 0 Species Min Max Min Max en ...l en U :x: E- al 0

Hemipteronotus woodi x

Pseudocheilinus sp. x

Tha/assoma ballieui 241 375 200 1,300 x x x

T. purpureum '88 357 30 850 x

Searidae

Ca/otomus carolinus 160 '292 x

C. zonarcha 1110 305 260 x

Scarus dubius 414 427 1,590 1,670 x

S. perspicillatus 561 3,710 x x

Mugilidae

Mugit cepha/us 140 494 550 1,800 x

Sphyraenidae

Sphyraena barracuda 1,319 30,000 x

S. helleri 562 747 1,000 2,100 x x x

Polynemidae

Po/ydactylus sexfilis 247 503 320 2,190 x x x

Mugiloididae

Parapercis roseoviridis 145 x x

Pereophididae

Chrionema chryseres 140 185 x

Ammodytidae

Embolichthys mitsukurii x

Callionymidae

Callionymus decoratus x

Synchiropus altivelis x

Aeanthuridae

Acanthurus nigraris 156 213 110 350 x

A. olivaceus 172 240 x x

A. triostegus 119 230 30 340 x

A. xanthopterus '386 2,470 x

Ctenochaetus strigosus '112 140 100 170 x

Naso brevirostris 1210 362 x

N. hexacanthus '295 x

N. maculatus '185 x

N. unicomis 225 533 x

Zane/us comutus 1128 196 x

Gempylidae

Promethichthys prometheus 295 689 90 2,000 x x

Ruvettus pretiosus 873 1,064 3,300 9,650 x x

Scombridae

Acanthocybium solandri 493 1,648 2,200 28,000 x x

Euthynnus afJinis 264 808 300 12,800 x x

Katsuwonus pelamis 300 702 700 8,100 x

Sarda orientalis 632 662 3,750 5,000 x

Scomber japonicus 317 477 360 1,800 x x

Thunnus albacares 291 1,506 1,500 66,000 x

T obesus 412 957 2,500 16,000 x

Istiophoridae

Makaira nigricans 1,644 2,031 64,500 x

Stromateidae

Ariomma lurida '200 x

Cubiceps pauciradiatus 1175 657 6,400 x

Hyperoglyphe japonico 407 859 1,190 11,140 x

Seorpaenidae

Dendrochirus barberi 85 127 x x x

Iracundus signifer x

Pontinus macrocephalus 340 502 640 2,500 x x

Pterois sphex x x

Rhinopias xenops '124 x

Scorpaena c%rata 43 363 700 x x x

S. coniona '126 x

Scorpaenodes lil/oralis 173 134 x

Scorpaenopsis diobolus x x

Scorpaenopsis sp. x

Setarches guentheri 75 123 x

54
Table 5.-Continued.

.5" Q. Q. " co :.§ .E = Q. " " .2 Q. - Q. .5 Ol)

E

* = :.§ Length (mm) Weight (g) .~ E :;:; .<:J ·c .<:J = e .E

Ol) t::

0

"

- ..c .3 6 ..c Species Min Max Min Max u:: til u:: til U :z:'" !- Z &I

Triglidae

Peris/edion engyeeros 116 174 x

P. hians 113 151 x

Hoplichthyidae

Hoplieh/hys ci/rinus x

H. pla/ophrys 150 199 x

Dactylopteridae

Daetylop/ena orientalis 101 295 x x

Pegasidae

Pegasus papilio 60 76 x x

Bothidae

Arnoglossus debilis x x

BOIhus pantherinus 67 126 x x

B. /hompsoni '132 x x

Chaseanopsella prorigera '130 x

Parabo/hus ehlorospilus 83 240 x x

P. eoare/a/us 186 x x

Taeniopsella radula x

Pleuroneetidae

Poecilopse//a hawaiiensis 92 134 x

Samariseus eorallinus x x

Triacanthodidae

Hollardia goslinei x

Balistidae

Alu/era monoceros 96 110 x

A. scripta X x

Cantherhines dumerili x

C. vereeundus 80 x x

Melieh/hys niger 307 316 860 1,790 x x

M. vidua x

Pervagor melanoeephalus 90 93 x

P. spilosoma 68 94 x x x

Pseudomonaeanthus

garrelli 76 203 x x x

Rhineeanthus aeuleatus x

Sufflamen fraenatus '209 315 260 840 x x x

Xanthiehthys mento '105 200 x

Ostraciidae

Araeana aeulea/a x

Araeana sp. 75 106 x

Laetoria diaphanus 141 222 x

L. jornasini 5 '255 x x x

Os/racion meleagris 170 210 x

Tetraodontidae

Aro/hron hispidus x

A. meleagris 185 238 x

Canthigas/er amboinensis x

C. corona/a x X

C. epilampra 59 120 x

C. jae/alar x

C. rivula/a 80 135 x x x

Can/higas/er sp. 88 97 x

Lagoeephalus /agoeephalus x x x

Sphoeroides eutaneus 132 500 1,660 x x x

Torquigener randalli 116 239 100 x x x x

Diodontidae

Chilomye/erus affinis x

Diodon holoeanthus 65 183 x x

D. hys/rix 60 336 x

Note: Carapace length was measured on crustaceans. Fork length or total length was measured on fishes except where noted

by footnote.

1All specimens of species were measured in standard lengths.

'Single individual was measured in standard length; all others in fork lengths.

55
SPECIES ACCOUNTS _

Commercially important or potentially important species, particularly in the Hawaiian market place, are presented in the following

species accounts. Information developed as a result of NMFS

surveys is incorporated with existing information on each species.

Black-and-white photographs of freshly caught specimens are

included.

Synonymys are provided as a reference because some species have

undergone many name changes. Vernacular names listed include

the local name used in catch statistics maintained by the Hawaii

Division of Aquatic Resources (HDAR), DLNR, and, when

available, the common names recognized by the American Fisheries

Society (AFS) and the International Game Fish Association (IGFA).

The distributions provided for each species are those within the

Hawaiian Archipelago only, i.e., distribution outside Hawaiian

waters are not listed. The distinguishing characteristics provided

are condensed from published material and are intended as guides

in identifying the species. Meristic counts are included for the dorsal (D.), anal (A.), pectoral (PI.) and pelvic (P2.) fins; gill rakers

(Gr.); lateral line scales (LLs.); and lateral line pored scales (LLps.).

Life history information is from the existing literature as well

as from results of our studies. The principal gears used to capture

each species in the Hawaiian fishery are mentioned. Data on catch

were obtained from annual fish catch statistics of HDAR and are

for fisheries that operate mainly in waters of the main islands.

Terminology used in the section on distinguishing characteristics

for each species is indicated on explanatory figures for crustaceans

(Figs. 34, 35, and 36), for octopus (Fig. 37), and for fishes (Fig.

38).

,---Carapace ---..,----Abdomen --........

Cornea

Carina

Postrostral Spine

Ocellus

Pleopods

Antennula

s::

Cornea '&

Frontal horn c:

Q)

..J

Dactylus astric Region Q)

Cervical Groove (.)

as Propodus Cardiac Region Co

as s:: Carpus Branchial Region ...

as '&

Merus 0 c:

Q)

..J

Ischium as Coxa '0

Pleopod s:: ....

-

Ol

c:

Q)

..J

.-

as

....

Antennal Plate

Figure 34.-Technical terms used in the

description of shrimps.

Antennular Flagella

Telson

Endopod

Exopod Figure 35.-Technical terms and principal

measurements used in the description of lobsters.

56
-----Carapace Width ------..

Dactylus ----*"'-'=--

Propodus--~~--

Carpus---.....

Merus--------'

Merus------

Ischium-----

Carpus------

Propodus:-----

Dactylus--------:::--

Cheliped

Carapace

Length

Pleopods

Abdomen

Figure 36.-Technical terms and principal measurements used in the description

of crabs.

57

Figure 37.-Technical terms used in the description of an octopus.
Anal Fin I

Caudal Fin

Caudal Peduncle

Scutes

Detached Anal Spines

Lateral Line

Preoperculum

Maxilla

Premaxilla

Nostril

Adipose Eyelid

Opercle

_-------------Total Length -------------

v-------------- Fork Length-------------..

v----------- Standard Length-----------..

1st Dorsal Fin

Interdorsal Space

2nd Dorsal Fin

Figure 38.-Technical terms and principal measurements used in the description

of bonyflShes.

58
CRUSTACEAN RESOURCES _

Shallow-water crustaceans in Hawaiian waters are largely IndoPacific in origin; that is, many of the common crabs and shrimps

in Hawaiian waters are also distributed from Madagascar and the

Red Sea through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to Japan and the

Tuamotu Archipelago (Edmondson 1946). Deep-water crustaceans,

on the other hand, may be quite ubiquitous in their distribution.

There are a number of commercially valuable species of crustaceans in waters of the NWHI. The single most important species,

one that has been responsible for the development of a multimillion

dollar industry in Hawaii in recent years, is the spiny lobster,

Panulirus marginatus, which is endemic to Hawaiian waters. Other

crustaceans that are harvested in relatively high numbers are the

slipper lobsters, Scyllarides squammosus and S. haanii, the caridean shrimps, Heterocarpus ensifer and H. laevigatus, and the kona

crab, Ranina ranina. A species that has recently increased in commercial importance in Hawaii, being caught from time to time in

waters off Molokai, is the penaeid shrimp, Penaeus marginatus.

A crustacean which is of no commercial importance but found

in large numbers in NWHI waters is the hermit crab, Dardanus

gemmatus. It lives in deep waters outside the reef and inhabits abandoned Tonna or tun shell which it decorates with sea anemones.

59
PENAEIDAE Opaelolo

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Penaeus marginatus Randall 1840 (Fig. 39)

Penaeus teraoi Kubo 1949

Penaeus (Melicertus) teraoi Burukovsky 1972

(from Holthuis 1980)

Royal Hawaiian shrimp; aloha prawn; opae; opaelolo

Distribution

Taken in the NWHI at Laysan (Rathbun 1906), French Frigate

Shoals, Necker Island, and Maro Reef at depths of 112-243 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

Small chelae on the first three pereiopods; third pereiopod the

longest. Relatively short, sharp-pointed rostrum, reaching a little

beyond the tip of the antennular peduncle; armed dorsally with 9-10

teeth; 2-3 teeth on inferior margin. Postrostral crest extending nearly

to posterior margin of carapace; bordered on either side by a broad

furrow. Dorsomedian carina on abdomen beginning at about onethird the width of fourth somite and extending posteriorly into fifth

and sixth somites, ending in acute spine directed posteriorly.

In life, red to pinkish red on dorsal surface and paler on sides;

anterior portion of carapace below the eyes and outer edge of tail

fan tinged with crimson.

Life history

Almost all members of the Family Penaeidae, with perhaps one

or two exceptions, breed in offshore waters. The eggs are broadcast rather than clutched under the abdomen as in most decapods.

The hatched larvae are pelagic and usually found far out to sea,

60

although some may be washed into nearshore waters. As growth

continues, the larvae are swept into shallow coastal waters where

they metamorphose into juveniles. After completing the juvenile

phase nearshore, the subadults move offshore into deeper waters.

Opaelolo -:;;40 mm total length (TL) have been found in nearshore

and surface waters between Hawaii and Laysan Island (Rathbun

1906). Larger specimens, 40-95 mm TL, are usually found in harbors and shallow waters; whereas large specimens ~125 mm are

found in waters from 82 to 333 m.

Opaelolo apparently breeds throughout the year (Struhsaker and

Yoshida 1975). Around the major islands, opaelolo makes nocturnal movements into shallower depths. Unlike other penaeids,

opaelolo shows negative phototactic responses by moving offshore

into deeper waters during daytime rather than burrowing. In captivity, however, it burrows readily, indicating that burrowing is

also an important behavioral trait.

Gear and catch

Inshore, the species is taken by dip net at night, mostly by recreational fishermen. In deeper waters, for example, in Pailolo Channel, trawls are used. During the existence of a trawl fishery in the

Pailolo Channel between 1974 and 1977, catches varied between

2,234 and 4,395 kg per year.

There is no fishery for this species in the NWHI.
Opaelolo PENAEIDAE

Figure 39.-Penaeus marginatus.

61
PANDALIDAE Armed Nylon Shrimp

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Heterocarpus ensifer A-Milne Edwards 1881 (Fig. 40)

Pandalus carinatus Smith 1882

Heterocarpus carinatus Agassiz 1888

Atlantocaris gigas Ortmann 1893

Procletes atlanticus Lenz and Strunk 1914

Proclete gigas Gurney and Lebour 1941

(from Holthuis 1980)

Spot shrimp; armed nylon shrimp; two-spined shrimp

Life history

Distributed in NWHI from Middle Bank to Kure Atoll at depths

of 271-688 m; optimum depth range for trapping the species is

350-599 m (Gooding 1984). Occurs around the main islands most

abundantly in depths of 365-440 m (Struhsaker and Aasted 1974).

Distinguishing characteristics

Three carinae (keels or ridges) and an ocellus (eyespot) on either

side ofthe carapace. Postrostral crest and rostrum armed with 16-17

teeth along the dorsal border; 9 teeth along the ventral margin of

rostrum. First and second abdominal somites relatively rounded and

have no carinae; third and fourth abdominal somites armed with

dorsal spines which posteriorly overhang; spine on third somite

usually stronger than that on fourth, (although there is some

variability in length ofspine among non-Hawaiian samples (Hayashi

and Miyake 1969». Carapace translucent and internal anatomy of

animal higWy visible. Tip of rostrum, anterior portion of carapace,

and pereiopods crimson and lighter or pinkish (posteriorly). Ocellus

dark crimson and distinct in most specimens. Abdomen uniformly

pinkish and ovigerous females carry blue eggs on pleopods.

62

The diet of H. ensifer includes foraminifers, micromolluscs, and

other crustaceans. Forage items found in stomachs are extremely

small, usually <0.5 mm. The species is cannibalistic, feeding on

body parts, mostly pleopods of other shrimps.

Studies by Clarke (1972), Wilder (1977), and King (I980a,

1980b, 1981) suggested that H. ensifer is a protandrous hermaphrodite, that is, initially existing as a male before undergoing

sex reversal into a female. Later studies, however, suggest that the

species is dioecious and that the sexes can be distinguished by the

endopods of the first two abdominal legs (King 1982; King and Moffitt 1984).

Gear and catch

This species is caught in pots of varying design and configuration

(Struhsaker and Aasted 1974; Wilder 1979; King 1982; Klemm

1982).

No catch records are available from the fishery, although several

boats have operated in the NWHI in the past few years.
Armed Nylon Shrimp PANDALIDAE

Figure 4O.-Heterocarpus ensifer.

63
PANDALIDAE Smooth Nylon Shrimp

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Heterocarpus laevigatus Bate 1888 (Fig. 41)

Heterocarpus laevigatus occidentalis Sivertsen and Holthuis 1956

(from Crosnier and Forest 1973)

Smooth nylon shrimp; red-tipped shrimp; ono shrimp

Less than 10% of the females are ovigerous in April-July. Females

reach sexual maturity when the carapace length is 40 cm (4-year

old). There is no evidence for protandrous hermaphroditism (see

footnote 3).

Functional carapace length-weight relations of smooth nylon

shrimp in Hawaii were examined separately for males, females

without eggs, and females with eggs. These relationships are:

Distribution

Distributed in the NWHI from Middle Bank to Kure Atoll at depths

from 497 to 867 m. In most areas, the shallower end of the depth

range overlaps that of the deeper end of H. ensifer. In the main

islands, H. laevigatus is most abundant between 440 and 684 m

(Struhsaker and Aasted 1974); in the NWHI, the optimum depth

range for trapping is 500-799 m (Goodir,g 1984).

Distinguishing characteristics

Males: 10geW

Nonovigerous females: 10geW

Ovigerous females: logeW

-7.358 + 2.910 (logeCL)

-6.757 + 2.745 (logeCL)

-5.498 + 2.470 (logeCL)

where W = weight (g) and CL = carapace length (mm). Slopes

of the predictive regressions of males, nonovigerous females, and

ovigerous females are significantly different (see footnote 3).

Growth rates were estimated by analysis of modal progression

of length-frequency distributions. Von Bertalanffy growth equations are:

Two carinae, but no ocellus on either side of carapace. Postrostral

crest and rostrum armed dorsally with 6-7 teeth; ventral margin

of rostrum has 10 teeth. Overhanging spines on the abdominal

somites lacking; dorsal ridge on third abdominal somite.

Translucent carapace; entire rostrum crimson; orbital region

lighter; carapace crimson anteriorly and fading to a lighter shade

near the posterior margin. The pereiopods and pIeopods crimson,

abdomen lighter shade of red. Eggs blue.

Grows much larger (highly desirable commercial characteristic)

than H. ensifer.

Males: L1 = 59.7 (I

Females: L, = 62.5 (1

e-O.351)

e-0251)

Life history

Male to female sex ratio of 46:54, based on 7,368 smooth nylon

shrimp caught in Hawaiian waters departs significantly from equality.3 Temporal factors rather than geographic ones appear to account for most major population variations in Hawaii. The relationships of sex ratios and sampling depths ofsmooth nylon shrimp

and time of sampling indicate a gradual recruitment of small females

from deep (760 m) to shallow (440 m) water, and that adult males

and females move between depths of 550 and 700 m in synchrony

with the ovigerous cycle of females.

In Hawaiian waters, smooth nylon shrimp spawn primarily in

the fall and winter; spawning peaks between October and January.

'Dailey, M. D., and S. Ralston. Aspects of the reproductive biology, spatial distribution growth, and mortality ofthe deepwater caridean shrimp HeterocarpuJ laevigatus

in Hawaii. Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Nail. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA,

Honolulu, HI 96822-2396 (manuscr. in prep.).

64

where L = carapace length (mm) expressed as a function of time

t in years. From August 1983 through November 1984 mortality

rates were Z = 1.51 year- J for males and Z = 0.73 year- J for

female shrimps. Although male shrimps grow faster than females,

they have a substantially higher mortality rate than females (see

footnote 3).

Gear and catch

The gear used is identical to that for H. ensifer except that the float

line (or drop line) must be considerably longer to reach the depths

inhabited by this species.

Data on catch are not available, although commercial trapping

for this species has begun in the NWHI.
Smooth Nylon Shrimp PANDALIDAE

Figure 41.-Heterocarpus laevigalus.

65
PALINURIDAE Ula

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard 1825) (Fig. 42)

Palinurus marginatus Quoy and Gaimard 1825; H. Milne Edwards 1837

Palinurus guttatus Pfeffer 1881

Panulirus japonocum Galtsoff 1933

Panulirus japonicus marginatus Chace and Dumont 1949

(from McGinnis 1972)

Hawaiian spiny lobster; lobster; ula

Distribution

Distributed throughout the NWHI from Nihoa to Kure Atoll at

depths of 4-174 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

Distinguished from the true lobster by lack of claws and presence

of numerous, anteriorly directed spines of varying sizes on the

carapace. Anterior dorsal border of carapace with two strong. prominent frontal horns above eyes; two diverging rows of a number

of spinules behind the horns. Antennae long, round in cross section, covered with spinules. A pair of strong anterior spines, with

several subsidiary spines proximally on antennal plate (anterodorsal surface of the carapace between the antennae). Fifth pereiopods

chelate in the female.

Easily distinguished from P. penicillatus, the only other species

of spiny lobster of commercial importance in Hawaii. by the two

pairs ofstrong anterior spines on the antennal plate (Tinker 1965).

Panulirus penicillatus occurs very rarely in catches in the NWHI.

Color usually purplish marbled with white but sometimes light

yellow, light brown, or dark brown; brownish specimens usually

tinted with red (McGinnis 1972). Carapace sometimes pale bluish

or greenish behind the cervical groove and pinkish forward (George

and Holthuis 1965). Supraorbital horns dark purplish or black with

a whitish tip.

Abdominal somites purple with transverse yellow bands along

the posterior margins as well as over the transverse groove.

Pereiopods almost uniformly dark purple or black. Antennal peduncle pale purplish or pinkish. Telson and uropods purplish at base

and bordered posteriorly by a thin yellowish-white stripe.

Life history

Panulirus marginatus is dioecious. Males have the genital orifices

on the coxopodites of the fifth pair of pereiopods; whereas the

females have orifices on the coxopodites of the third pair. The

species is sexually dimorphic. Males are slightly heavier than

females at carapace lengths (CL) below 65 mm. At 65 mm CL,

males and females have almost identical weights; from about 70

mm CL and larger. females are heavier when compared with males

of equivalent length (Uchida, Uchiyama, Tagami, and Shiota 1980).

Lobsters are sexually promiscuous. At Necker Island, females

reach maturity at 60.7 mm CL; males at 59.2 mm (Prescott4). Males

'Prescott, J. H. Size at maturity in the Hawaiian spiny lobster, Panulirus marginatus,

at Oahu and Necker Islands. Fish. Res. Stn., P.O. Box 5, Daru, Western Province,

Papua New Guinea (manuscr. in prep.).

66

deposit a spermatophore or sperm packet on the sternum offemales

and a cementing material is extruded around the spermatophore

which darkens and hardens (Chittleborough 1976). In NMFS sampling, the smallest female with a sperm packet (mated) was 48.3

mm CL.

Fertilization is external. The Hawaiian spiny lobster is believed

to undergo the same ritual during spawning as the western rock

lobster, P. cygnus. Eggs are extruded from genital orifices and the

subchelate dactyls of the fifth pair of pereiopods are used to break

the protective coating of the spermatophoric mass. Exposed spermatophores fertilize the eggs which are swept back to adhere to

elongated setae on the endopodites of the pleopods. The female is

then technically termed ovigerous. The number of eggs extruded

is positively correlated with body size (Honda 1980; Honda5). The

smallest ovigerous female, caught at Necker Island, measured 49.5

mm CL (Uchida and Tagami 1984a).

The spawning season of P. marginatus apparently differs within

the NWHI chain. Around Nihoa, Necker Island, and French Frigate

Shoals, ovigerous females occur mostly in late summer and early

winter; toward the northwestern end of the chain, ovigerous females

are prevalent in early summer (Uchida, Uchiyama, Tagami, and

Shiota 1980). Off Oahu spawning occurs throughout the year and

peak activity is concentrated in May-August and low activity is apparent in November-January (McGinnis 1972).

The incubation period lasts about 30 days (McGinnis 1972). After

hatching. the phyllosoma larvae float to the surface and become

planktonic; the duration of this pelagic phase may be up to 1 year

from hatching. Little is known about how larvae are retained around

the various islands and atolls of the archipelago. Based on water

type oscillations in the Hawaiian region, a hypothesis has been

developed to explain the geographic pattern of larval recruitment

within the archipelago (MacDonald 1983).

Phyllosoma larvae, which are widely dispersed throughout the

chain, pass through 11 dissimilar stages (Johnson 1968). The most

advanced stage metamorphoses into a postlarval puerulus (Cooke

and MacDonald 1981), a transitional stage between the phyllosoma

and the juvenile. A puerulus can swim horizontally allowing it to

move shoreward for subsequent settling. Once settled, it assumes

the adult coloration.

The NWHI population consists of a single stock (Shaklee and

Samollow 1980). There is an excess of males among prehatch embryos. On the assumption that little or no sex-related mortality occurs

'Honda, V. A. Fecundity of the spiny lobster, Panulirus margina/us

(Quoy and Gaimard), in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Southwest Fish. Cent.

Honolulu Lab., Nat!. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396 (manuscr.

in prep.).
VIa PALINURIDAE

Figure 42.-Panulirus marginalus.

from fertilization to the embryo stage, it can be concluded that the

sex ratio at fertilization is significantly different from 50:50. The

excess of males at the embryonic stage is consistent with the results

found in the adult population (Uchida, Uchiyama, Tagami, and

Shiota 1980).

Preliminary NMFS study on age and growth for Necker Island

lobsters shows that after settling to the bottom, males attain 3.7

cm CL in I year, 5.7 cm in 2 years, 7.3 cm in 3 years, 8.5 cm

in 4 years, 9.4 cm in 5 years, and 10. 1 cm in 6 years. The growth

rate of females has not been calculated because of insufficient data.

It is believed, however, that growth rates ofsexually mature females

may be somewhat slower than those of mature males (McGinnis

1972). Data on growth rates from Kure Atoll and French Frigate

Shoals (MacDonald 1984) indicate that lobsters from those locations grow slightly faster than those around Necker and Oahu.

Unlike some continental shelf species of Palinuridae that are

known to undertake long migrations, insular species like P.

marginatus make rather short local movements. Tagging studies

at Necker indicate that 91 % had migrated <9.3 krn (5 nmi) when

recaptured (Uchida and Tagami 1984a), and a tagging study at Kure

Atoll indicated that about 98 % had moved < 1 krn when recaptured

(MacDonald 1984). This species occasionally forms queues while

moving between locations (MacDonald et aI. 1984). Another interesting aspect of the NWHI spiny lobster population is that striking

differences occur in average sizes among the various islands and

banks surveyed. At Necker, where preexploitation catch rates were

67

the highest in the island chain, the average sizes of males and females

were the smallest (Uchida, Uchiyama, Tagami, and Shiota 1980;

Uchida and Tagami 1984a).

Gear and catch

The principal gears used in this fishery in the main islands are tangle

nets and fish traps. Tangle nets are set mainly for spiny lobsters,

and fish traps are primarily used for capturing fish, although lobsters

are an incidental catch. In the NWHI fishery, lobster pots of various

dimensions and configurations are used.

Until 1976, the spiny lobster catches in the main Hawaiian Islands

were small and constituted only a small part of the total marine

fish and shellfish landings in the State. During ]961-75, the annual reported catch varied from 1,880 to 5,734 kg and averaged

3,005 kg or <1 % of the State's total marine production. Spiny

lobsters are also taken in the main islands by recreational fishermen

who are not required to report their catches; therefore, the magnitude

of the recreational catch is unknown at the present time.

The spiny lobster fishery in the NWHI is relatively new and its

short history has been characterized by uneven landings. Populations at Necker Island and Maro Reef, two areas that have commercial concentrations of lobsters, contribute the bulk of the landings in the State. In 1977-82, landings fluctuated between 15,294

(1978) and 354,200 kg per year (1981).
SCYLLARIDAE Ulapapa

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid Names

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Scyllarides squammosus (H. Milne-Edwards 1837) (Fig. 43) and S. haanii (De Haan 1841) (Fig. 44)

(for Scyllarides squammosus)

Scyllarus squammosus H. Milne-Edwards 1837

Scyllarides squamosus Holthuis 1946

(for Scyllarides haanii)

Scyllarus haanii De Haan 1841

Scyllarides haanii Holthuis 1946

(from George and Griffin 1973)

Slipper lobster; shovel-nosed lobster; scaly slipper lobster; sea crawfish; Spanish lobster; ulapapa

Distribution

Widely distributed in the NWHI from Middle Bank to Kure Atoll.

The NMFS catch data indicate that Scyllarides squammosus is

distributed at depths from 13 to 137 m, and S. haanii is distributed

from 33 to 112 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

Scyllarides squammosus-Carapace slightly longer than broad,

widest near the posterior margin; surface of carapace and terga

granulate; granules low, smooth, and each surrounded by numerous

small, fine, stiffsetae; anterolateral corner of carapace only slightly

wider than width at cervical groove, which is weakly defined;

anterolateral margin forms an obtuse angle with anterior margin

of carapace; entire lateral margin of carapace armed with small,

blunt anteriorly directed spines, those anterior of the cervical groove

slightly larger; gastric area of carapace elevated with the cardiac

and branchial regions only weakly elevated; four anteriorly directed

weak spines on supraorbital region of carapace; posterior transverse

groove deep, prominent.

Antennae large. flat. distal segment rounded, the leading edge

fmely serrated; minute fme, short setae on upper surface penultimate

segment small bearing two weak spines directed forward along the

inner margin; second segment largest, broad, flat, and coarsely

granulate, lateral margin slightly convex, and one weak spine at

juncture of the anterior and lateral margins, which form an obtuse

angle; inner margin ofsecond segment also armed with two anteriorly directed spines; leading edge of second segment more strongly

serrated than distal segment; a coarsely granulated proximal segment extending from outer edge of eye socket to center line in front

of rostrum dorsally subtriangular; three spines on inner leading

margin of proximal segment; two additional spines at center of distal

margin, and a cluster of four spines at the outer distal margin.

First segment of abdomen short, narrow, and usually partially

under the carapace; weak ridge along the middorsal line ofsecond,

third, and fourth segments; appearing as weak humps when viewed

from the side. Sternum deeply emarginate; weak, blunt protuberances on lateral end near juncture with the pereiopods.

Scyllarides haanii-Scyllarides haanii and S. squammosus are

morphologically similar and can be confused easily. Differences

are: Dorsal carinae of carpus of first and second pereiopods low

in S. haanii but distinct in S. squammosus (George and Griffin

1973). Carapace of S. haanii broader and more deeply emarginate

68

along the anterior ventral margin of the carapace. Dorsal midline

of abdominal segments 3 and 4 is strongly elevated or humped in

S. haanii but only a weak ridge in S. squammosus (Morin and

MacDonald 1984).

Life history

Female Scyllarides have never been observed with attached spermatophores or remnants of a spermatophoric mass, suggesting that

fertilization is internal (Lyons 1970). Among 1,090 females collected throughout the chain from our NWHI cruises, none had a

spermatophoric mass although 33 % of the females examined were

ovigerous.

Like spiny lobsters (see Uchida, Uchiyama, Humphreys, and

Tagami 1980), catches of slipper lobsters during this study varied

widely throughout the NWHI. Our data show that catch rates of

slipper lobsters were relatively higher at Brooks Banks, Gardner

Pinnacles, Maro Reef, Northampton Seamounts, Lisianski Island,

and Pearl and Hermes Reef. Contrary to results of trapping at

Lisianski where spiny lobsters were not abundant, slipper lobsters

occurred in good numbers at this location. The highest catch rates

occurred at depths between 20 and 55 m.

Slipper lobsters predominated over spiny lobsters in the catches

at Brooks Banks (77%), Northampton Seamounts (89%), Lisianski Island (93%), and Salmon Bank (82%). Overall, however, the

percentage of slipper lobsters in the catch throughout the NWHI

was only 16%.

The sex ratio of slipper lobsters showed an interesting pattern.

Whereas the male to female ratio was near 50:50 or in favor of

females at the lower end of the NWHI chain from Middle Bank

to St. Rogatien Bank, it was heavily in favor of males at Brooks

Banks and northward from Gardner Pinnacles to Kure Atoll. Data

combined for all areas showed a sex ratio of 56:44 (males to

females).

The proportion of the various sizes ofslipper lobsters in the catch

also showed abrupt changes in the NWHI. Carapace lengthfrequency distributions ofslipper lobsters taken from Middle Bank

to Salmon Bank showed a large proportion of the catch (77 %) was

made up oflobsters 7.8-10.2 cm; most ofthe remainder (19%) were

in the 5.3-7.7 cm range. In the northern end of the chain, Pearl

and Hermes Reef, Midway, and Kure Atoll, however, small,

medium, and large lobsters were equally represented; 29% in the

5.3-7.7 cm group. 26% in the 7.8-10.2 cm group, 21 % in the

10.3-12.7 cm group, and 22 % in the 12.8-15.2 cm group. The remaining 2 % of the catch were lobsters>15.3 cm CL.
Ulapapa SCYLLARIDAE

Figure 43.-Scyllarides squammosus.

Figure 44.-Scyllarides haanii.

Gear and catch

Slipper lobsters are usually taken incidentally while trapping for

spiny lobsters. During 1961-75 (1976-78 catches not given in HDAR

annual catch reports), annual reported catches of slipper lobsters

69

ranged from 2 to 126 kg and averaged only 33 kg; however, since

the beginning ofthe NWHI spiny lobster fishery, incidental catches

of slipper lobsters have risen. In 1979, the reported catch of slipper lobsters reached 344 kg, presumably almost all of which came

from the NWHI.
RANINIDAE Kona crab

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Ranina ranina (Linnaeus 1758) (Fig. 45)

Cancer raninus Linnaeus 1758

Ranina dentata De Haan 1841

Ranina serrata Lamarck 1892

Ranina scabra Fabricius 1918

(from Sakai 1937)

Red frog crab; frog crab; spanner crab; kona crab; papaikualoa

Distribution

Distributed in the NWHI from Nihoa (Edmondson 1946) to Kure

Atoll at depths from 24 to 115 m; also found in the main Hawaiian

Islands.

Distinguishing characteristics

Carapace broad anteriorly, narrow posteriorly, strongly convex from

side to side, and covered with numerous small rounded spines;

anterolateral margins of carapace armed with dorsoventrally compressed sharp spines which occur either singly or in sets of three

or four on protruding processes; anterolateral processes small in

young of both sexes, but become prominent in large adult males.

Dioecious and sexually dimorphic. Seven segments forming abdomen relatively narrower in the male than in a female of similar

size. Male grows larger, has larger chelae; setae on the palmar surface of dactyli and propoda of chelae, genital openings on coxae

of fifth pair of pereiopods; larger, anterolateral carapace spines,

giving carapace a square look (Onizuka 1972; Fielding and Haley

1976). Female has well-developed pleopods with numerous setae,

oviducts that open on the coxae of third pair of pereiopods, and

in mature individuals an external, medially located spermatheca on

the seventh stemite between the third and fourth pairs of pereiopods

(Gordon 1963).

Broad, flat chelae strong, equal in size, dorsal surface covered

with small rounded spines similar to those found on carapace. Two

sharp spines along the outer margin and five on the inner margin

of flattened propodus. Remaining pereiopods expanded, paddleshaped dactyli. Abdomen not completely folded under cephalothorax

so that at least four to five segments exposed in dorsal view.

Color along dorsal surface usually deep orange but some may

be bluish. Immature individuals may be white (Fielding and Haley

1976). The ventral surface white.

Life history

There are two separate studies on the reproduction of kona crab

in the main islands. At Penguin Bank, the smallest mature male

found was 43.6 mm CL, whereas, the smallest mature female was

54.3 mm CL (Fielding 1974). Mature individuals, however, may

not necessarily be reproductively active. Off Oahu's north shore,

females first became ovigerous at 63 mm CL (Onizuka 1972).

Females smaller than 58 mm CL lacked developing ovaries. Among

those averaging 60 mm CL (58-62 mm), 83% were mature whereas

70

at 65 mm CL (63-67 mm), about 87% were mature. At Penguin

Bank, 50% of the females in the 70-76 mm size group were

reproductively active (Fielding 1974). Among males, all crabs ~60

mm CL had mature spermatozoa (Fielding and Haley 1976), but

the exact size at which males copulate has not been determined.

Fertilization is external. Although no observations on fertilization have been made, it is believed that it is accomplished as the

eggs pass the spermatheca (Onizuka 1972). The fertilized eggs are

then swept back and adhere to the numerous elongated setae on

the pleopods.

Around the main islands, ovigerous females occur in the catch

only from May through September (Onizuka 1972; Fielding and

Haley 1976). Data collected in the NWHI were insufficient to defme

the spawning season; however, at Maro Reef ovigerous females

were collected in July and none in January.

Kona crabs spawn at least twice per season. The spherical eggs,

which are orange when newly spawned, become brown when the

eyed stage is reached in about 24 days and hatch 5 days later

(Onizuka 1972). Females usually spawn a second batch of eggs about

9 days after the first spawns are hatched.

At the start of the spawning season in May, the number of eggs

produced is positively correlated with carapace length (Fielding and

Haley 1976). A 63-mm CL female can spawn an estimated 27,000

eggs; whereas, a 114-mm CL female can produce more than

145,000 eggs at a time (Onizuka 1972). At the end of the spawning season, however, the number of eggs produced apparently is

unrelated to body size (Fielding and Haley 1976). The number of

eggs produced also varies from season to season.

Little is known about the planktonic dispersal stages of kona crabs.

The first molt occurs 7-8 days after hatching and the second molt

occurs about 7 days later (Fielding and Haley 1976).

The species is carnivorous and apparently feeds at any time of

the day (Onizuka 1972). The crab lies buried in the sand with only

a few millimeters of the anterior portion of the carapace and eyes

protruding above the sand, waiting for prey or food particles.

At sizes <40 mm CL, the increase in carapace length during each

molt is about the same for both sexes; however, at larger sizes,

the female growth rate is slower than males (Onizuka 1972). Molting

frequency and growth increment also decrease with age. Furthermore, it has been reported that in January and March, a large percentage of the females bear new shells. This indicates recent molting

and suggests that most females molt at least once during the early

months of the year before the onset of the spawning season. The

males, on the other hand, have a protracted molting period beginning in January and lasting through August. It is estimated that a

5-year-old male is 10.2 cm CL; a female ofthe same age averages

about 8.9 cm ([Hawaii] 1970).
Kona Crab RANINIDAE

Figure 45.-Female Ranina ranina.

The male to female sex ratio deviates significantly from 50:50

(Onizuka 1972; Fielding and Haley 1976). At Oahu and Penguin

Bank, stocks are roughly 55 % males and 45 % females. In the

NWHI, male to female ratios were 66:34 at French Frigate Shoals,

62:38 at Maro Reef, and 75:25 at Pearl and Hermes Reef. Samples

from elsewhere in the NWHI were too small to derive meaningful

sex ratios.

Kona crab caught in the NWHI ranged from 70 to 167 mm CL.

Carapace width-weight relationships of 501 males and 254 females

were:

Male: W = 5.689 X 10-4 CW2.9478

Female: W = 7.719 X 10-4 CW28070

where W = weight (kg) and CW = carapace width (em).

71

Gear and catch

There is a small fishery for kona crab in the main islands. The principal gear used is the kona crab net, although one vessel fishing

in NWHI waters has successfully used crab traps. Commercial

vessels usually set, haul, and reset the strings of nets several times

during the day from sunrise to sunset. Soaking time, usually 1 h,

is necessarily kept short because longer soaking attracts predators

such as sharks and rays which can inflict extensive damage by tearing off the bait and entangled crabs from the netting.

During 1961-79, the annual catches of kona crab around the main

islands fluctuated between 4,215 and 32,835 kg and averaged 13,519

kg.

At present, there is no fishery for kona crab in the NWHI. Two

boats previously fished for kona crab experimentally in the NWHI,

but have since quit fishing.

MOLLUSCAN RESOURCES --------

In Hawaiian waters, the phylum Mollusca constitutes the largest

group of marine invertebrates. It includes such animals as octopuses,

squids, clams, oysters, limpets, and many other insular marine

fauna. Kay (1967) estimated that there are about 1,000 species in

this group. Despite the numbers and diversity of the species, only

a few are commercially utilized as food. In 1961-79, the average

reported landings of molluscs were only about 22 metric tons

(MT)/year or <1 % of the total reported marine landings. This

average, however, is probably far below what is actually caught

from Hawaiian waters because of the difficulty in estimating the

take of marine molluscs by recreational fishermen. Of the reported

catch, about 47% is composed of octopus, Octopus cyanea and O.

ornatus, 34 % is squid, mostly Sthenoteuthis oualaniensis and

Nototodarus hawaiiensis, and the remaining 19% is limpet, eel/ana

exarata and C. sandvicensis.

Octopus was among the species surveyed during the NWHI investigation; however, due to emphasis on other species such as spiny

and slipper lobsters, only one attempt was made to directly fish

for octopus using clay pots. Most of the data on octopus, therefore,

was derived from our fish trapping operations in which octopus

was occasionally caught in the small-mesh traps.

Octopus cyanea is one ofthe larger, most frequently encountered

octopods caught locally. It is probably the most economically important of the octopods in Hawaii. Historically, Hawaiians preferred

O. cyanea for food. The other species were either too small, less

palatable, infrequently encountered, or used for other purposes (Titcomb et al. 1978). Due to its relative importance O. cyanea is the

principal species discussed in this atlas.

73
OCTOPODIDAE Hee

by Steven H. Kramer

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Octopus cyanea Gray 1849 (Fig. 46)

Octopus marmoratus Hoyle 1885

Octopus horsti Joubin 1898

Polypus marmoratus Hoyle 1905

Polypus horsti Hoyle 1907

Polypus cyanea Massey 1916

Polypus fontanianus (in error) Robson 1920

Octopus glaber Wilker 1920

(from Robson 1929)

Octopus; day octopus; day squid; tako; hee

Distribution

Captured in traps in the NWHI from Necker to Kure Atoll at depths

from 18 to 91 m. It also inhabits rocky substrates and reef flats

shoreward of the NMFS survey area.

Distinguishing characteristics

Body shape variable but usually pyriform, head rather small, narrow, and rounded, sometimes separated from the body by a slight

constriction, eyes prominent. Arms subequal (rarely <30 mm difference in length) unless an appendage is missing or regenerated.

A small hectocotylus used to transfer spermatophore located on

the distal end of the third right arm of males. Suckers on sexually

mature males enlarged at the level of the web on each arm. Funnel

organ small, conical. Skeletal structures consist of cephalic cartilages and dorsal stylets. Beak has insertion plate on which is fixed

the upper and lower horny jaws. Shape differs little within the genus.

Carnivorous type radula. Ink sac on ventral face of liver; gills consist

of a number of filaments suspended from opposite sides of a central axis forming two closely opposed series; skin texture usually

smooth but can assume a rough matted appearance in life and during preservation. Few large dorsal tubercles can be longitudinally

extended. Supraocular cirrhus usually present, sometimes accompanied by subordinate tubercles. Ocellus below eye and between

base of third and fourth arms.

Coloration usually cryptic but varies according to animal's

physiological state and habitat; most often a warm ochreous red

suffused and blotched with purple. Irregular dark dashes often present between suckers on ventral surface of the arms (Robson 1929).

Life history

Hee appears to spawn throughout the year (Van Heukelem 1973).

Males copulate by inserting the hectocotylus into the female's

oviduct. At the hectocotylus, spermatophores break open and expel sperm. The oviduct contracts and sperm is carried up to lodge

in the spermathecae of the oviducal glands. Females do not have

to be sexually mature for copulation to take place (Wells and Wells

1970).

74

Females reach sexual maturity 10-13 months after settling. Strings

of 600-1 ,200 eggs measuring 4-10 cm long are laid in caves or holes.

Brooding, which lasts 45-61 days, appears to be dependent on water

temperature. Nocturnal hatching, which goes on for 3-5 successive

nights, apparently reduces predation on newly hatched larvae.

Females die following egg brooding and hatching.

Males develop extra large suckers at the level of the seventh and

eighth pair of suckers (from the mouth) about 7-9 months after

settling.

For both sexes, the average natural lifespan appears to be 12-15

months. The maximum size reached is associated with feeding and

size is attained for the female when the ovaries enlarge and for the

male after maximum sucker enlargement. Gonad and sucker

development appear to be correlated primarily to age (Van

Heukelem 1973).

Larvae are free swimming and pelagic for an undetermined time

before settlement. Young settle from the plankton at a body length

of about I cm and a weight of about 0.33 g (Wells and Wells 1970).

The growth of O. cyanea is expressed as:

W = 1.28 X 10-6 X3.

92 ,

where W = weight (g) and X = age in days (Van Heukelem 1973).

A reasonable estimate of age can thus be calculated from weight

at capture using the above expression.

The diet consists primarily of crustaceans and rarely fish (Van

Heukelem 1966). Gastropods may also be included in the diet as

evidenced by the use of cowrie shell octopus lures by fishermen.

The crepuscular hunting methods of hee comprise either pouncing

or grabbing prey with the arms (Yarnall 1969). The octopus then

either paralyzes the prey with cephalotoxin from the posterior

salivary gland or physically pulls the animal out of its shell. To

paralyze prey, the octopus either bites with its beak or rasps through

the shell using its radula before injecting cephalotoxin (Wodinsky

1969).

Octopus are high level predators in the food chain, preying on

crustaceans, molluscs, and occasionally fishes. In turn, they are

the prey of a variety offishes, seals, and man. In the NWHI, octopus constitutes a major part of the diet of the endangered Hawaiian

monk seal (Gilmartin 1983). Octopus have also been found to be

in the diet of many of the larger predatory fishes found throughout

the Hawaiian Archipelago.
Hee OCTOPODIDAE

Figure 46.-0ctopus cyanea.

Gear and catch

There is no major fishery for octopus in Hawaii. In the NWHI,

most are caught incidentally in fish and shrimp traps. In the main

islands octopuses are caught using spears, traps, and lures. During

1961-79, the annual landings varied between 1,722 and 10,988 kg

and averaged 4,611 kg. Since octopus occurs in abundance in the

inshore area, recreational harvest probably exceeds reported commerciallandings. Octopus is seasonally abundant and most of the

catch is made during the summer and fall months. 6

6Okamoto, H. Aquatic Biologist, Department of Land and Natural Resources, Division of Aquatic Resources, Honolulu, HI 96813, pers. commun. December 1984.

75

FISH RESOURCES _

The volcanic processes by which the Hawaiian Islands were built

up from the ocean floor produced relatively steep-sided, undersea

mountains which are <250 Ian wide at the base and whose slopes

average about 400 milan (Newman 1972). It is this steep underwater gradient that limits the shelf zone to a narrow band that surrounds each island. Unlike the continental shelf that characterizes

most of the world's great fishing areas, the insular shelf in Hawaii

is narrow, poorly developed, and does not offer the environmental

conditions that are vital to high fishery yields.

The Hawaiian fishery commercially exploits about 60-70 of the

700 species of fish reported in Hawaiian waters. The bulk of the

landings are fish caught within 20 nrni of the main islands; however,

in recent years, long-ranging vessels of the Hawaiian fleet have

expanded into areas such as the NWHI and the central North Pacific.

In the section that follows, brief synopses giving information on

identity, distribution in the Hawaiian Archipelago, physical

characteristics, and life history of those fishes which we believe

are commercially or potentially valuable in the Hawaiian fishery

are presented. Some synopses are for individually important species;

others such as Myripristis berndti, Priacanthus cruentatus,

Parupeneus multifasciatus, Naso unicornis, and Acanthurus

olivaceus are representative of families with numerous members

of commercial value. Like the shallow-water crustaceans, fishes

in Hawaiian waters are largely Indo-Pacific in origin.

77
BERYCIDAE Alfonsin

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common names

Beryx splendens Lowe 1833 (Fig. 47)

None

Alfonsines; alfonsin; alfonsino

Distribution

Caught only at Hancock Seamounts and Banks 10 and 11 in the

NWHI between depths of 258 and 302 m. 7

Distinguishing characteristics

D. IV, 13-15, A. IV, 26-29; Pi. 17-18. Body elongate, compressed,

bright red, and covered with moderate-sized ctenoid scales which

are rather stiff and prickly giving the body a rough texture. Head

large, compressed, eyes large. Snout blunt, mouth sharply oblique,

and the lowerjaw protruding beyond the snout. Small teeth in bands

on jaw. Inside of mouth scarlet. A small spine anterior to the orbit

projecting posteriorly.

A congener, B. decadactylus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1829, also

occurs in Hawaiian waters from Hancock Seamounts to the major

islands in the southeast end of the chain. Meristic counts are: D.

IV, 16-20, A. III-IV, 27-30; PI. 16-18; n. I, 9-10. Beryxdecadactylus differs morphologically from B. splendens by having much

larger and rougher scales, stronger more prominent preorbital spine,

and deeper body. Body color of B. decadactylus is brighter than

that of B. splendens.

Life history

Alfonsin spawn in August-October and the free floating eggs hatch

in about I day. Newly hatched larvae are planktonic and float for

about 2-3 days before they begin to swim on the fourth day (Onishi

1967; Chikuni 1971). In the western Pacific, the distribution of this

species is highly dependent on the Kuroshio and its fractional

systems.

'Townsend Cromwell cruise report TC-83-02, Beryx splendens were taken at Banks

10 and 1\ in depths ranging from 274 to 549 m.

78

Berycoid fishes assume a demersal existence at age I year or

younger. Japanese studies indicate that they migrate from coastal

waters to offshore grounds and that fish size increases with depth

and decreases with increasing latitude (Kanagawa Prefectural

Fisheries Experimental Station 1971). Alfonsin migrate vertically

in the evening (Masuda et a1. 1975) presumably to feed on surface

dwelling organisms. Stomach analysis of fish taken over the

Emperor Seamounts disclosed that small fish predominated in the

diet; crustaceans including decapods, mysids, and euphausiids constituted almost all the remainder (Aomori Prefectural Fisheries Experimental Station 1976).

Alfonsin captured by NMFS at Hancock Seamounts ranged from

15.3 to 35.3 cm fork length (FL), whereas over all the central North

Pacific seamounts, the size range was 13.0 to 46.0 cm FL (Takahashi and Sasaki 1977). Apparently, the number of age groups in

the catch varies from year to year and among seamounts. In 1972,

for example, fish captured at the Milwaukee Seamount group had

modes at 21.0 and 38.0 cm; whereas fish taken at Colahan Seamount had one mode at 19.0 cm. The age-length relationship for

alfonsin is as follows: age I = 8.8 cm; age 2 = 19.1 cm; age 3

= 25.8 cm; age 4 = 30.8 cm; and age 5 = 32.8 cm (Ikenouye

1969).

Gear and catch

In addition to bottom trawls, in which it is mostly a by-catch of

fishing for pelagic armorhead, alfonsin is also taken by bottom

longline and handline. The species rarely enters baited traps.

Annual catches of alfonsin in the Japanese trawl fishery at Hancock Seamounts in 1969-81 varied from 0 to 54 MT and averaged

8 MT. On seamounts located outside the Hawaiian Archipelago,

the annual catches of alfonsin varied from 0 to as much as 8,628

MT, averaging about 2,151 MT.
Alfonsin BERYCIDAE

Figure 47.-Beryx splendens.

79
HOWCENTRIDAE Du

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Myripristis berndti Jordan and Evermann 1905 (Fig. 48)

Myripristis murdjan Randall 1973

Myripristis amaenus Fournanoir and Laboute 1976

(from Randall and Gueze 1981)

Red squirrelfish; mempachi; uu

Life history

Common in the main islands; captured from Nihoa to Kure Atoll

in the NWHI.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X-I, 14; IV, 12; PI. II, 15; P2. I, 7; LLs. 28-31; Gr. 11-14

+ 23-28 (Randall and Gueze 1981). Body elongate, rather deep,

compressed; head large; snout blunt, convex, its width about twice

its length; eyes large, high, upper rims hardly impinging on upper

profile of head; eye diameter slightly less than posterior part of

head; mouth large, oblique; mandible of adult slightly projecting

when closed; maxillary not reaching posteriorly to below posterior

margin of eye; several enlarged and blunt teeth on outer front edge

ofjaws; teeth fine, in broad bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines.

Tongue thick, pointed, and in front (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Lips thick, fleshy; nostrils close together, bones on head finely

serrated; opercle with well-developed spine; gill opening large; gill

rakers long, fine; caudal forked, pectorals small; scales large,

ctenoid, deep on middle of side; lateral line obliquely curved at

first, then running obliquely down to base of caudal (Jordan and

Evermann 1905).

Color in life red, center of each scale pale, a black bar across

opercular region down to axil of pectoral; spines in first dorsal pink

and membranes of basal half translucent, upper half orange-yellow;

soft dorsal, anal, and caudal crimson but first rays white in each;

pectoral red (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

80

Hiding in holes and cracks in reefs primarily in the subsurge zone,

uu are a nocturnal planktivores feeding mainly on crab megalops

and other crustaceans (Gosline 1965; Hobson 1972, 1974). Apparently fishes form an insignificant part of the diet for members

of the squirrelfish family (Randall 1967). They emerge from their

daytime reef shelter about 30 min after sunset and aggregate in the

water column above the reef (Hobson 1972, 1974). Almost immediately after aggregating, they migrate offshore, possibly to the

drop-off zone into deep water, which is a major feeding ground

for diurnal planktivores (Hobson 1972). The offshore movement

may be obscured because many individuals remain over the inshore

reef. However, since there are consistently fewer uu over the reefs

when there is no moon than on moonlit nights many may be moving

offshore, especially on dark nights. About 40 min before sunrise,

uu begin to reassemble over the reef and all the individuals take

cover within 10 min (Hobson 1974).

Myripristis spp. hunt prey in the water column. This feeding habit

is reflected by the sharply upturned mouth, a feature which is highly

adapted for feeding on plankton (Hobson 1974). Studies on M.

leiognathus (Hobson 1965, 1968) and M. jacobus (Randall 1980)

indicate similar forage patterns.

Gear and catch

Uu are caught mainly by handline; smaller quantities are landed

by net and spear fishermen. The species is also taken by trolling

at night in relatively shallow water.

Highly prized as a food fish, Myripristis spp. (all species) are

target species of not only commercial but also recreational

fishermen. The State landings of Myripristis spp. in 1961-69 fluctuated over a relatively narrow range from 4,330 to 7,449 kg and

averaged 5,830 kg. From 1970 through 1976, the catches rose slightly varying between 7,433 and 11 ,090 kg averaging 9,140 kg. In

1977-79, however, catches rose substantially and landings reached

21,003 kg in 1977,23,546 kg in 1978, and 20,469 kg in 1979,

averaging 21,673 kg. Landings increased in 1977 when speared

fish were allowed to be sold.

There is no fishery for uu in the NWHI.
Du HOWCENTRIDAE

Figure 48.-Myripristis bemdti.

81
SERRANIDAE Hapuupuu

by Michael P. Seki

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Epinephelus quemlls Seale 1901 (Fig. 49)

None

Seale's grouper; grouper; sea bass; hapuupuu

Life history

Known only from Hawaiian waters (Tinker 1978). Present at all

islands and banks from Middle Bank to Bank No. 11 at depths from

18 to 230 m. Large numbers observed in waters as shallow as 5

m at Kure Atoll and Midway (Hobson 1980). No pattern of spatial

distribution by age and size shown (Ralston 1980).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XI, 14-15; A. III, 9; Pc. 19; PI. 1,5; Or. 7+16 (Seale 1901;

Jordan and Evermann 1905). Body oblong, girth greatest posterior

of nape becoming laterally compressed caudad; covered with small

ctenoid scales; posterior edges of dorsal and anal soft rays and caudal

fin rounded.

Like other groupers, this species has a large protractile mouth

with maxillary reaching posterior ofthe orbit. Preoperculum is fmely

serrated along upper edge.

In life, varies from purplish brown to nearly black, they may

be covered, particularly along the sides, with small light blue or

white spots. Differences in body color between individuals may

be attributable to physiological stress, behavioral responses, or the

environment.

82

Little is known about this species. The spawning period of hapuupuu

has not been determined throughout the Hawaiian chain; however,

ovaries with hydrated eggs have been collected from January through

early April in the NWHI indicating winter spawning in that area

(Uchiyama and Tagami 1984; Kikkawa8). Other aspects of

reproduction such as fecundity, number of spawnings per season,

and hermaphroditism remain to be examined.

Hapuupuu are carnivorous, opportunistic bottom feeders (Seki

I984a). Among spew samples analyzed, pandalid shrimps, lutjanids,

emmelichthids, and conger eels were most important. Cephalopods

(mainly octopods) and crabs also occurred among the forage items.

A functional length-weight relationship of 547 hapuupuu ranging

from 23.8 to 110.6 cm is:

W = 9.29 X 10-9 L31028,

where W = weight (kg) and L = total length .(mm) (Uchiyama

et al. 1984).

Gear and catch

This species is usually taken with handline although it is also caught

incidentally in traps and pots. Hapuupuu is the only serranid contributing significantly to the commercial landings in Hawaii. During 1961-79, the annual landings ranged from 9,311 to 33,799 kg,

averaging 17,725 kg. The species ranked 21 st among commercial

marine species landed during this period.

'Kikkawa, B. S., Research Assistant, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822·2396, pcrs. commun. May 1982.
Hapuupuu SERRANIDAE

Figure 49.-Epinephelus quemus.

83
PRIACANTHIDAE Glasseye Snapper

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Priacanthus cruentatus (Lacepede 1802) (Fig. 50)

Labrus cruentatus Lacepede 1802

Priacanthus carolinus Lesson 1826

Priacanthus macrophthalmus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1829

Priacanthus boops Cuvier and Valenciennes 1829

Priacanthus blochii Gunther 1851

(?) Priacanthus schlegelii Hilgendorf 1879

(from Weber and De Beaufort 1929)

Glasseye snapper, red bigeye, aweoweo

Life history

Occurs throughout the main islands. In the NWHI, they occurred

from Necker to Midway at depths from 20 to 296 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, 13; A. II, 14; LLs. 11-100-53 (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Body moderately elongate, deep, laterally compressed, covered with

small, rough ctenoid scales; dorsal and ventral outlines similarly

curved; snout bluntly pointed; lower jaw prominent, strong, and

projecting; mouth moderate, oblique; lateral line runs dorsally to

area of caudal fin base then descends to midlateral caudal peduncle (Jordan and Evermann 1905; Schultz et al. 1953).

Teeth small, villiform onjaws, vomer, and palatines; gill rakers

long, slender; tongue broad, rounded and free; maxillary extends

to anterior edge of pupil; eyes large; fins moderate with origin of

spinous dorsal over upper base of pectoral; dorsal spines short, stout,

blunt; soft dorsal rounded; caudal truncate; pectoral short, broad;

preopercle strongly toothed with a strong rugose toothed sharp or

blunt variable spine at angle (Jordan and Evermann 1905; Schultz

et al. 1953).

Bright red mottled with silvery white in life; six dark red vertical bars alternating with fainter bars on side of back; dorsal and

caudal fins rosy; iris and jaws deep red.

84

Glasseye snapper are nocturnal predators, feeding on free swimming organisms (mostly crustaceans and cephalopods), and inhabiting reefs, bays, and harbors (Hobson 1974). Fishes and

polychaetes make up the bulk of the remaining food items (Randall 1967). A study conducted off Kona, Hawaii demonstrated that

the species takes shelter in groups or singly under rocks or coral

during daylight (Hobson 1974). At night, they emerge from the

shelter, assemble in schools high in the water column, migrate offshore, and do not return to the reef until about 40 minutes before

sunrise. Lesser numbers, mostly solitary or in small groups, remain over inshore reefs throughout the night. All fish were noted

to return to daytime shelter 30 min before sunrise.

Gear and catch

Glasseye snapper is caught around the main islands primarily with

handline and gill net.

The State annual landings of this species fluctuated between 780

and 4,764 kg, averaging 1,886 kg during the period 1961-69.

There is no fishery for priacanthids in the NWHI.
Glasseye Snapper PRIACANTHIDAE

Figure SO.-Priacanthus cruentatus.

85
CARANGIDAE Vlua

by Michael P. Seki

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Caranx ignobilis (Forsskgl 1775) (Fig. 51)

Scomber ignobilis Forsskgl 1775

Caranx hippoides Jenkins 1903

Caranx rhabdotus Jenkins 1903

(from Gosline and Brock 1960)

Giant trevally; jack; ulua (adult); papio (young); pauu; hon-ulua; sometimes called white ulua, a misnomer

Life history

Widespread in the main islands. Captured anywhere from the

shoreline through the reef flats to the benthic slopes in waters from

the surface to depths of 91 m at almost all islands and banks from

Necker Island to Kure Atoll.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII-I, 18-21 (usually 19-20); A. II-I, 15-17 (usually 16); Pi.

I, 18-20. Body deep, slightly compressed, with a steep, strongly

curved head, snout blunt. Breast mostly naked, a small central patch

ofscales may be covered with skin just anterior to pelvic fins. Scutes

or plates along the straight portion of the lateral line scales 28-30

(Williams 1958; Fischer and Whitehead 1974; Berry et al. 1981).

Varies from silvery to black in life. Large fish may have small

black spots on upper sides of the body. Color differences in ulua

are associated with sex and maturity (Talbot and Williams 1956).

Mature males possess dusky to black bodies, heads, and fins;

whereas mature females have bodies and heads that are pale to

silvery.

Vlua is the largest species of the genus; maximum verified size

is 146.0 cm FL, and 52.6 kg (Berry et al. 1981). Specimens from

20.7 to 133.0 cm FL (mean 74.4 cm) were collected in the NWHI.

86

Observations of natural spawning of Caranx ignobilis in the Philippines showed two spawning seasons, one in December-January and

the other in June. Spawning occurred during the day, close to shore

(Von Westernhagen 1974). Size at maturity was estimated to be

54-61 cm FL (Williams 1965). There is also a possibility that

segregation by sexes occurs immediately before spawning takes

place.

Feeding studies in the NWHI revealed that the species is primarily

a nocturnal piscivore, although cephalopods and crustaceans were

also significant in the diet (Okamoto and Kawamoto 1980; Parrish

et al. 1980). Similar diet and feeding behavior were found for the

species off East Africa (Williams 1965). Of particular interest is

that ulua may also prey voraciously on sublegal and berried lobsters

which have been released at the surface from commercial fishing

vessels (Gooding 19859).

A length-weight relationship of 124 ulua, ranging from 20.7 to

1330 cm FL caught in the NWHI was:

W = 2.73 X 10-5 L2.913J,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm).

Gear and catch

Taken primarily by handline and traps; it is also one of the target

species in recreational fishing and may be caught with bottom set

line or by casting from shore with rod and reel.

Vlua is one of the dominant species of the jack fishery in Hawaii.

The statewide annual landings of ulua (including several species

of carangids) in 1961-79 varied between 19,647 and 55,494 kg and

averaged 35,692 kg.

Highly esteemed by the local population, the ulua is one of the

target species of bottom fishing boats operating in the NWHI.

·Gooding. R. M. 1982. Predation on surface and bottom released spiny lobster,

Panulirus marginatus. in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Southwest Fish. Cent.

Honolulu Lab., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, Admin.

Rep. H-82-1, 20 p.
Ulna CARANGIDAE

Figure Sl.-Caranx ignoblis.

87
CARANGIDAE Omilu

by Michael P. Seki

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Caranx melampygus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833 (Fig. 52)

Caranx bixanthopterus Riippell 1835

Caranx stellatus Eydoux and Souleyet 1841

Caranx medusicola Jordan and Starks 1895

(from Berry 1965)

Bluefin trevally; blue crevally; omilu

Life history

Found throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago, captured from Necker

Island to Pearl and Hermes Reef in the NWHI at depths from 2

to 183 m.

The adults of this species roam the inner and outer coral or rocky

reefs singly or in small groups. The juveniles generally school in

the shallow reef areas.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII, I, 20-24 (usually 18-20); A. II, I, 17-20 (usually 18-19).

Caudal forked and pectorals falcate (Williams 1958; Fischer and

Whitehead 1974; Berry et al. 1981).

Two detached spines on the anal fin and scutes on the straight

portion of the lateral line.

In life is usually greenish blue dorsally becoming silvery ventrally with many small blue-black spots covering the body, primarily

on upper sides. The species may vary in color; sometimes a uniform

bluish black with infrequent spotting.

Specimens from the NMFS surveys in the NWHI ranged from

9.3 to 71.0 cm FL.

88

The species is predominantly piscivorous (Randall 1980). Omilu

feed most frequently in the early morning and late afternoon to

evening mainly on fish and crustaceans (Hobson 1974). In the

NWHI, omilu is primarily a diurnal piscivore (Okamoto and

Kawamoto 1980).

No reproductive studies have been conducted on the omilu. Off

East Africa, however, C. melampygus reached maturity at 30-40

cm (Williams 1965).

A length-weight relationship of24 omilu ranging from 9.3 to 71.0

cm FL was:

W = 2.42 X 10-5 U 9412 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm).

Gear and catch

Omilu is taken primarily by handline and traps. In 1961-79, the

annual landings fluctuated between 410 and 4,292 kg, averaging

1,400 kg in the main islands. Omilu is considered as an incidental

species among bottom fishing boats operating in the NWHI.
Omilu CARANGIDAE

Figure 52.-Caranx melampygus.

89
CARANGIDAE Mackerel Scad

by Paul M. Shiota

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Decapterus macarellus (Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833) (Fig. 53)

Caranx macarellus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Caranx pinnulatus Eydoux and Souleyet 1842

Decapterus canonoides Jenkins 1903

Decapterus pinnulatus Jordan and Evermann 1905

Decapterus sanctae-helenae Fowler 1928

(primarily from Norman 1935)

Mackerel scad; opelu; opelu mama

Distribution

Present in large numbers around the main islands. Captured from

Nihoa to Kure Atoll in depths from 22 to 38 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII-I, 32-33-1; A. II-I, 28-29-1; scutes 20-25; LLs. 100-116.

Body oblong, little compressed, almost perfectly fusiform; head

moderate, pointed; mouth rather small, slightly oblique; jaws equal;

palatines toothless or with a single series of minute teeth; no

vomerine teeth; a small band of teeth posteriorly on tongue; adipose

eyelid covering nearly entire eye; lateral line nearly straight from

origin to interdorsal space, then descends until over fifth anal ray

and continues straight to caudal fin (Jordan and Evermann 1905;

Norman 1935).

Metallic bluish-black to bluish-green above and silvery white

below in life. Small black spot near the upper margin of the opercleo Attains a length of about 50.0 cm (Gosline and Brock 1960).

During the NWHI surveys, three other Decapterus species were

recorded. Decapterus tabl was easily separated from its Hawaiian

congeners by its reddish tail. The other two species have yellow

tails. Decapterus macrosoma has 28-30 rays on its anal fm and 25-30

scutes (Wakiya 1924; Berry and Smith-Vaniz 1978); D. muroadsi

has 26-28 rays on its anal fin and 33 scutes (Wakiya 1924).

Life history

After hatching, the young fish remain in the pelagic environment,

often forming large schools. Fishermen have reported schools of

young fish as far as 80 nmi offshore.

Juvenile fish, 12.0-18.0 cm SL, first enter the coastal fisheries

in late fall and winter. Once inshore, they grow at a fairly rapid

rate, reaching 20.0,27.1, and 30.7 cm SL after 12,24, and 36

months, respectively (Yamaguchi 1953).

90

It attains sexual maturity by the end of the first year of life at

about 18.0 cm SL. Spawning is in pelagic waters, in close proximity to its coastal habitat, from March-August, with a peak in MayJuly. Mature adults, 18.0 and 28.1 cm SL, have ovaries with approximately 83,000 and 212,500 eggs, respectively. Eggs are

generally spherical, almost transparent, and contain a single shiny

oil globule, which is 0.20-0.27 mm in diameter and is surrounded

by tiny clusters of yolk granules (Yamaguchi 1953).

The species feeds heavily on zooplankton, mainly crustaceans,

which comprised 94% of the total number of food items in the

stomach (Yamaguchi 1953). Hyperiid amphipods and crab megalops

were the most important among the crustaceans ingested. Thirteen

of 24 stomachs examined by Yamaguchi also contained fish larvae. The stomach samples examined, however, may not reflect the

true diet of opelu, because sampling was somewhat biased in that

it was conducted under a night light which attracted phototaxic

animals. It also did not account for possible seasonal and geographical differences in zooplankton abundance. For example, the

diet of fish taken in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands was mainly

pteropods (Randall 1967).

Gear and catch

An excellent food fish, mackerel scad is principally harvested commercially with hoop net and handline; gill nets and haul seines account for the remainder. In the late 1940's, hoop nets accounted

for about 70% of the landings and handline the remaining 30%.

However, in recent years (1971-78), the handline fishery accounted

for a larger proportion of the landings (54%) compared with the

hoop net fishery which produced only 39 %.

In 1961-79, mackerel scad landings in Hawaii fluctuated between

77,874 and 194,143 kg and averaged 122,246 kg.
Mackerel Scad CARANGIDAE

Figure S3.-Decaplerus macarellus.

91
CARANGIDAE Redtail Scad

by Paul M. Shiota

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Decapterus tabl Berry 1968 (Fig. 54)

Decapterus punctatus Ginsburg 1952

(from Berry 1968)

Redtail scad; redtail opelu

Life history

This species was not recorded from the Hawaiian Archipelago until 1975 when a single specimen was caught at Necker in a bottom

trawl in 393 m of water. Distributed in waters 18-393 m deep from

Necker Island to Hancock Seamounts.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. Vill-I, 29-33; A. IT-I, 24-26-1; LLs. 103-119; Gr. 10-12+30-33.

Bod¥ rounded, elongate, slender; eye moderate; adipose eyelid well

developed; teeth minute, in a single row in both jaws, becoming

reduced in number and extent with growth; dorsal fins well

separated; terminal ray of dorsal and anal fins consisting of a widely

detached finlet; pectoral fins short; scales small, cycloid; lateral

line arched to beneath the 13th to 16th dorsal soft ray; scales in

curved part of lateral line 61-78, no scutes in curved part; anterior

scales in straight part 0-8, scutes in straight part 34-44; dorsal accessory lateral line short, terminating near end of head; shoulder

girdle with 2 slight papillae and a shallow groove above and below

the pair, the lower papillae and groove the larger; vertebrae 10+ 14

(Berry and Smith-Vaniz 1978).

In life, metallic bluish-green to bluish-black above and silvery

white below; tail reddish. Opercle with a small black spot near the

upper edge. Largest Hawaiian specimen, taken at Hancock Seamounts, measured 42.8 cm FL.

92

Nothing is known about the life history of redtail scad in Hawaiian

waters. In the Philippines juvenile fish in their second year of life

enter the fishery in January-April; the bulk of the commercial landings, which consists of young maturing fish, is made in MarchMay (Tiews et al. 1970). As the fish begin to reach maturity in

October-May during their third year of life, they exit the fishery

for spawning grounds offshore (Tiews et a1. 1970; Ronquillo 1972).

In the Philippines, spawning of D. tabl is slightly later than that

of D. macrosoma which spawns between October and April

(Magnuson 1970). Spawning occurs in the pelagic environment,

the number of eggs spawned per fish ranging from 28,700 to 48,700

(Tiews et al. 1970).

Redtail scad feeds primarily in the water column on plankton such

as copepods, mysis stages of crustaceans, and small fishes (Tiews

et al. 1970).

Gear and catch

Red tail scad is harvested with mackerel handline, deep-sea handline,

and bottom trawl. Catches up to 450 kg have been made with a

fish trawl. There is no commercial fishery for this species in Hawaii.
Redtail Scad CARANGIDAE

Figure 54.-Decapterus tabl.

93
CARANGIDAE Rainbow Runner

by Michael P. Seki

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Elagatis bipinnulata (Quoy and Gaimard 1824) (Fig. 55)

Seriola bipinnulata Quoy and Gaimard 1824

Elagatis bipinnulatus Bennett 1840

Seriolichthys bipinnulatus Bleeker 1854

Seriolichthys lineolatus Day 1867

(from Weber and De Beaufort 1931)

Rainbow runner; Hawaiian salmon; kamanu

Life history

Gear and catch

Rainbow runner is taken by trolling and occasionally by live bait,

pole-and-line boats. Although it is an excellent food fish, the species

does not contribute significantly to the commercial landings in

Hawaii. In 1975-79, annual landings varied from 808 to 1,655 kg,

averaging 1,196 kg.

There is no fishery for this species in the NWHI.

In the tropical and subtropical Indo-Pacific, rainbow runner spawns

throughout the year with a seasonal peak in March (Okiyama 1970).

The larvae are the most abundant of the epipelagic carangids.

Together with juveniles, the larvae are frequently associated with

the pelagic sargassum community (Aprieto 1974).

Adults feed on crustaceans and fish (Fischer 1978). Copepods

(mostly calanoid and Corycaeus) are the most important items in

the diet of postlarvae and juveniles (Okiyama 1970).

A length-weight relationship of fish from Hawaiian waters is not

available. For specimens from Guam and the Commonwealth of

the Northern Marianas ranging from 40.2 to 89.1 cm FL, the relationship was:

Circumtropical in warm temperate seas of the world (IGFA 1981).

Distributed throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago.

Adult fish solitary, inhabiting surface waters of the open sea.

Young have been known to frequent flotsam and may occur in small

schools (Johnson 1978; IGFA 1981).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VI, I, 25-30; A. I, I, 18-22 (the two detached terminal tworayed finlets are included in the counts for both the dorsal and anal

fins); Gr. 9-12+25-29. Lack scutes along the lateral line. Body

slender, elongate, covered with ctenoid scales. Head and snout

pointed, mouth small. Pectoral and pelvic fins short, about the same

length; caudal fin forked (Fischer 1978; Johnson 1978).

In life, greenish blue dorsally becoming whitish silver ventrally,

tinged with yellow. Two distinct blue bands, with a yellow band

between them, run the length of the sides of the fish. The upper

blue band begins just behind the eye, the lower at the snout, and

both extend to the caudal peduncle. Fins greenish yellow.

The largest recorded specimen is 15.2 kg (lGFA 1981).

Specimens taken in the NWHI ranged in size from 42.5 to 97.2

cm FL (2.5 to 10.2 kg).

94

where W

W = 2.32 X 10-4 L224 ,

weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm).
Rainbow Runner CARANGIDAE

Figure 55.-Elagatis bipinnulala.

95
CARANGIDAE Butaguchi

by Michael P. Seki

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Pseudocaranx dentex (Bloch and Schneider 1801) (Fig. 56)

(?) Scomber adcensionis Osbeck 1771

Scomber cordila (non-Linnaeus) Bonnaterre 1788

Scomber dentex Bloch and Schneider 1801

Trachurus imperialis Rafinesque 1810

Caranx luna Geoffroy Saint-Hillaire 1809

Citula banksii Risso 1826

Caranx dentex Cuvier 1833

Caranx solea Cuvier 1833

Caranx analis Cuvier 1833

Selenia luna Bonaparte 1846

Caranx guara Jordan and Evermann 1896

Caranx cheilio Snyder 1904

Carangus cheilio Jordan and Evermann 1905

Uraspis cheilio Jordan 1925

Caranx ascensionis (Osbeck) Fowler 1928

Caranx adscensionis (Osbeck) Smith 1949

(from Berry 1959; Fischer 1978)

White trevally; thick-lipped trevally; butaguchi; buta ulua; pig ulua

Life history

Uncommon in the main islands but abundant in the NWHI from

the west bank of Nihoa to Kure Atoll. Inhabits not only banks and

benthic slopes but also inshore areas. Found at depths between 18

and 183 m in the NMFS surveys. At Kure Atoll, HOAR field

surveys found butaguchi in waters 1.5 m deep and occasionally in

large schools of 200-300 individuals (Okamoto and Kawamoto

1980).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII, I, 24-27; A. II, I, 20-23; PI. I, 19-20; Gr. 11-14+23-28

(Berry 1959; Fischer 1978). Body elongate, compressed; lips thick.

fleshy, inferior jaw, unlike most of the other carangids; snout

pointed, elongate in profile with a slight concave depression in the

interorbital region.

In life, greenish blue dorsally becoming silver ventrally; a yellow

stripe runs along the side of the body from the caudal peduncle

through the eye. A distinctive black spot on posterodorsal edge of

opercle; fins are yellow.

The NMFS samples from the NWHI ranged from 9.0 to 131.4

cm (0.05 to 11.5 kg).

96

Butaguchi in the NWHI are opportunistic bottom feeders (Seki

1984b). Of the stomach samples analyzed, fishes of the Families

Congridae, Priacanthidae, and Serranidae, crustaceans such as crabs

and shrimps, and octopuses were the most important. Time of

feeding is unknown. Catch data suggest the species has a wide range

of foraging grounds.

The functional length-weight relationship of 267 butaguchi

(ranging from 33.3 to 89.0 cm) caught in the NWHI is:

W = 1.70 X 10- 8 L3.

OO74 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

In NMFS age and growth studies, only a linear growth stanza

was calculated because the largest fish examined had not reached

the asymptotic growth phase. Preliminary estimates placed a 1-yearold at 30 cm and a 2-year-01d at 66 cm. IO

During the NMFS survey ripe ovaries were collected in January

and July (Uchiyama and Tagami 1984).

Gear and catch

Butaguchi is taken principally by deep-sea handline, but has also

been captured in traps.

Catch data are unavailable because the present statistical reporting system combines several species of carangids.

The species is scarce in the main islands; however, it is among

the more abundant species in the NWHI and contributes significantly

to the NWHI bottom fish landings (see footnote 6).

I·Uchiyama, J. H., J. Enitan, and J. D. Sampaga. Age and growth estimates of

snappers and jacks of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Southwest Fish. Cent.

Honolulu Lab., Nat!. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396 (manuscr.

in prep.).
Butaguchi CARANGIDAE

Figure 56.-Pseudocaranx dentex.

97
CARANGIDAE Bigeye Scad

by Paul M. Shiota

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Selar crumenophthalmus (Bloch 1793) (Fig. 57)

Scomber crumenophthalmus Bloch 1793

Caranx crumenophthalmus Lacepede 1802

Caranx mauritianus Quoy and Gaimard 1824

Caranx macrophthalmus Riippell 1828

Trachurops crumenophthalmus Gill 1863

Selar mauritianus Wakiya 1924

Selar macrophthalmus Wakiya 1924

Trachurops mauritianus Jordan and Hubbs 1925

(from Jordan and Evermann 1905; Williams 1958)

Bigeye scad; paaa (5.1-7.6 cm); hahalalu (7.6-22.8 cm); akule (>22.8 cm)

Distribution

Distributed throughout the entire Hawaiian Archipelago. Found

from Necker Island to Midway in the NWHI.

In the main islands, bigeye scad inhabit coastal waters of all islands

from shoreline to depths of about 100 m (Kawamoto 1973;

Kazama II) and form schools numbering from a few to tens of

thousands of individuals.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII+I, 25-27 (usually 26); A. IHI, 20-22 (usually 22); PI.

I, 19-20; P2. I, 5; LLs. 81-95 of which 28-37 are modified into

scutes; Gr. 10-11 +27-28 (Schultz et al. 1953). Body oblong,

moderately slender, typically mackerel-like. Eye diameter contained

three times or less in head length; adipose eyelids well developed

and extend to pupil, leaving the eye as a narrow slit; portion of

pectoral girdle that forms posterior margin of gill opening has a

deep furrow; teeth in both jaws uniseriate; vomer and palatines

toothed; lower jaw projecting; maxillary of moderate width, ending under anterior margin of pupil; first dorsal fin high, spines connected by membranes; two anal spines well developed; pectoral fin

reaching origin of soft anal fin, soft dorsal and anal fins slightly

elevated anteriorly, fin bases equal in length; anterior portion of

lateral line with a long low arch, becoming straight below middle

of soft dorsal fin; scutes only on straight portion of lateral line.

In life, bluish to greenish silver on the upper third of the body

and silvery white on the lower two-thirds. Attains a maximum size

of about 38.0 cm (Gosline and Brock 1960); the majority range

from 21.0 to 26.5 cm FL (Kawamoto 1973).

Life history

The species is relatively fast-growing. Bigeye scad is 10.2-17.5 cm

when it first appears in shallow coastal waters in large schools and

grows to 22.9 and 30.5 cm by the end of the first and second year,

"Kazama, T. K. 1977. The "akule" fishery of Hawaii. Southwest Fish. Cent.

Honolulu Lab., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, Admin.

Rep. lH, 1977, 5 p.

98

respectively. Results from tagging experiments indicate that akule

is not migratory and tends to remain in very localized areas

(Kawamoto 1973).

Bigeye scad is heterosexual without obvious external sexual

dimorphism, has a sex ratio of 50:50 in mature adults, and is

believed to be promiscuous (Kawamoto 1973). Spawning is pelagic

and eggs are spherical, with a single oil globule, nonadhesive, and

free-floating (Kawamoto 1973; Johnson 1978). Females reach sexual

maturity and begin spawning at about 23.5-25.0 cm when they are

1O-l2 months old, and males mature at about 22.0-23.0 cm when

they are about 8-9 months old (Kawamoto 1973).

Samples collected during NMFS cruises indicate that the

reproductive cycle is seasonal in the NWHI, similar to that of bigeye

scad in the main islands. Specimens collected at Kure Atoll and

Midway in June were mature; whereas fish from Laysan Island,

Maro Reef, French Frigate Shoals, and Necker Island were mature

in July. Sampling at Nihoa and French Frigate Shoals in November

produced a predominance of juveniles. This is in agreement with

results of studies in the main islands where gonads were

predominantly mature or spent in April-November (Kawamoto

1973), and fish under 15.0 cm appeared in shallow coastal waters

in large schools in July-December (Gosline and Brock 1960). The

evidence suggests that spawning occurs in the spring and summer

(February-August).

The NMFS surveys have demonstrated that before spawning,

mature fish move into shallow water, similar to spawning adults

which form large schools in shallow, sandy, or flat-bottomed areas

<22 m in the main islands (Gosline and Brock 1960). For example, at Midway, sampling in the lagoon in June in waters <3.6 m

produced large numbers of bigeye scad with mature gonads. SimilarIy, schools of large bigeye scad with mature gonads occurred in

July in shallow water on the leeward side of Laysan Island.

Although in the main islands juveniles are caught by recreational

fishermen with pole and line during daylight, bigeye scad are

primarily night feeders. The bulk of their diet is composed of small

fishes such as anchovies and holocentrids, and crustaceans such as

copepods, crab megalops, stomatopods, and shrimps (Kawamoto

1973). This indicates that the species feeds primarily in the water

column.
Bigeye Scad CARANGIDAE

Figure 57.-Selar crumenophthalmus.

Gear and catch

In Hawaii, handlines, surround nets, and gill nets are the principal

gear used to harvest bigeye scad. Handlining depends on the positive

phototactic response of the akule (Powell 1968). Fishing is conducted at night from small boats in coastal waters to a depth of 100

m. The fish that accumulate under the light are jigged with a handline

rigged with three to five baited hooks or artificial lures. Fishing

is best during the new moon.

Landings of bigeye scad in Hawaii have fluctuated widely. From

1961 through 1979, the annual catch ranged from 68,342 to 444,556

kg and averaged 276,404 kg.

Presently, harvesting of bigeye scad occurs only in the main

islands, although NMFS surveys have demonstrated the presence

of large concentrations of this species at Necker Island, French

Frigate Shoals, and Maro Reef. For the immediate future, it is

unlikely that this species will be commercially harvested in the

NWHI since there are adequate stocks in the main islands in close

proximity to Honolulu where the largest demand for fresh fish exists.

99
CARANGIDAE Greater Amberjack

by Robert L. Humphreys, Jr.

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Seriola dumerili (Risso 1810) (Fig. 58)

Caranx dumerili Risso 1810

Seriola purpurescens Temminck and Schlegel 1844

Seriola dumerili Weber and De Beaufort 1931

(from Lindberg and Krasyukova 1971)

Greater amberjack; yellowtail; kahala

Distribution

Widely distributed in the NWHI from Middle Bank to Kure Atoll.

Usually inhabits the inner reef as well as the outer slopes of the

island shelf. Shows considerable vertical mobility ranging from the

surface to 247 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. I, VII, I, 30-31; A. II, I, 19-21 (Jordan and Evermann 1905;

Lindberg and Krasyukova 1971). Body elongated, oval in crosssection. Head conical in profJ.]e, eye moderate, mouth large, oblique.

Maximum depth at midbody, tapering posteriorly to a short, narrow caudal peduncle. Broad bands of villiform teeth cover jaws,

palatines, tongue, and vomer.

Dorsal fin composed of short spinous anterior portion followed

by a long, low soft dorsal which is higher anteriorly; anal similar

to soft dorsal, preceding spines short. Pectorals short; pelvics inserted posterior to and longer than pectorals; caudal strongly forked

(Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Body covered with small cycloid scales; no enlarged scutes along

lateral line. Scales not present on opercle, snout, and top of head.

In life predominantly yellow and brown with occasional greenish

patches. A thick, prominent yellow stripe extends from maxillary

to the eye, then posteriorly from eye, crossing above pectorals to

caudal peduncle.

Data from NMFS cruises showed mean lengths and weights of

75.1 cm and 7.24 kg for males and 78.2 cm and 7.79 kg for females.

Maximum length was 106.0 cm in males and 149.4 cm in females.

Greater amberjack can be distinguished from its congener, S.

lalandei, by the presence of 15 or fewer gill rakers on the first lower

gill arch, <33 second dorsal rays, maxillary extending back to

mideye, and 150-175 transverse scale rows (Gosline and Brock

1960; Lindberg and Krasyukova 1971).

Life history

Based on samples from the Hawaiian Archipelago. size at maturity in females is 54 cm FL (Kikkawa and Everson 1984). Spawning occurs throughout the year with a peak in April. Fecundity

estimates range from 1.3 to 4.0 million eggs for fish 83.0 to 118.6

cm FL.

In Hawaii, as elsewhere in the world, the greater amberjack has

been implicated in numerous cases of ciguatera. 12 No relationship

"Kubota, W. 1981. Ciguatera fish poisoning cases: A summary from 1900 to

December 1980. Pacific Ciguatera Workshop, Honolulu, HI, 18-20 March 1981,

WPI7, 14 p.

100

between size and ciguatoxicity among fish in the Hawaiian Archipelago has been found (Kimura et al. 1982). These findings

dispute the commonly held notion in Hawaii of higher probability

of ciguatoxin in greater amberjack >9.1 kg. The proportion of toxic

fish in the NWHI is similar to that for fish around the main islands.

Ciguatoxin is believed to be transmitted through the food chain

and to accumulate more among higher predators such as the greater

amberjack. Decapterus sp. is the primary component in the diet

of the greater amberjack caught in the main islands (Humphreys

and Kramer 1984). However, ciguatoxic fish in the size group

4.00-8.99 kg has a lower Decapterus and higher bottom-associated

prey content than the complementary nonciguatoxic group. These

results indicate that a shift toward bottom-associated prey may be

responsible for the transmission of ciguatoxin up the food chain.

There are dietary differences between greater amberjack sampled from the NWHI and the main islands. Octopus and bottomassociated prey are the predominant dietary components in the

NWHI whereas Decapterus and water column-associated prey are

predominant in the main islands. In both areas there is a dietary

increase of Decapterus and water column-associated prey with increasing predator size.

The following growth rate of greater amberjack was determined

using a freely fitted von Bertalanffy growth equation of:

L, = 149.3(1_e-O.314(I-O.0420»,

where L = fork length (cm) expressed as a function of time t in

years (see footnote 10). This equation projects a length of37.5 cm

at I year, 67.5 cm at 2 years, and 89.6 cm at 3 years.

A male to female ratio of 60:40 (N = 209) was observed for

specimens collected during NMFS cruises in the NWHI. A much

larger sample (N = 3,989) from statewide catches shows a ratio

of 52:48. 13

The functional length-weight relationship for 181 greater amberjack ranging from 49.9 to 113.8 cm FL is:

W = 2.21 X 10-8 L294J2,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

The catch rates of greater amberjack were fairly uniform from

Nihoa to Pearl and Hermes Reef; however, the average size of fish

caught from Gardner Pinnacles to Pearl and Hermes Reef was larger

I3Polovina, J. J., and B. M. Ito. 1981. Analysis of data from the kahala ciguatera

sampling program, April 1979 to December 1980. Pacific Ciguatera Workshop,

Honolulu, HI, 18-20 March 1981, WPIl, 4 p.
Greater Amberjack CARANGIDAE

Figure S8.-Seriola dumerili.

than that caught from Middle Bank to St. Rogatien (Uchiyama and

Tagami 1984). The catch per unit of effort was higher at night (Moffitt 1980).

The vertical mobility of the species theoretically allows it to

become associated with members of the snapper-grouper complex;

however, competition for bottom-related forage organisms may not

be intense or may be limited because it also utilizes Decapterus

and other water column organisms.

Gear and catch

The greater amberjack is taken mainly by deep-sea handline but

also enters traps. Annual landings from the NWHI varied between

614 and 6,311 kg and averaged 3,029 kg during 1959-77. 14

Statewide annual landings for 1961-79 ranged from 13,629 to 47,938

kg and averaged 33,108 kg. Because greater amberjack has been

implicated in several ciguatera attacks in Hawaii, the species is

generally not sold in the local markets.

I4Polovina, J. J., and R. B. Moffitt. 1980. Commercial bottom handline fishing

in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands 1959-77. Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab.,

Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, Admin. Rep. H-80-II, 2 p.

101
CORYPHAENIDAE Dolphin

by James H. Uchiyama

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Coryphaena hippurus Linnaeus 1758 (Fig. 59)

Scomber pelagicus Linnaeus 1758

Coryphaena fasciolata Pallas 1770

Coryphaena imperiaUs Rafinesque 1810

Lepimphis hippuroides Rafinesque 1810

CJryphaena immaculata Agassiz in Spix and Agassiz 1829

Coryphaena marcgravii Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena suerii Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena dorado Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena virgata Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena argyrurus Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena vlamingii Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Lampugus siculus Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena scomberioides Valenciennes in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1833

Coryphaena nortoniana Lowe 1839

Ecterias brunneus Jordan and Thompson 1914

(from Palko et al. 1982)

Dolphin; mahimahi

Distribution

Circumtropical but also in warm waters between lat. 45°N and

45°S. Captured by surface trolling from Nihoa to Kure Atoll in

the NWHI. Larvae and juveniles nektonic, generally pelagic but

have been found inshore. Adults inhabit open ocean but also approach coastal waters. They often follow ships and tend to aggregate

under floating objects. Small fish «2.3 kg) are plentiful in summer; large fish (13.6-18.1 kg) are caught mostly from February

to April (Squire and Smith 1977).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. 55-65; A. I-III, 25-30; PI. I, 17-21; P2. I, 5; LLs. 245-280.

Gill raker counts decrease with age; juveniles have 10-15; whereas

adults have 8-10 (Gibbs and Collette 1959). Body elongate, laterally

compressed with single dorsal fin originating at nape, extending

to caudal; anal fin slightly longer than half of body length; pelvic

fins fit into groove in body; caudal fin deeply forked. Species sexually dimorphic. In males, pronounced bony crest on front of head;

in females, forehead slightly convex. Terminal mouth extends to

vertical axis through middle of eye in both sexes. Males larger than

females. Lateral line curved upward above the pectoral.

Color in life variable but usually brilliant green on back, yellow

to golden hues on sides, and yellow to white on bottom. Many small

brilliant phosphorescent blue and black spots on head and body.

Dorsal and anal fins dark.

Life history

The species is heterosexual. In the NWHI, well-developed and ripe

ovaries were collected in March-September. Around the main

islands, dolphin spawns throughout the year as evidenced by occurrence of juveniles in all months. IS

I'Burch, R. K., Biologist, Waikild Aquarium, Honolulu, HI 96815, pers. commun.

May 1982.

102

Females begin to mature at 35 em FL; all are mature at 55 cm

(Beardsley 1967). Fecundity estimates were from 240,000 to

3,000,000 eggs per fish annually, depending on size.

The buoyant, colorless, spherical eggs measure about 1.2-1.6 mm

in diameter and have a single, light-yellow oil globule 0.3-0.4 mm

in diameter. The yolk appears to be coarsely segmented. The NMFS

culture experiments demonstrated that eggs measure 1.58 mm in

diameter and fertilized eggs hatch in 40-53 hat 24-26°C. At hatching, the larvae are 3.95 to 5.10 mm long. 16 The larvae absorb the

yolk sac in 2-4 days (Mito 1960; see footnote 16). Male dolphin

grow rapidly attaining 20 kg in the first year in Hawaiian waters

(Uchiyama et al. 1986).

Dolphin are active and voracious feeders and prefer fast-moving

large prey (Welsh 1950). Juveniles feed primarily on copepods;

larger juveniles feed on fish and cephalopods (Shcherbachev 1~73).

Adults feed mainly on fish with flyingfish predominating (Welsh

1950; Ronquillo 1953; Tester and Nakamura 1957; Kojima 1961;

Shcherbachev 1973; Rose and Hassler 1974).

Little is known about migration. The dolphin has long been known

to be associated with drifting objects (Gooding and Magnuson 1967).

The species tend to school by sex as well as by size (Gibbs and

Collette 1959; Kojima 1966; Beardsley 1967).

Dolphin caught during the NWHI investigations ranged from 52.2

to 130.5 cm among females and 48.3 to 110.0 cm for males. The

length-weight relationship of dolphin in Hawaii is:

W = 6.359 X 10-5 L2.7111,

where W = weight (lb) and L = fork length (cm) (Tester and

Nakamura 1957). Due to sexual dimorphism, this relationship holds

only for fish <68 em. For fish >68 em, males are heavier than

females of the same length.

I"Kazama, T. K., Fishery Biologist, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. 6 April 1984.
Dolphin CORYPHAENIDAE

Figure 59.-Male Coryphaena hippurus.

Gear and catch

Dolphin is caught mainly by trolling but also taken incidentally by

longline and pole and line. For 1961-79, the annual landings varied

from 26,526 to 79,492 kg and averaged 50,556 kg.

103
LUTJANIDAE Uku

by Steven H. Kramer

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Aprion virescens Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830 (Fig. 60)

Mesoprion microchir Bleeker 1853

Lutjanus macrochir Bleeker 1863

Sparopsis latifrons Kner 1868

Sparopsis elongatus Kner 1868

Chatopterus microchir Bleeker 1869

Aprion (Aprion) virescens Bleeker (1872) 1873, revision Lutjanus, 1876-77

(from Weber and De Beaufort 1936)

Blue-green snapper; jobfish; uku

Distribution:

Caught only at Nihoa, Brooks Banks, St. Rogatien, and Midway

in the NWHI. Maximum depth recorded for this species was 58 m.

Frequently inhabits midwater near reefs and drop-offs in depths

of 6-28 m and never takes shelter in the coral (Talbot 1960). Feeds

in the water column from surface to the bottom (Ommanney 1953;

Wheeler 1953).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, 11; A. III, 8; Pl. 17; LLps. 48-50; Gr. 7+14-15 (Masuda

et al. 1975). Body elongate, more cylindrical than slender with large

scales. Head with prominent groove on either side ofsnout in front

of eyes; eyes relatively small, high on head. Pectoral fins short,

rounded; single dorsal fin without a notch; dorsal and anal fins

scaleless. Caudal fin deeply forked. Attains a length of 1 m.

Mouth oblique; lower jaw slightly projected; both jaws with two

strong anterior canines. Smaller canines located laterally and between the strong canines. Villiform bands on both jaws with outer

series enlarged. Vomerine teeth form a curved patch, palatines an

elongated ovate patch.

In life, light gray-blue or gray-green laterally, with blue reflections dorsally, becoming much lighter ventrally. Violet blotches

occur at base ofsoft membrane of spinous dorsal fin. Pectoral and

ventral fins are yellowish (Fischer and Whitehead 1974).

Life history

Little is known about the life history of uku in Hawaiian waters.

On the East African coast, fully ripe females were found in all

months except June and August, suggesting a breeding season in

the warmer months (Ommanney 1953; Wheeler 1953; Williams

1956; Talbot 1960). Partially ripe females were recorded in all

months, but the species may actually have an irregular extended

breeding season (Talbot 1960). Williams (1956) reported sexual

maturity occurring at about 60-75 cm for both sexes, but Talbot

(1960) found females fully ripe at 46.5 cm SL and males at 50.0

cm SL. This species can be solitary or occur in loose, well-spaced

aggregation of two to five fish. In the main islands, they appear

to congregate during their spawning period which generally occurs

in June (see footnote 6).

104

The length-weight relationships are probably the same for both

sexes; however, no definitive equation expressing the relationship

between length and weight is available (Williams 1956).

Uku is a high-level predator in the food chain, preying on fish,

crustaceans, cephalopods, and zooplankton. It also feeds on larger

fish such as scombrids (Reintjes and King 1953).

Food items found in A. virescens stomachs from East Africa consisted of fish (49%), plankton (17%), cephalopods (14%),

nonplanktonic crustaceans (12 %), and others (8 %) (Talbot 1960).

Identifiable food items included Siganus oramin, Caesio

caerulaureus, Sphyraena sp., and Sardinella sp., members of the

Families Cal1yodontidae, Ostraciontidae, and Bothidae; squids; portunids crabs, penaeid shrimps, and Squilla sp.; and planktonic

organisms such as fish eggs, larval and postlarval fishes, stomatopod

larvae, salps, and zoeae larvae (Ommanney 1953; Wheeler 1953;

Williams 1956; Talbot 1960).

Uku has been reported to be ciguatoxic at Enewetak and Bikini

Atolls (Randall 1980). In Hawaii, this species has been implicated

in three ciguatera attacks since 1900 (see footnote 11).

Gear and catch

Uku is caught primarily by handline and set lines, rarely by rod

and reel and trolling gear. The uku is the only Hawaiian lutjanid

regularly caught at or near the surface with lures. Considered an

excellent food and game fish, the annual landings in 1961-79 varied

between 19,192 and 40,730 kg, and averaged 28,909 kg, making

it second in importance to the opakapaka among the snappers in

the local fishery. Landings are seasonal the bulk ofthe catch is made

from June to December (see footnote 6).
Uku LUTJANIDAE

Figure 6O.-Aprion virescens.

105
LUTJANIDAE Ehu

by Alan R. Everson

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Etelis carbunculus Cuvier 1828 (Fig. 61)

Eteliscus mnrshi Jenkins 1903

Etelis mnrshi Jordan and Evermann 1905

Red snapper; Marsh's snapper; squirrelfish snapper; ulaula; ehu

Daily rings on the sagittae of ehu were used to estimate age and

growth rate. The von Bertalanffy growth model for this species is:

Found around every major island and bank in the Hawaiian Islands

and in the NWHI from Nihoa to Kure Atoll at depths ranging from

102 to 271 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, 11; A. ill, 8; PI. 16; Gr. 6+12 (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Interorbital region flattened; maxilla with scales; dorsal fin continuous, but spinous portion of fin incised at its junction with soft

portion; dorsal and anal fins without scales; ultimate dorsal and

anal soft rays longer than penultimate soft rays (Anderson 1981).

Mouth rather large, somewhat oblique. Teeth on vomer and

palatine. Teeth on the jaws in villiform bands; outer series of enlarged, widely spaced canines in each jaw; longest in front on each

side; thicker in the upper jaw than lower. Body color uniform rose

red in life (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Ehu is sometimes confused with its congener, E. coruscans. It

can be separated by the following features: horizontal yellow band

along the middle of sides on ehu, absent on onaga; red coloration

on inside of mouth lacking in ehu; long caudal rays on onaga; ehu

is more robust and has fewer gill rakers than onaga (Jordan and

Evermann 1905).

Life history

Ehu attains sexual maturity at about 29.8 cm FL. A fish, 50.8 cm

FL, releases over 1.3 million eggs per batch and may release 2

or more batches of eggs per spawning season which extends from

May through October (Everson 1984).

Because ehu are caught at considerable depths, the ascent causes

the gas bladder to expand, thus forcing the stomach to evert.

Therefore only a small number of stomach content samples was

collected. Based on the number ofsmall fishes and crustaceans found

in stomachs, ehu is a carnivorous bottom feeder. 17

"Seki, M. P., Fishery biologist, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Nat\. Mar.

Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. March 1983.

106

L, = 63.9 (I-e-O.36(1-060),

where L = fork length (cm) expressed as a function of time t in

years (see footnote 10). From this equation, ehu is estimated to be

28.4 cm at 1 year, 39.2 cm at 2 years, and 46.8 cm at 3 years.

The functional length-weight relationship of754 ehu 26.8 to 63.5

cm long is:

W = 1.13 X 10- 8 0°740 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

The NMFS catch data showed that ehu is the dominant species

at banks west of Lisianski; ehu represents 22.7 to 86.5% of the

catch (Uchiyama and Tagami 1984). In comparing mean lengths

of ehu among banks of the NWHI, fish is larger west of Lisianski

Island (Uchiyama et al. 1984). The relative apparent abundance

of ehu is higher west of Lisianski Island; the catch rate was 4.1

fish per line hour at Nero Seamount (Uchiyama and Tagarni 1984).

Similar trends were also noted by Moffitt (1980). The sex ratio of

ehu from the NMFS data is 67:33 (N = 926) in favor of females.

The mean weight of females (2.13 kg) is somewhat greater than

that of males (1.56 kg); however, the difference is not statistically

significant (Uchiyama et al. 1984).

Gear and catch

Ehu is traditionally caught with deep-sea handlines, but it can also

be trapped. In Hawaii, it is an important commercial species (Uchida

et al. 1979). From 1961 through 1971, the annual catch fluctuated

between 5,800 and 12,700 kg; however, during 1972-79 landings

increased, ranging from 9,900 to 16,200 kg per year. The average

annual landing during 1961-79 was 10,900 kg.
Ehu LUTJANIDAE

Figure 61.-Etelis carbunculus.

107
LUTJANIDAE Onaga

by Alan R. Everson

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Etelis coruscans Valenciennes 1862 (Fig. 62)

Etelis evurus Jordan and Evermann 1905

Etelis carbunculus Gosline and Brock 1960

Red snapper; ruby-colored snapper; longtail snapper; onaga; ulaula; ulaula koae

Life history

Caught throughout the year around the main Hawaiian Islands and

the NWHI from Bank I to Kure Atoll. Found slightly deeper (183

to 256 m) than the other Hawaiian snappers. It is caught on or near

the bottom in areas of steep drop-offs, ledges, and pinnacles.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, 11; A. III, 8; Gr. 15 +6 (Jordan and Evermann 1905). Body

rather long, tapered, moderately compressed. Head longer than

deep, bluntly pointed snout, large oblique mouth. Small bands of

villiform teeth on the palatines and interior part of each jaw. Single

row of small, wide set, slender canine teeth on the outer edge of

each jaw, which also has a single canine tooth anteriorly. Deeply

notched dorsal fin almost divided into two separate fins. Dorsal

fin rays about equal in length. Anal fin similar in shape to soft dorsal. Caudal fin deeply notched producing long lobes; upper lobe

longer; lobes get longer with age, taper into long caudal rays that

are characteristic of onaga.

Color brilliant rose red.

108

Little is known about the life history of onaga in the NWHI. Their

reproductive cycle is probably similar to that of ehu. Ripe and near

ripe ovaries were collected in August and September at Raita Bank.

However, onaga ovaries were collected only during summer months.

A linear growth stanza derived from five age determinations provided the following length-age estimates: 21.0 cm FL at 1 year and

58.1 cm at 2 years (Uchiyama and Tagami 1984).

The functional length-weight relationship for onaga 48.0 to 88.0

cm FL is:

W = 2.99 X 10-8 U 9OO3 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

The sex ratio of fish caught in the NWHI is 69: 31 (N = 64) in

favor of females. The mean weight of males is 4.28 kg and for

females 5.45 kg in the NWHI.

Gear and catch

The species is caught by deep-sea handline. Historically, onaga has

been an important commercial species in Hawaiian waters (Uchida

et al. 1979). It is a valuable fish commanding high wholesale prices

(see footnote 14). During 1961-68, annual catch increased from

19,500 to 31,700 kg, but from 1969 to 1974, the annual catch

decreased and fluctuated between a narrow range of 17,300 and

22,800 kg. The annual catch rose sharply to 30,000 kg in 1975

and 41, 100 kg in 1976 then declined steadily to 22,100 kg in 1979.

The average annual catch from 1961 to 1979 was 25,900 kg.
Onaga LUTJANIDAE

Figure 62.-Elelis coruscans.

109
LUTJANIDAE ------- Taape

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Lutjanus kasmira (Forsskgl 1775) (Fig. 63)

Sciaena kasmira Forsskgal 1775

Honocentrus quinquelinearis Bloch 1790

Holocentrus quinquelineatus Bloch 1790

Holocentrus bengalensis Bloch 1790

Diacope octolineata Cuvier and Valenciennes 1828

Diacope notata Cuvier and Valenciennes 1828

Diacope decemlineata Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830

Mesoprion octolineatus Bleeker 1849

Mesoprion pomacanthus Bleeker 1855

Genyoroge bengalensis Gunther 1859

Evoplites pomacanthus Gill 1862

Mesoprion bengalensis Kner 1865

Lutjanus pomacanthus Bleeker 1868

Lutjanus bengalensis Bleeker 1868

Genyoroge amboinensis Day 1870

Diacope Kasmira Klunzinger 1870

Lutjanus quinquelineatus Bleeker 1873

Lutjanus quinquelinearis Day 1888

Mesoprion kasmira Klunzinger 1884

Diacope octolineata Sauvage 1891

Evoplites kasmira Jordan and Evermann 1898

Evoplites decemlineatus Fowler 1904

Lutjanus caeruleolineatus Jordan and Seale 1906

Lutjanus notatus McCulloch 1929

Lutjanus spilurus Fowler 1931

(from Weber and De Beaufort 1936)

Blue-striped snapper; blue-banded sea perch; blue-line snapper; taape

Life history

Introduced by the Hawaii DLNR into Hawaiian waters from the

Marquesas Islands and Moorea in 1955 and 1961. Opened to public

fishing in October 1966 after it became established ([Hawaii] 1967).

Now occurs at all major islands and the lower NWHI. The NMFS

surveys found taape distributed from Middle Bank to Maro Reef

in depths from 24 to 110 m. The range of this species has extended

to Laysan (Parrish et al. 1980).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X-XI, 13-16; A. ill, 8; PI. IT, 14-15; LLs. 48-51; Gr. 7+ I+14.

Body moderately compressed; teeth in jaw in narrow bands, outer

series enlarged, anterior ones caninoid; vomer with broad inverted

V-shape patch of villiform teeth; knob of interopercle fits into notch

on preopercle; scale rows above lateral line running obliquely to

base of dorsal fin, those below horizontal; caudal fin emarginate

(Schultz et al. 1953; Munro 1967).

Color in life vivid, varying from bright golden to lemon yellow

with four blue stripes, edged in deep violet, running lengthwise

from head to tail; fins and tail yellowish; blackish blotch sometimes

present between front of soft dorsal base and lateral line.

110

Not much is known about the reproductive cycle of this species.

The rapid spread of taape throughout the main islands and into the

NWHI indicates that the eggs and larvae are free floating and are

carried by ocean currents between the islands.

The species is an active nocturnal carnivore feeding on or near

the bottom. Fish and a few species of adult crustaceans, mainly

portunids, constitute the main prey items (Oda and Parrish 1981;

Tabata 1981). Despite assertions that taape compete for food with

other commercially valuable species such as mempachi, Myripristis

kuntee, or weke, Mulloides flavolineatus, the diets of taape and

mempachi caught incidentally with taape did not overlap. Mempachi fed mainly on crab megalops and other planktonic crustaceans.

Taape usually occurs in dense schools as evidenced by our trap

catches, which frequently included 100-200 fish per trap in an overnight set. Talbot (1960) reported that off South Africa, females were

mature at 125 mm and males with sperm were observed at 155 mm

and were ripe at 165 mm.
Taape LUTJANIDAE

Figure 63.-Lutjanus Irosmira.

Gear and catch

Usually caught nearshore, the species is harvested by a variety of

gear including gill net, handline, rod and reel, purse seine, and traps.

Catches of taape were first reported in 1970 when about 500 kg

were landed. By 1977, landings had multiplied nearly 33 times that

of 1970, reaching 16,330 kg. The catch continued to increase sharply

in 1978, amounting to 26,808 kg, but slowed its increase in 1979

when 27,397 kg were landed.

III
LUTJANIDAE Opakapaka

by Robert L. Humphreys, Jr.

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Pristipomoides filamentosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830) (Fig. 64)

Serranus filamentosus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830

Chaetopterus microlepis Bleeker 1869

Aprion (Aprion) microlepis Bleeker 1876-77

Aprion microdon Steindachner 1876

Aphareus roseus Castelnau 1879

Bowersia violescens Jordan and Evermann 1904

Apsilus microdon Jordan and Evermann 1905

Aprion filamentosus Gilchrist and Thompson 1909

Aprion microlepis Ogilby 1916

Aprion roseus McCulloch 1917

Pristipomoides filamentosus Barnard 1927

Pristipomoides violescens Jordan and Jordan 1927

Pristipomoides sieboldii Fowler 1928

Pristipomoides microlepis Fowler 1928

Pristipomoides microdon Fowler 1931

Aprion kanekonis Tanaka 1935

Aprion (Pristipomoides) microlepis Weber and De Beaufort 1936

Pristipomoides argyrogrammiscus Smith 1937

Pristipomoides filamentosus roseus Abe and Takashima 1956

(from Kami 1973)

Pink snapper; opakapaka

Distribution

Inhabits the outer reefslopes ofthe islands and banks in the Hawaiian

Archipelago. Found in the NWHI from Nihoa to Ladd Seamount

on NMFS surveys in depths ranging from 27 to 328 m. Although

not caught at NMFS sampling stations at Midway, known to occur

there. IS

Occurs in shallower water in the more northern islands and atolls

in the NWHI (based on the maximum capture depth of 328 m at

Necker Island, 201 m at Northampton Seamounts, and 108 m at

Ladd Seamount). No apparent seasonal variation in distribution

(Ralston 1981). Migrates into shallow water at night (based on trap

and pot catches during NMFS surveys).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, II; A. III, 8; PI. II, 12, II; n, I, 5; Gr. 22-26; LLps. 55-65.

Body elongate, somewhat laterally compressed. Distinguishable

from its three congeners in Hawaii, P. auricilla, P. sieboldii, and

P. zonatus, by the V-shape pattern of the vomerine (Gosline and

Brock 1960; Kami 1973).

Broad bands of villiform teeth on jaws, palatine, tongue, and

vomer. Outer row of teeth in upper and lower jaws canine, increasing in size near the symphysis (Jordan and Evermann 1905;

Kami 1973).

Dorsal fin continuous, unnotched, last dorsal ray elongate. Origin

of anal fin under base of third or fourth dorsal ray; last anal ray

elongate, similar to last dorsal ray. Pelvic fins thoracic, pointed;

"Ralslon, S., Fishery Biologist, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl. Mar.

Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. 1983.

112

when extended, tip of pectoral aligns with base of 10th dorsal spine.

Caudal bifurcate, lobes usually equal.

Scales ctenoid, moderate. Scales not present on anterior portion

of head including jaws, dorsal, and anal fins; small scales present

on caudal. Lateral line complete, extending across upper half of

body. Seven to eight rows of scales between origin of dorsal fin

and lateral line; 14-16 rows between lateral line and origin of anal

fin (Jordan and Evermann 1905; Lindberg and Krasyukova 1971;

Kami 1973).

In life, rosy, with violet shades, becoming pale ventrally. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins a combination of red and yellow hues

with lavender margins; pelvic fins white (Jordan and Evermann

1905). No evidence ofsexual dichromatism apparent from NMFS

studies in the NWHI; however, differences occur in pigmentation

of large adults collected from Guam (Kami 1973). Anal fin membranes of females clear, those in males dusky with orange and yellow

hues at the anterior and posterior extremities.

Size data of opakapaka collected by NMFS reveal a mean length

and weight of 53.8 cm FL and 3.06 kg, respectively. Maximum

length and weight were 77.9 cm and 8.00 kg, respectively.

Life history

Size and age at maturity are similar between sexes (Ralston 1981).

Testicular and ovarian weights increased greatly in fish from 30-35

cm to 35-40 cm. The age at maturity in both sexes is approximately 2 to 3 years (Ralston 1981; Uchiyama and Tagami 1984). A

preliminary gonadal study showed heterogeneous egg development

within the ovaries (Kikkawa 1980). A comparison of monthly mean

gonadal-somatic indices revealed a single spawning period each year

from June through December; spawning peaks in August (Kikkawa
Opakapaka LUTJANIDAE

Figure 64.-Pristipomoides filamentosus.

1984). Fecundity estimates ranged from 478,000 to 1,461,875 eggs

for fish ranging from 48.7 to 76.3 cm FL.

A preliminary analysis of spews from opakapaka in the NWHI

shows Pyrosoma sp. as the dominant prey. Other items include fish,

crustaceans, and molluscs (see footnote 18). Pyrosoma is also the

predominant prey item of opakapaka caught at Guam (Kami 1973).

Currently there is disagreement on age and growth of opakapaka.

Using annuli on the sagitta to estimate the age of opakapaka, NMFS

studies indicate a von Bertalanffy growth equation as follows:

L, = 97.1(I-e-O.31 (t-O.02»),

where L, = fork length (cm) expressed as a function of t in years

(see footnote 10). The projected length-age relationships are: 25.4

cm at 1 year, 44.5 cm at 2 years, 58.6 cm at 3 years, 68.8 cm

at 4 years, and 76.4 cm at 5 years. Age estimates derived from

whole counts of daily increments on sagittae agree well with those

obtained from annuli counts.

Using increment widths as a measure of growth rate, Ralston and

Miyamoto (1983) derived the following von Bertalanffy growth

curve:

L, = 78.0 (I-e-O. 146('+ 167»).

The projected length-age relationships are 25.2 cm at 1 year, 32.4

cm at 2 years, 38.6 cm at 3 years, 43.9 cm at 4 years, and 48.5

cm at 5 years. There is no significant difference in growth rate between sexes and for fish around the main islands and NWHI (Ralston

1981).

Among 452 opakapaka examined from Hawaii, the sex ratio was

50:50 (Ralston 1981). However, there is a greater number of male

than female specimens collected from Guam (Kami 1973).

A functional length-weight relationship derived from 471

specimens ranging from 23.4 to 77.9 cm is:

113

W = 3.58 X 10-8 U 8806 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984). The equation indicates that growth is allometric.

Studies on spatial homogeneity within the species habitat range

provide some evidence of size-specific abundance differences with

depth (Ralston 1981). Results from French Frigate Shoals and

Necker Island show similar patterns ofjuvenile confinement to narrower depth ranges than adults. Maro Reef juveniles and adults,

however, appear to occupy the same range of depths.

Catch per unit effort data indicate a higher relative abundance

at Necker Island, French Frigate Shoals, and Brooks Banks than

elsewhere in the NWHI (Uchiyama and Tagami 1984). Opakapaka

is the dominant bottom fish species at Necker Island (44.6%),

French Frigate Shoals (52.5 %), and Brooks Banks (40.0%). A

similar trend was noted by Moffitt (1980).

Preliminary results from electrophoretic analysis of 50 loci from

opakapaka sampled throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago indicate

low genetic variability; however, the results imply, but do not prove,

a single stock within Hawaii because of the small sample size

(Shaklee and Samollow 1980).

Gear and catch

Opakapaka is caught with deep-sea handline. Annual reported landings from the NWHI ranged between 349 and 12,828 kg and averaged 4,587 kg during 1959-77 (see footnote 14). Annual statewide

landings in 1961-79 varied from 23,964 to 93,148 kg and averaged 52,683 kg. Commercially the most important bottom fish in

Hawaii, opakapaka has dominated the statewide landings of bottom fish since 1948.
LUTJANIDAE Kalekale

by Alan R. Everson

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Pristipomoides sieboldii (Bleeker 1857) (Fig. 65)

Chaetopterus sieboldii Bleeker 1857

Chaetopterus dubius Gunther 1859

Bowersia ulaula Jordan and Evermann 1905

Pristipomoides sieboldii Jordan and Thompson 1911

Ulaula sieboldii Jordan and Jordan 1927

Pristipomoides filamentosus Fowler 1931

(from Kami 1973)

Pink snapper; von Siebold's snapper; ulaula, koae, kalekale; kalikali

Life history

Commonly taken around the main islands and banks. In the NWHI,

taken on or near the bottom at depths between 91 and 219 m from

Nihoa to Ladd Seamount.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, II; A. III, 8; Gr. 21+5. Body long, slender, head bluntly

conic, with rather short snout; moderate, somewhat oblique mouth;

jaws about equal, with bands of villiform teeth on vomer, palatines,

and tongue; eye rather large, its lower border in line with the axis

of the body. Dorsal fin continuous without a notch; caudal fill densely scaled, widely forked, with equal lobes; pectoral fin slightly

hooked (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

Kalekale is often confused with opakapaka. Distinguishing

characteristics to separate species are: vomerines form an elongate

diamond-shaped patch, with the blunt end of the diamond facing

forward versus a triangular vomerine patch in opakapaka; kalekale

generally smaller, eye larger, and more scales on the lateral line

(Gosline and Brock 1960).

Kalekale silvery red with faint longitudinal blue lines in life. Dorsal and pectoral fins yellowish, ventral and anal fins clear, and tail

fin reddish (Tinker 1978).

114

Life history information on kalekale is limited. It is an opportunistic

bottom feeder and eats a variety of small fishes, crustaceans, larval squids, and tunicates (Kami 1973). The sex ratio is 78:22 (N

= 162) in favor of females. The functional length-weight relationship for 128 kalekale ranging from 24.5 to 43.5 cm FL is:

W = 2.06 X 10-9 L33702,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

Gear and catch

Kalekale is taken mainly with deep-sea handline and occasionally

by trap. Historically, kalekale has been a fairly important commercial species in Hawaii (Uchida et al. 1979). During 1961-63, annual catches rose slightly from about 8,300 to II ,000 kg, then

declined steadily until 1970 when only 2,000 kg were landed. Since

then, the catch has fluctuated within a narrow range from 2,600

to 4,400 kg. The average annual catch during 1961-79 was 4,700 kg.
Kalekale LUTJANIDAE

Figure 6S.-Pristipomoides sieboldii.

115
LUTJANIDAE Gindai

by Alan R. Everson

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Pristipomoides zonatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830) (Fig. 66)

Tropidinius zonatus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1830

Serranus brighami Seale 190 I

Apsilus brighami Jordan and Evermann 1905

Rooseveltia aloha Jordan and Snyder 1907

Rooseveltia brighami Gosline and Brock 1960

Brigham's snapper; ukiuki; kalikali; gindai; ukikikiki

Life history

Caught incidentally with other bottom fishes at various islands and

banks throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago. In the NWHI, caught

from Necker Island to Pearl and Hermes Reef at depths between

102 and 238 m near ledges and drop-offs.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. X, II; A. III, 8; PI. 16; LLps, 63-67; Gr. 7+13. Body short,

stout, moderately compressed. Head large, bluntly conic, with a

large slightly oblique mouth. Teeth onjaws, vomer, and palatines

in villiform bands. Teeth in outer series on jaws enlarged, like

canine. Single dorsal fin rather large, originating just over base of

pectoral. Pectoral fairly long, about equal to head length, its tip

reaching origin of anal fin (Masuda et al. 1975).

Distinguished from other snappers by its unique coloration. Four

broad yellow bands on upper half of body, the last extending to

the base of the caudal fm. Three light red bands about equal in width

to the yellow bands between these yellow bands. Lower half of body

yellow, head and snout bright golden red, underside of the body

reddish (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

116

Little is known about the life history of gindai. Preliminary estimates

of von Bertalanffy growth parameters were obtained using counts

of annuli on otoliths. The von Bertalanffy growth equation for gindai is:

L, = 43.I(l-e- 109(t-151»

where Ll = fork length (cm) expressed as a function of time t in

years (Uchiyama and Tagami 1984). Estimates place a 3-year-old

at 34.5 cm, 4-year-old at 40.2 cm, 5-year-old at 42.1 cm, and

6-year-old at 42.7 cm.

Gindai's reproductive cycle is probably similar to that of other

snappers, and hydrated eggs develop in late summer; ovaries in

ripe condition were collected in August at Laysan Island. The sex

ratio is 57:43 (N = 106) in favor of females.

The functional length-weight relationship for 86 gindai ranging

from 26.3 to 48.9 cm FL is:

W = 7.12 X 10-9 U 1878 ,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (mm) (Uchiyama et

al. 1984).

Gear and catch

Species is taken mainly by deep-sea handline. Gindai contributes

little to the commercial bottom fish catch in the Hawaiian Islands.

During 1961-70, the annual catch fluctuated between 212 and 1,680

kg and averaged 764 kg.
Gindai LUTJANIDAE

Figure 66.-Pristipomoides zona/us.

117
MULLIDAE Moano

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Parupeneus multifasciatus (Quoy and Gaimard 1824) (Fig. 67)

Mullus multifasciatus Quoy and Gaimard 1824

Pseudupeneus multifasciatus Jenkins 1902

Upeneus multifasciatus Fowler 1922

Mullus trifasciatus (not Lacepede) Cuvier 1829

Upeneus trifasciatus Lay and Bennett 1839

Upeneus velifer Smith and Swain 1882

Upeneus bifasciatus (not Lacepede) Sauvage 1891

Upenoides vittatus (not Forssk~l) Sauvage 1891

Parupeneus trifasciatus Steindachner 1901

(from Fowler 1933)

Red and black banded goatfish; moano

Life history

Occurs commonly in waters around all major islands. In the NWHI,

distributed from Middle Bank to Kure Atoll in waters from I to

77 m.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. VIII, 9; A. 7; LLs. 37. Body rather short, deep, compressed,

head rather large, snout long, projecting; mouth slightly oblique,

large; maxillary broad at tip; teeth rather large, wide set in a single

row in each jaw, none on vomer or palatines; eye small, in posterior

half of head; barbels long, reaching nearly to base of ventrals; interorbital space high, convex; opercular spine small, flat; scales large.

not firm, edges finely and obscurely ctenoid; lateral line parallel

with back, pores not numerously branched (Jordan and Evermann

1905).

Pale rosy red; snout and head smoky red; broad dark red band

covering body from eye to origin of spinous dorsal, followed by

a pale red band as broad as base of spinous dorsal. A double dark

red band extending from the last dorsal spine to the eighth dorsal

ray with much black above but scarcely any below the lateral line.

followed by a pale band around the anterior end of caudal peduncle, and a dark band around the midregion of the caudal peduncle.

Spinous dorsal fin rosy at base, black on distal portion, and a little

yellowish in center. Soft dorsal greenish yellow at base, outer threefourths blackish. Pectorals yellow, rosy on base and in axil; anal

fin rosy with cross lines of whitish and anterior border blackish;

and caudal dull rosy, edges black (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

118

Included among species that occurred in the outer nearshore zone

of all the islands in the NWHI surveyed by the HDAR (Okamoto

and Kawamoto 1980), the moano is included in this atlas as a

representative species of the Family Mullidae which contains many

members highly prized in the commercial and recreational fisheries

in the Hawaiian Islands.

Moano feeds heavily on crabs and shrimps. At Midway, 95%

of the gut content of moano consists of xanthid crabs, mainly Leptodius exaratus, and 65% portunid crabs, mostly Thalamita integra,

and T. admete (Sorden 1983). The shrimps include unidentified carideans, alpheids, and Rhynchocinetes rugulosus, the latter found only

in the moano among several species of goatfish diets studied.

Polychaetes including glycerids, Glycera tesselata, opheliids, Armandia intermedia and Polyophythalmus pictus, and two nereid

species are other food items in the sample.

Moano occurs over reef and sand pockets either solitarily or in

groups of two or three and actively probes cracks and crevices on

the reef and pockets ofsand with their barbels (Hobson 1974). The

species is active through twilight and inactive after dark, but on

bright moonlit nights some individuals swim over the reef.

The species spawns at dusk 2 days before the full moon (Lobel

1978). Moano aggregates about a meter above sandy areas 10 m

deep next to reefs. The largest fish, presumably the male, is darker

than the others and darts conspicuously around and through the aggregation until another fish joins it. The pair then ascends, side

by side, spawns while swimming forward just beneath the surface,

then descends to the reef.

Gear and catch

Species is taken mainly by trap and handline. In 1961-79, the annual catch fluctuated from 3,206 to 9,528 kg and averaged 5,074

kg. There is no fishery for the species in the NWHI.
Moano MULLIDAE

Figure 67.-Parupeneus multifasciatus.

119
PENTACEROTIDAE Pelagic Armorhead

by Richard N. Uchida

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Pseudopentaceros wheeleri Hardy 1983 (Fig. 68)

Pseudopentaceros richardsoni Abe 1957

Pentaceros richardsoni Follett and Dempster 1963

Pseudopentaceros wheeleri Hardy 1983

(?) Pseudopentaceros pectoralis Hardy 1983

(from Hardy 1983)

Pelagic armorhead; armorhead; boarfish; kusakari tsubodai

Distribution

Occurs primarily at Hancock Seamounts in the NWHI at depths

of 256-366 m; also at Kure Atoll and Ladd Seamount (its presence

at these latter two locations representing a range extension). 19

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XIII-XIV, 8-9; A. IV, 7-8; PI. 17-18; Gr. 7-8+ 16-18. Body

ovate and compressed; dorsal and anal fin profiles evenly curved;

head pointed, encased in exposed striated bones, some of which

are rugulose or finely wrinkled. Dorsal spines strong, heterocanth,

longitudinally ridged. Generally odd-numbered spines inclined to

the left, even-numbered ones to the right. However, this character

is not consistent (Abe 1957).

Mouth moderate with cleft slightly oblique; lower jaw projecting forward of upper, with maxilla terminating at anterior edge of

a wide irregular area of cheek which is covered with small scutelike

scales. Nostrils close together and located slightly closer to the orbital margin than to tip of snout. Lateral line prominent, arching

from its origin near the top of the opercle to the base of the fourth

and fifth dorsal spines, then running almost parallel to the dorsal

outline caudal peduncle and backwards to base of caudal.

Polymorphic; varies from "fat" pelagic type to "lean" seamount

type. Morphometric measurements of this species may not be

reliable characteristics because of extensive morphological variations, possibly related to spawning (Takahashi and Sasaki 1977;

Humphreys et a1. 1984; Uchida and Tagami 1984b).

In fresh specimens, upper half of body bluish-gray and paler

below. Snout, interorbital, and occipital regions of the head tinged

with brown.

Life history

In the central North Pacific, spawning of pelagic armorhead begins

from about November-December, peaks in January-February, and

declines in March (Takahashi and Sasaki 1977). The free-floating

eggs and larvae are dispersed by the North Equatorial Current

(Chikuni 1971). By March-April, large numbers of young pelagic

armorhead are seen atop the seamounts (Sakiura 1972). The pelagic

stage lasts until the juvenile attains 25-30 cm FL and descends to

the seamount summits to begin a demersal existence.

'9Tagami, D. T., Research Assistant, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. August 1983.

120

The pelagic armorhead, unlike many mesopelagic seamount

species, does not confine itself exclusively to the demersal environment throughout its lifetime but also migrates into the epipelagic

regime. Catches by Japanese trawlers indicate the fish at depths

between 300 and 600 m over the central North Pacific seamounts.

Other reports indicate that pelagic armorhead is caught in salmon

gill nets or with handline near the surface. The species has also

been found in stomachs of surface feeding sei whales. This points

to the possibility of extensive vertical migration by the species.

Investigators disagree on time of vertical movement. Some report

that pelagic armorhead rises to the surface at night, feeding on

organisms such as euphausids, mysids, copepods, salps, shrimps,

and myctophids which are usually associated with the deep-scattering

layer that ascends toward the surface at night (Hart 1973; Sasaki

1973). Others report that armorhead rises to the surface during the

day and descends to the summits at night (Sakiura 1972; Kuroiwa

1973). The NMFS bottom trawl catches were better at night than

day indicating that the species was associated with the seamount

summit at night.

The fork lengths of unsexed armorhead taken by trawling on

NMFS cruises show strong unimodal distributions. At NW Hancock fish ranges between 233 and 398 mm FL and averages 297

mm; 67 % of the fish falls between 290 and 310 mm. At SE Hancock, the fish does not appear to differ in size from those at NW

Hancock. It ranges from 233 to 359 mm and averages 299 mm,

and about 62 % of the fish falls within 290 and 310 mm.

Females are significantly larger than males (Humphreys et al. 1984).

Japanese data indicate that the size of armorhead taken from all

the central North Pacific seamounts tended to decrease from 1969

to 1972, then to increase from 1973 to 1976. In all years studied,

the size range was narrow. Other studies confirm that no significant differences in fish size occur among the seamounts (Sakiura

1972; Iguchi 1973; Sasaki 1974; Aomori Prefectural Fisheries Experimental Station 1976).

Annual marks are found on the sagittae (otoliths), centrum of

vertebrae, and spines of the dorsal, pelvic, and anal fins. Annuli

counts are consistent among these hard parts. Preliminary lengthage relationships of the pelagic armorhead caught at Hancock Seamounts are 28.8 cm for males and 30.4 cm for females at 2 years

and 29.5 cm for males and 31.0 cm for females at 3 years. A few

age determinations made by enumerating daily increments on the

sagittae are in agreement with ages estimated by annuli. 20 However,

both methods used to estimate age of the pelagic armorhead have

2·Uchiyama, J. H., and J. D. Sampaga. Age and growth estimates of the pelagic

armorhead, Pentaceros richardsoni. Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Nall. Mar.

Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822~2396 (manuscr. in prep.).
Pelagic Armorhead PENTACEROTIDAE

Figure 68.-Pseudopenlaceros wheeleri.

not been validated. Another aging study using scales estimates that

a 22-cm pelagic armorhead is 3 years old and a 32-cm fish is 6

years old (Chikuni 1970).

Gear and catch

Pelagic armorhead is taken mainly with bottom trawl, although small

numbers are also taken by handline gear. Traps apparently are ineffective (Uchida and Tagami 1984b).

Catch data, available from the Japanese trawl fishery, showed

that at Hancock Seamounts, the annual catchin 1969-81 varied between 67 and 8,518 MT and averaged 1,234 MT. Since 1977 when

the MFCMA went into effect, however, annual catches have not

exceeded 739 MT. Annual catches from the remaining seamounts

in the central North Pacific varied from 433 to 32,794 MT and

averaged 12,928 MT in 1969-81.

121
ACANTHURIDAE Naenae

by Victor A. Honda

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Acanthurus olivaceus (Bloch and Schneider 1801) (Fig. 69)

Acanthurus nigricans var. olivaceus Bloch and Schneider 1801

Acanthurus eparei Lesson 1830

Acanthurus humeralis Cuvier and Valenciennes 1835

Ctenodon erythromelas Swainson 1839 (error or emendation for Acanthurus eparei Lesson)

Harpurus paroticus Forster 1844

Acanthurus chrysosoma Bleeker 1857

(?) Rhombotides xanthosoma Bleeker 1865

Rhombotides olivaceus Bleeker 1865

Teuthis olivaceus Seale 1901

Hepatus olivaceus Jordan and Evermann 1905

Hepatus chrysosoma Fowler 1928

(from Randall 1956)

Surgeonfish; orange spot tang; naenae

Life history

Inhabits the main islands. Occurs at Middle Bank, Nihoa, and

Necker Island in waters from 33 to 77 m (NMFS survey). Present

inshore as far northwest as Maro Reef (Okamoto and Kawamoto

1980). Inhabits deeper waters of the subsurge zone (about 4-128

m), usually over sandy areas interspersed with coral or basalt structures (Jones 1968).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. IX, 23-25; A. III, 22-24; PI. 16-27; Gr. 24-28 (Masuda et al.

1975). Body rather deeply ovoid, greatest depth at middle of pectoral; head deep, compressed, with steep, convex upper profile;

jaws slightly produced, lower jaw inferior; mouth small, oblique;

teeth broad with sharp cutting edge; margin of opercle oblique, angle

below anterior margin of eye; nostrils round, close together, anterior

to eye. Last dorsal spine longest; pectoral pointed, equal to head;

caudal deep, broad, rays long, pointed; caudal spine depressible

in a groove; scales ctenoid, small; lateral line arched following dorsal profile of back (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

In life purplish black, breast bluish, black edged orange bar on

shoulder region running posteriorly from upper angle of opercle

to area below sixth dorsal spine; dorsal nearly black, membranes

slightly bluish; caudal nearly black, same as dorsal, posterior onethird white edged with black; anal same as ventrals edged with black,

membranes mottled with blue; pectoral same as ventrals except

posterior third dirty-white; iris black, inside edge bright yellow.

Orange bar lacking in young specimens but solid orange-yellow

in life (Jordan and Evermann 1905; Gosline and Brock 1960).

122

The orange-yellow young metamorphose and assume the adult coloration at about 29-55 mm SL (Randall 1956). The species is considered a grazer, picking up large quantities of the substratum while

feeding, irrespective of whether the material is rasped away from

rock or picked up as loose sand (Jones 1968). As a result, the gut

contents include considerable inorganic sediments (Gosline and

Brock 1960). Coralline algae, gastropods, and foraminiferans are

found in stomachs of fishes in the Marshall Islands, but their

presence may be due to accidental ingestion while feeding (Hiatt

and Strasburg 1960).

Gear and catch

Naenae is caught mainly in traps although the species is also taken

in gill nets. The annual commercial catch in 1976-79 varied from

385 to 963 kg and averaged 556 kg.
Naenae ACANTHURIDAE

Figure 69.-Acanthurus olivaceus.

123
ACANTHURIDAE Kala

by Victor A. Honda

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Distribution

Naso unicornis (Forssk~l 1775) (Fig. 70)

Chaetodon unicornis Forssk~1 1775

Monoceros biaculeatus Bloch and Schneider 1801

Monoceros raii Bloch and Schneider 1801

Naso fronticornis Lacepede 1802

Aspisurus unicornis Ruppell 1828

Naseus fronticornis Cuvier and Valenciennes 1835

Naseus olivaceus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1835

Harpurus monoceros Foster and Lichtenstein 1844

Priodon anginosus Bleeker 1854

Naseus unicornis Gunther 1861

Monoceros marginatus Seale 1901

Acanthurus unicornis Jordan and Evermann 1905

Naseus (tapeinosoma ?) Weber 1913

Monoceros unicornis Barnard 1925

Prionolepis hewitti Smith 1935

(from De Beaufort and Chapman 1951)

Surgeonfish; unicornfish; long-snouted unicornfish; kala

Life history

Occurs throughout the main islands. Present on all islands in the

NWHI from Nihoa to Kure Atoll (Okamoto and Kawamoto 1980)

and Bank 8 (JAMARC 1973). Inhabits subsurge areas (about 30

m) of moderate to dense coral growth, including fringing reefs,

deepwater reef patches, reef filled bays, and coral rich parts of the

lagoon (Jones 1968).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. V-VI, 27-31; A. II, 26-30; Gr. 4+9 (Masuda et al. 1975). Body

short, deep, compressed, elevated anteriorly, highest at beginning

of dorsal fin; snout pointed, usually projecting beyond frontal horn;

horn projecting forward and downward from the preopercular

region, varying greatly with age, most prominent in adult and scarcely developed in young; teeth small, bluntly pointed canines not serrated, close set, slightly recurved; short, nearly vertical shallow

groove anterior to eye below nostrils. Origin of dorsal over upper

end of gill opening; dorsal spines strong, rough, the first two in

head, others successively short; dorsal ray slender, weak; origin

of anal under base ofsixth dorsal spine; anal spines and rays short;

caudal deeply lunate; skin uniform, rough velvety; caudal peduncle with two low spiniferous plates on each side (Jordan and Evermann 1905).

In life, dirty olive, paler below; top of head and horn dark

olivaceous; caudal spines pale blue; dorsal fin pale blue, crossed

by six narrow pale yellow lines curving upward and backward, edge

of fin narrowly blue; anal similarly marked.

124

Juveniles have rows of dark spots on a light-colored body. At about

12 cm SL, the horn becomes evident. Metamorphosis takes place

at about 65 mm SL and the young are occasionally caught in tide

pools (Gosline and Brock 1960). The lunate caudal fin of the adult

undergoes a change with growth as the upper lobe elongates into

a filament (Aoyagi 1943). Kala, a browser, is a true herbivore. It

feeds by biting and tearing off bits of multicellular benthic algae

without ingesting any of the inorganic substrate (Jones 1968).

Gear and catch

Kala is taken mainly by gill nets; traps and bag nets contribute

smaller amounts. In 1961-79, the annual commercial catch of kala

varied between 5,878 and 17,799 kg and averaged 10,081 kg.
Kala _ ACANTHURIDAE

Figure 70.-Naso unicornis.

125
SCOMBRIDAE Wahoo

by Steven H. Kramer

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Acanthocybium solandri (Cuvier 1831) (Fig. 71)

Cybium Solandri Cuvier 1831

Scomber lanceolatus (Solander) Cuvier 1831

Cybium sara Lay and Bennet 1839

Cybium petus Poey 1868

Acanthocybium petus Poey 1868

Cybium verany Doderlain 1872

Acanthocybium solandri Jordan 1884

Acanthocybium forbesi Seale 1912

Acanthocybium sara Kishinouye 1915

Scomber amarui Curtis 1938

Acanthocybrium solandri Copley 1952 (misspelled)

(from Jones and Silas 1964)

Wahoo; ono

Distribution

Occurs widely in open ocean around the main islands. Present from

Nihoa to Kure Atoll in the NWHI at depths from the surface to

183 m. Adult wahoo epipelagic and usually associates with banks,

pinnacles, and islands; also found around flotsam far out at sea.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XXill-XXVII, ill, 9-10+8-10; A. ill, 9-10+8-9. Unique among

the scombrids in having reticulated gills and lacking gill rakers.

Body elongate and semifusiform, covered with small lanceolate

scales. Head long, tapering to a conical snout from which the lower

jaw projects slightly. Dentition consists of approximately 50 laterally

compressed, slightly serrated, triangular teeth in a single series

which increase in size posteriorly (Jones and Silas 1964).

Intermuscular bones inserted on ribs. First dorsal approximately uniform in height when erect. Pectorals short, reaching to below

the 10th dorsal spine. Lateral line strongly arched under the 17th

dorsal spine. Numerous branches extend dorsoventrally along the

lateral line. Caudal fin lunate.

In life dark blue dorsally becoming silver ventrally. On young

or stressed fish, 24-30 irregular dark blue vertical bars laterally

on body.

Life history

Wahoo appears to spawn year round in the tropics and during the

summer months in the higher latitudes, including Hawaii, as

evidenced by dates and locations of larval collection in the central

Pacific (Matsumoto 1967). Size at maturity is undetermined,

although immature fish as large as 63 cm have been found in NMFS

samples. In a preliminary study, gonad development was found to

be highly heterogeneous with entirely different ova development

laterally and longitudinally. 21

Wahoo of about 131 cm spawns an estimated 6.1 million eggs

"Prescott, J. H., Fishery Biologist, Department of Primary Industry, Fisheries

Research Station, P. O. Box 5, Daru. Western Province, Papua New Guinea, pers.

commun. April 1982.

126

per spawning (Iversen and Yoshida 1957). This compares favorably

with an estimate of 6.9 million eggs per spawning for a 139-cm

fish from the Gulf of Mexico. 22 Larvae are free floating and are

found near and far from land. The number of spawnings per year

remains undetermined.

In the NWHI, wahoo feeds on fish, cephalopods, and to a small

extent, crustaceans. 23 Fish are the major prey items; Decapterus

sp., Scombridae, and Balistidae most frequently occur in the diet.

Cephalopods consist mostly ofsquid and to a lesser degree octopus.

Crab megalops and stomatopods represent the small portion of

crustaceans in the wahoo diet. It appears that wahoo forages on

open water, outer reef, and flotsam-associated prey. Time of feeding

is undetermined.

Wahoo are parasitized by copepods externally and trematodes

and nematodes internally. The giant trematodes found posteriorly

in the stomach have been identified as Hirudinella ventricosa

(Nigrelli and Stunkard 1947).

Based on counts of daily growth rings on otoliths taken from five

fish in the NWHI, the growth was linear for the size range examined

(63-131 cm FL). The model predicts an age of I year for a fish

50.6 cm and 2 years for one 121.7 cm. 24

The length-weight relationship of 139 wahoo from the NWHI is:

W = 3.55 X 10- 7 L35839,

where W = weight (kg) and L = fork length (cm). The large exponent, 3.5839, is approximately equivalent to the 3.50583 for

wahoo in the Line Islands (Iversen and Yoshida 1957). Both reflect

the elongate fusiform body of wahoo.

Wahoo is a high-level predator, preying on fish and cephalopods.

In turn, the wahoo infrequently becomes the prey of billfish such

as the sailfish, lstiophorus americanus (Beardsley et al. 1972). It

"Finucane, J. H., Southeast Fish. Cent. Panama City Lab., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv.,

NOAA, Panama City, FL 32407, pers. commun. August 1980.

"Kramer, S. H. Diet of the wahoo, Acanthocybium solandri (Cuvier and Valenciennes), in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab.,

Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396 (manuscr. in prep.).

"Uchiyama, J. H., Fishery Biologist, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. April 1982.
Wahoo SCOMBRIDAE

Figure 71.-Acanlhocybium solandri.

is also conceivable that wahoo may fall prey to sharks of the Family Lamnidae or other fast-swimming predators. Juveniles may also

be cannibalized by adults. 25

Gear and catch

The species is caught principally by trolling and longline. Wahoo

does not constitute a major fishery anywhere. In American Samoa,

wahoo is landed as an incidental catch of the longline fishery and

is canned, primarily for local consumption.

In Hawaii, wahoo is sold fresh. Annual landings in 1961-79

ranged from 10,093 to 101,347 kg and averaged 34,773 kg.

Although wahoo is not a major species in the Hawaiian fishery,

it is nonetheless an important food and sport fish. In recent years,

the trend in catch of wahoo has been upward in response to an everincreasing demand for the species. Many vessels now fishing in

the NWHI troll for wahoo before returning to Honolulu.

"Kikkawa, B. T., Research Assistant, Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu Lab., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, pers. commun. April 1982.

127
SCOMBRIDAE Kawakawa

by James H. Uchiyama

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular name

Distribution

Euthynnus affinis (Cantor 1850) (Fig. 72)

1hynnus affinis Cantor 1850

1hynnus thunnina Temminck and Schlegel 1850

Auxis taso Bleeker 1850

Euthynnus allettera Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder 1913

Euthynnus yaito Kishinouye 1923

Gymnosarda alletteratus Meek and Hildebrand 1923

Wanderer wallisi Whitley 1937

Euthynnus affinis affinis Fraser-Brunner 1949

Euthynnus affinis yaito Fraser-Brunner 1949

Euthynnus alletteratus affinis De Beaufort 1951

Euthynnus wallisi Whitley 1964

(from Yoshida 1979)

Little tuna; kawakawa

Life history

Occurs around the main islands and in the NWHI from Middle Bank

to Kure Atoll.

Completes its entire life cycle within the coastal province. Larvae captured in midocean probably carried away from coastal areas

by prevailing currents (Yoshida 1979).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XIV-XV, 12-13; A. 13-14; Gr. 7-9+1+22-24 (GodsilI954).

Body elongated, robust, and fusiform; two dorsal fins separated

by a narrow interdorsal space, eight dorsal and seven anal fimets,

and a lunate caudal fin. Pectoral fins not extending to interdorsal

space. Body naked except for a corselet and lateral line. Snout

pointed with a terminal mouth, which extends to or slightly beyond

the vertical axis through the middle of the eye. Caudal keels not

well developed.

In life, blue to indigo background up to the middle of the first

dorsal fin on the back superimposed by black wavy lines. Top of

the head and corselet black to dusky and sides of head silvery. Lower

half of body silvery white. Black or dusky spots between the pectoral and pelvic fins but not always conspicuous (Godsil 1954;

Fischer and Whitehead 1974).

128

Kawakawa is heterosexual; males and females are externally similar.

There is no record of hermaphroditism. In the NWHI, milt was

found in the testes of a male 40.9 cm FL, and ovaries in the developing stage were found in females as small as 38 cm FL. The spawning season is probably during the summer although spent ovaries

were found in fishes captured in March and November.

Fecundity estimates of Indian Ocean kawakawa are 0.21 million

eggs per spawning and 0.79 million eggs per year for a 48.0-cm

fish and 0.68 million eggs per spawning and 2.5 million eggs per

year for a 65.0-cm fish (Rao 1964).

Kawakawa has been induced to spawn in captivity (Kaya et al.

1981). Growth is rapid. In the NWHI kawakawa attains a length

of 40 cm in 1 year and 67 cm in 2 years (Uchiyama 1980).

Kawakawa feeds opportunistically on crustaceans, fishes, and

squid (Welsh 1950; Tester and Nakamura 1957).

Nothing is known about the migratory habits of the species.

Because kawakawa are seldom caught beyond 20 nmi from an island

or bank, they are thought to be constantly associated with coastal

areas or submerged banks.

The length-weight relationship of kawakawa from Hawaiian

waters is:

W = 2.3829 X \0-5 L3.1544,

where W = weight (lb) and L = fork length (cm) (Tester and

Nakamura 1957).

Gear and catch

The species frequently comprises the incidental catch of the poleand-line skipjack tuna fishing vessels operating in Hawaiian waters.

It is also taken by trolling. Annual landings ofkawakawa in 1961-79

ranged from 936 to 43,862 kg and averaged 19,074 kg. The species

is of minor importance in the commercial fishery in Hawaii.
Kawakawa SCOMBRIDAE

Figure 72.-Euthynnus a/finis.

129
SCOMBRIDAE Skipjack Tuna

by James H. Uchiyama

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Katsuwonus pelamis (Linnaeus 1758) (Fig. 73)

Scomber pelamis Linnaeus 1758

Scomber pelamys Bloch and Schneider 1801

Scomber pelamides Lacepede 1802

7hynnus pelamis Risso 1826

7hynnus vagans Lesson 1828

7hynnus pelamys Cuvier and Valenciennes 1831

Pelamys pelamys Bleeker 1862

Orcynnus pelamys Poey 1868

Euthynnus pelamys Jordan and Gilbert 1882

Gymnosarda pelamis Dresslar and Fesler 1889

Euthynnus pelamis Smitt 1893

Katsuwonus pelamys Kishinouye 1915

Gymnosarda pelamys Thompson 1918

Katsuwonus pelamis Kishinouye 1923

Katsuwonus vagans Jordan, Evermann, and Clark 1930

Katsuwonus pelamis Herre 1933

Euthynnus (Katsuwonus) pelamis Fraser-Brunner 1950

(from Matsumoto et al. 1984)

Skipjack tuna; aku

Distribution

Distributed throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago. Usually occurs

in surface schools associated with bird flocks.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XIV-XV, 1,13-14; A. II, 12-13; PI. 26-27; 7-9 dorsal and 7-8

anal finlets (Waldron 1963). Body elongate, robust, rounded in cross

section, fusiform; two dorsal fins separated by a small interspace

not larger than eye diameter; tail lunate; anal fin under second dorsal

pectoral fins short, triangular; two flaps between pelvic fins. Head

conical, mouth terminal, large; maxillary extends to about vertical

axis through eye; body naked except for corselet and lateral line.

Strong keel present on both sides of caudal peduncle with two

smaller keels at caudal end.

In life dark purplish blue dorsally with occasional flashes of irregular line patterns of bright phosphorescent blue. Lower sides

and belly silvery with four to six dark longitudinal bands.

Life history

Spawning occurs in late February-September in Hawaiian waters

(Brock 1954). Skipjack tuna reaches sexual maturity at about 40-45

cm FL (about 1 year old) (Brock 1954). Fecundity estimates range

from 290,000 to 1,880,000 eggs per spawning for fish 43.8 to 86.7

cm long (Morris 1966). Skipjack tuna are believed to be multiple

spawners (Brock 1954; Morris 1966).

130

Fertilization is external (Waldron 1963). Fertilized eggs hatch

in 30-31 h at 25°-26°C (Kaya et al. 1982). The larvae average 2.94

mm at hatching. 26 Growth is rapid; the fish reaches 44 cm in I year,

68 cm in 2 years, and 82 cm in 3 years (Uchiyama and Struhsaker

1981). The species attains 90 cm in Hawaiian waters.

Skipjack tuna feeds on a wide variety of organisms. Stomach contents of central Pacific fish consist primarily of fish; molluscs rank

second, and crustaceans third (Yuen 1959; Waldron and King 1963).

During summer, large skipjack tuna (>60 cm) feeds primarily on

fish (90 %); whereas among smaller fish «60 cm) crustaceans and

molluscs are predominant (Yuen 1959).

Skipjack tuna is known to migrate long distances. Fish tagged

in the eastern and western Pacific have been recovered in Hawaiian

waters (Josse et al. 1979).

Short-term local movement ofskipjack tuna has been studied using

sonic tags. A school of small skipjack tuna spent the day on the

bank and off the bank at night (Yuen 1970). Small skipjack tuna

also appears to keep its association with a school for a long time

and remains in the same area for almost 3 months (Yamashita and

Waldron 1959). Large skipjack tuna (ca. 70 cm) apparently behaves

differently (Dizon et al. 1978). It is independent of bank and remains in waters above 20°C 85 %of the time, occasionally making

excursions into cold water.

The length-weight relationship of central Pacific skipjack is:

W = 4.546 X 10-9 L336836,

where W = weight (lb) and L = fork length (mm) (Nakamura and

Uchiyama 1966).

"Hendrix, S. B. 1982. Factors affecting the growth and survival of skipjack luna,

Katsuwonus pelamis, larvae reared in the laboratory. Southwest Fish. Cent. Honolulu

Lab., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96822-2396, Admin. Rep.

H-82-23C, 15 p.
Skipjack Tuna SCOMBRIDAE

Figure 73.-Kalsuwonus pelJunis.

Gear and catch

In Hawaiian waters, the species is caught almost exclusively by

pole and line and live bait; small quantities are also landed by trolling. Descriptions of the fishery and trends in catches are found in

June (1951) and Uchida (1966, 1967, 1976).

Annual landings of skipjack tuna in 1961-79 from water around

the main islands fluctuated widely from 2,292 to 7,329 MT and

averaged 4,073 MT. Currently, there is no Hawaiian fishery for

the species in the NWHI. A pole-and-line, live bait fishery,

however, was known to operate in the NWHI during the 1970's

as an outgrowth of the Japanese albacore fishery. In the summer

of 1977, the Japanese harvested an estimated 4,375 MT within the

FCZ of the NWHI (Yong and Wetherall 1980).

I31
SCOMBRIDAE Yellowfin Tuna

by James H. Uchiyama

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Thunnus albacares (Bonnaterre 1788) (Fig. 74)

Scornber albacares Bonnaterre 1788

Scornber albacorus Lacepede 1800

Thynnus argentivittatus Cuvier and Valenciennes 1831

Scornber Sloanei Cuvier and Valenciennes 1831

Thynnus albacora Lowe 1839

Thynnus macropterus Temminck and Schlegel 1844

Thunnus argentivittatus South 1845

Orcynus subulatus Poey 1875

Orcynus albacora Poey 1875

Orcynus macropterus Kitahara 1897

Gerrno macropterus Jordan and Snyder 1901

Thunnus macropterus Jordan, Tanaka, and Snyder 1913

Thunnus allisoni Mowbray 1920

Gerrno argentivittatus Nichols and Murphy 1922

Gerrno allisoni Nichols 1923

Neothunnus rnacropterus Kishinouye 1923

Thunnus subulatus Jordan and Evermann 1926

Neothunnus catalinae Jordan and Evermann 1926

Neothunnus albacora Jordan and Evermann 1926

Neothunnus itosibi Jordan and Evermann 1926

Neothunnus albacores Jordan and Evermann 1926

Neothunnus allisoni Jordan and Evermann 1926

Kishinoella zacalles Jordan and Evermann 1926

Semathunnus guildi Fowler 1933

Semathunnus itosibi Fowler 1933

Neothunnus argentivittatus Beebe and Tee-Van 1936

Gerrno albacora Fowler 1936

Thunnus albacora Tortonese 1939

Gerrno itosibi Smith 1949

Neothunnus albacora brevipinna Bellon and Bardan de Bellon 1949

Neothunnus albacora longipinna Bellon and Bardan de Bellon 1949

Neothunnus rnacropterus rnacropterus Bellon and Bardan de Bellon 1949

Neothunnus macropterus itosibi Bellon and Bardan de Bellon 1949

Neothunnus brevipinna Postel 1950

Thunnus zacalles Fraser-Brunner 1950

Thunnus albacares Ginsburg 1953

Thunnus catalinae Ginsburg 1953

Neothunnus albacores Mather 1954

Thunnus albacares Le Danois 1954

Neothunnus albacora macropterus Schultz 1960

Thunnus albacares macropterus Jones and Silas 1963

Thunnus itosibi Jones and Silas 1963

(from Gibbs and Collette 1967)

Yellowfin tuna; ahi

Distribution

Occurs throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago.

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XIV-II, 12; A. II, 12 (Jordan and Evermann 1905). Body

fusiform, slightly compressed laterally. Two dorsal fins separated

132

by a narrow interspace; caudal fin lunate; moderately long pectoral

fins reach beyond origin of second dorsal but not beyond end of

its base; a pair of interpelvic processes between pelvic fms. On some

large specimens the second dorsal and anal fins long (20% of FL).

Head conical, terminal mouth reaching vertical axis through anterior

of eye. Body wholly covered with small scales; corselet present.

Well-developed keel on each side of the caudal peduncle between

two small keels at the caudal end; 8-10 dorsal and 7-1 0 anal finlets
Yellowfin Tuna SCOMBRIDAE

Figure 74.-1'hunnus albacares.

on caudal peduncle. Individuals with undeveloped second dorsal

and anal fins resemble bigeye tuna from which it can be distinguished

by the lack ofstriations on the ventral surface of the liver (Fischer

and Whitehead 1974).

In life, dark blue to black dorsally, silver ventrally; yellow or

golden band occasionally visible from snout to tail on sides. Faint

vertical lines alternating with vertical rows of spots present on the

ventral half of the body. Dorsal and anal fins, all finlets, and caudal

fin bright yellow. Finlets have narrow black border (Gibbs and Collette 1967).

Life history

The species is heterosexual and exhibits no externally visible sexual dimorphism (Cole 1980). Observations during NWHI survey

cruises showed that sexually mature males can be as small as 88

cm; whereas the smallest female with ripe ovaries was 116 cm.

These sizes at maturity agree with past estimates of sexual maturity for central and western Pacific yellowfin tuna (June 1953; Yuen

and June 1957; Kikawa 1962). Spawning occurs from May through

October in Hawaiian waters (June 1953). Fecundity estimates range

from 2.37 to 8.59 million eggs per spawning for fish 47 to 88 kg

(June 1953). The species is a multiple spawner; however, the frequency of spawning per season is undetermined.

Artificially fertilized eggs were observed to hatch in 25-36 h at

a water temperature of 23.7" to 27.0°C. The larvae are 2.2 mm

at hatching and grow to 3.1 mm in 4 days (Inoue et al. 1974).

Growth is rapid; the species attains 53 cm at 1 year and 90 cm at

2 years (Uchiyama and Struhsaker 1981).

133

Yellowfin tuna around Hawaii feeds on fishes, crustaceans, and

molluscs, primarily cephalopods (Welsh 1950; Tester and Nakamura

1957). Small yellowfin tuna «100 cm) feeds primarily on crustacean larvae; medium-sized fish (100-129 cm) feeds mostly on crustacean larvae and squids; whereas large fish (>130 cm) feeds primarily

on fish and squid (Reintjes and King 1953).

Not much is known about the migration of yellowfin tuna in the

NWHI. Of 203 fish tagged, there was only a single recovery. The

fish moved 31 nmi in 37 days.

The length-weight relationship derived from a sample of 4,822

fish is:

W = 3.256 X 10-5 005834,

where W = weight (lb) and L = fork length (mm) (Nakamura and

Uchiyama 1966).

Gear and catch

Yellowfin tuna is caught mainly by longline, pole and line, trolling, and handline (ika-shibi and palu-ahi). Annual landings of this

species, second only to skipjack tuna in importance in the Hawaiian

fishery, fluctuated widely in 1961-79 from 17,457 to 962,641 kg

and averaged 434,624 kg. Most of the fish are taken around the

main islands and substantial numbers are now taken off the Island

of Hawaii in the ika-shibi fishery (Yuen 1979).

In 1977 in the NWHI, 337 and 403 MT of yellowfin tuna were

taken by Japanese baitboats and longliners, respectively (Yong and

Wetherall 1980).
SCOMBRIDAE Bigeye Tuna

by James H. Uchiyama

Valid name

Synonymy

Common and

vernacular names

Thunnus obesus (Lowe 1839) (Fig. 75)

Thynnus obesus Lowe 1839

Thynnus sibi Temminck and Schlegel 1844

Orcynus sibi Kitahara 1897

Thunnus sibi Jordan and Snyder 1901

Genno sibi Jordan and Snyder 1901

Thunnus mebachi Kishinouye 1915

Parathunnus mebachi Kishinouye 1923

Parathunnus sibi Jordan and Hubbs 1925

Parathunnus obesus Jordan and Evermann 1926

Thunnus obesus Fraser-Brunner 1950

Parathunnus obesus mebachi Jones and Silas 1960

Thunnus obesus sibi Jones and Silas 1963

Thunnus obesus mebachi Jones and Silas 1964

(from Gibbs and Collette 1967)

Bigeye tuna; poo-nui; mebachi shibi

Distribution

Occurs throughout the Hawaiian Archipelago, however, caught only

at Ladd and Nero Seamounts and Raita Bank in NWHI during

NMFS surveys. Young bigeye tuna «20 kg) usually associated with

shallow banks. Large individuals believed to inhabit deeper waters

between 150 and 200 m (Hanamoto 1976).

Distinguishing characteristics

D. XIV, 15; A. 14 (Godsil and Byers 1944); Gr. 23-31 (Gibbs and

Collette 1967). Body fusiform, slightly compressed laterally; dorsal fins separated by a narrow interspace; caudal fin lunate; pectoral fins extend past the anterior edge of second dorsal; two interpelvic processes between pelvic fillS; second dorsal and anal fins

only slightly higher than first dorsal; 8-10 dorsal, 7-10 anal finlets.

Head conical with a terminal mouth which extends back to vertical

axis through eye. Head and eye proportionally large. Head length

nearly equal to body depth in young, less than equal in older individuals. Body covered with small scales; indistinct corselet. Ventral surface ofliver striated. Keel well developed on caudal peduncle and extends to caudal fin where it is surrounded by two small

keels (Gibbs and Collette 1967; Fischer and Whitehead 1974).

In life, dark blue to black dorsally, silvery white ventrally.

Iridescent greenish-yellow patch present from eye to above base

of pectoral; second dorsal and anal fins light yellow; finlets bright

yellow with black edges (Gibbs and Collette 1967).

Life history

The species is heterosexual and has no external characteristics to

distinguish males from females. In Hawaiian and central Pacific

waters, females attain sexual maturity and spawn at 14-20 kg (Yuen

1955). The spawning area of the species is between lat. 12°N-12°S

and long. 120oE-11OoW (Kikawa 1962). Spawning occurs throughout the year in the equatorial region, but peaks from April through

134

September (Kikawa 1962). Fecundity estimates for a single spawn

range from 2.9 to 6.3 million eggs for fish 39 to 107 kg (Yuen 1955).

Newly hatched larvae are 1.5 mm in total length (Kume 1962).

Growth is rapid but sexually dimorphic. Males attain a size of23.7

kg in 2 years, 46.3 kg in 3 years, 66.7 kg in 4 years, and 115.3

kg in 7 years. For females, the sizes attained were 23.9 kg in 2

years, 45.7 kg in 3 years, 64.0 kg in 4 years, and 103.8 kg in 7

years (Shomura and Keala 1963).

Bigeye tuna feeds opportunistically on fishes, squids, other

molluscs, and crustaceans. Small individuals «140 cm FL) consume a larger proportion by volume of crustaceans and fishes and

a smaller proportion of molluscs than large individuals (>140 cm)

(King and Ikehara 1956).

The length-weight relationship of bigeye tuna is:

W = 8.071 X 10-5 L290182,

where W = weight (Ib) and L = fork length (cm) (Nakamura and

Uchiyama 1966).

Gear and catch

In the Hawaiian fishery, bigeye tuna annual landings in 1961-79

varied widely from 77,064 to 553,744 kg and averaged 280,141

kg. Most of the fish were caught around the main islands by longline

vessels; however, since 1971, the ika-shibi fishery using handline

has developed significantly and contributed a large proportion to

the statewide landings.

In the NWHI the species is caught primarily by Japanese

longliners and baitboats, which produced an estimated 1,510 and

734 MT, respectively, from within the FCZ around the Hawaiian

Islands in 1977 (Yong and Wetherall 1980).
Bigeye Tuna SCOMBRIDAE

Figure 75.-Thunnus obesus.

135
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS _

Many staff members of the Southwest Fisheries Center, Honolulu

Laboratory have contributed to this manuscript. The editors and

authors express special thanks to various members of the scientific

staff for support and guidance throughout the investigation, and to

the officers and crew of the NOAA ship Townsend Cromwell, for

their total commitment and whole-hearted support during the 5 years

of field work. We thank W. D. Anderson, B. Burch, S. Hau, E.

A. Kay, H. Okamoto, J. Randall, W. F. Smith-Vaniz, A. Suzumoto,

K. Wyrtki, and R. Young for advising us in their field of speciality. For invaluable information and advice we thank S. Naftel, L.

Ohai, W. Shinsato, and C. Yamamoto (deceased) from the fishing

community. For critically reviewing all or part of the atlas, we are

indebted to R. Gooding, R. Grigg, W. Ikehara, A. Katekaru, P.

Kawamoto, C. MacDonald, H. Okamoto, J. Polovina, S. Ralston,

M. Seki, R. Titgen, and R. Wass. Lastly, we thank the families

of all the seagoing Honolulu Laboratory personnel for their patience

and understanding during the numerous long cruises to the NWHI.

CITATIONS _

ABE, T.

1957. New, rare or uncommon fishes from Japanese waters. VI. Notes on the

rare fishes of the Family Histiopteridae. Jpn. J. Jchthyol. 6(1-2):35-39 and

continued in 6(3):71-74.

AMERSON, A. B., Jr.

1971. The natural history of French Frigate Shoals, Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 150, 383 p.

AMERSON, A. B., Jr., R. B. CLAPP, and W. O. WIRTZ, II.

1974. The natural history of Pearl and Hermes Reef, Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands. Atoll Res. Bull. 174. 306 p.

ANDERSON, W. D., Jr.

1981. A new species of Indo-West Pacific Elelis (Pisces: Lutjanidae), with comments on other species of the genus. Copeia 1981:820-825.

AOMORI PREFECTURAL FISHERIES EXPERIMENTAL STATION.

1976. Report on fishing ground development survey on the Emperor Seamount

area, 1976 (Tenno Kaizaniki ni okeru gyojyo kaihatsu chosa). Aomori Prefectural Fisheries Experimental Station, 66 p. (Partial Engl. transl. by W. G. Van

Campen, 1976,6 p.; Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council,

Honolulu, HI 96813.)

AOYAGI, H.

1943. Coral fishes. Part I. Maruzen Co., Ltd., Tokyo, 224 p. + 37 plates.

APRIETO, V. L.

1974. Early development of five carangid fishes of the Gulf of Mexico and the

South Atlantic coast of the United States. Fish. Bull., U.S. 72:415-443.

BARKLEY, R. A., B. M. ITO, and R. P. BROWN.

1964. Releases and recoveries of drift bottles and cards in the central Pacific.

U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 492, 31 p.

BEARDSLEY, G. L., Jr.

1967. Age, growth, and reproduction of the dolphin, Coryphaena hippurus, in

the Straits of Florida. Copeia 1967:441-451.

BEARDSLEY, G. L., Jr., N. R. MERRETT, and W. J. RICHARDS.

1972. Synopsis ofthe biology of the sailfish,lsliophorus platypterus (Shaw and

Nodder, 1791). In R. S. Shomura and F. Williams (editors), Proceedings of

the International Billfish Symposium, Kailua-Kona, Hawaii, 9-12 August 1972,

Part 3, p. 95-120. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF-675.

BERRY, F. H.

1959. Young jack crevalles (Caranx species) off the southeastern Atlantic coast

of the United States. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 59:417-535.

1965. The spotted jack crevalle, Caranx melampygus Cuvier, in the eastern

Pacific. Calif. Fish Game 51 :28-36.

1968. A new species of carangid fish (Decaplerus lab/) from the western Atlantic.

Contrib. Mar. Sci. 13: 145-167.

BERRY, F. H., and W. F. SMITH-VANIZ.

1978. Carangidae. In W. Fischer (editor), FAO species identification sheets

for fishery purposes. Western central Atlantic (fishing area 31). Rome, FAO

I, var. pag.

136

BERRY, F. H., W. F. SMITH-VANIZ, and J. B. MOBERLY.

1981. Identification of trevallys or crevalles (genus Caranx) of the Indian and

Pacific Oceans. Int. Game Fish Assoc., Fort Lauderdale, Fla., 4 p.

BLUMENSTOCK, D. I., and S. PRICE.

1972. Climates of the states: Hawaii. In E. A. Kay (editor), A natural history

of the Hawaiian Islands: Selected readings, p. 155-204. Univ. Hawaii Press,

Honolulu.

BROCK, V. E.

1954. Some aspects of the biology of the aku, Kalsuwonus pelamis, in the

Hawaiian Islands. Pac. Sci. 8:94-104.

BRYAN, E. H., Jr.

1939. We see only the peaks of Hawaii. Paradise of the Pacific 51: 13-16.

1942. American Polynesia and the Hawaiian chain. Tongg Publ. Co.,

Honolulu, 253 p.

BULLIS, H. R.

1951. Gulf of Mexico shrimp trawl designs. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish.

Leafl. 394, 16 p.

BYERS, H. R.

1944. General meteorology. 2d ed., McGraw-Hill, N.Y., 645 p.

CARLQUIST, S.

1970. Hawaii, a natural history. The Natural History Press, Garden City, N.Y.,

463 p.

CHAMBERLAIN, T.

1968. The littoral sand budget, Hawaiian Islands. Pac. Sci. 22:161-183.

CHARNELL, R. L., D. W. K. AU, and G. R. SECKEL.

1967a. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part I: Townsend

Cromwell cruises 1,2, and 3, February to April 1964. U.S. Fish Wild]. Serv.,

Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 552, 75 p.

1967b. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part II: Townsend

Cromwell cruises 4,5, and 6, May to July 1964. U.S. Fish Wild]. Serv., Spec.

Sci. Rep.-Fish. 553, 78 p.

1967c. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part III: Townsend

Cromwell cruises 8, 9, and 10, September to November 1964. U.S. Fish Wild].

Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 554, 78 p.

1967d. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part IV: Townsend

Cromwell cruises II, 12, and 13, December 1964 to February 1965. U.S.

Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 555, 78 p.

1967e. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part V: Townsend

Cromwell cruises 14 and 15, March and April 1965. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.,

Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 556, 54 p.

1967f. The trade wind zone oceanography pilot study. Part VI: Townsend

Cromwell cruises 16, 17, and 21, May and June 1965 and January 1966. U.S.

Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 557, 59 p.

CHIKUN1, S.

1970. The phantom fish, kusakari tsubodai-an outline. Enyo (Far Seas) Fish.

Res. Lab. News 3: 1-4. (Engl. transl. by J. H. Shohara, 7 p., Natl. Mar. Fish.

Serv., Terminal Island, CA 90731.)

1971. Groundfish on the seamounts in the North Pacific. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Fish.

Oceanogr. 19:1-14. (Engl. transl. by K. Tatara, 1972, 12 p., Transl. No. 2130;

Fish. Res. Board Can.)

CHITTLEBOROUGH, R. G.

1976. Breeding of Panulirus longipes cygnus George under natural and controlled conditions. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 27:499-516.

CLAPP, R. B.

1972. The natural history of Gardner Pinnacles, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.

Atoll Res. Bull. 163, 25 p.

CLAPP, R. B., and W. O. WIRTZ, II.

1975. The natural history of Lisianski Island, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.

Atoll Res. Bull. 186, 196 p.

CLARKE, T. A.

1972. Exploration for deep benthic fish and crustacean resources in Hawaii.

Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii Inst. Mar. BioI. Tech. Rep. 29, 18 p.

COLE, J. S.

1980. Synopsis of biological data on the yellowfin tuna, Thunnus albacares

(Bonnaterre, 1788), in the Pacific Ocean. In W. H. Bayliff (editor), Synopses

of biological data on eight species ofscombrids. Inter-Am. Trop. Tuna Comm.,

Spec. Rep. 2:71-150.

COOKE, W. J., and C. D. MacDONALD.

1981. The puerulus and post-puerulus of the Hawaiian spiny lobster Panulirus

marginalus. Proc. BioI. Soc. Wash. 94(4): 1226-1232.

CROSNIER, A., and J. FOREST.

1973. Les crevettes profondes de I'Atlantique oriental tropical. [In Fr.] Faune

Tropicale XIX, Paris, 409 p.

De BEAUFORT, L. F., and W. M. CHAPMAN.

1951. The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. IX. Percomorphi (concluded) Blennoidea. E. J. Brill, Leiden, 484 p.
DIETRICH, G., K. KALLE, W. KRAUSS, and G. SIEDLER.

1980. General oceanography. 2d ed., John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 626 p.

DIZON, A. E., R. W. BRILL, and H. S. H. YUEN.

1978. III. Correlations between environment, physiology, and activity and the

effects on thermoregulation in skipjack tuna. In G. D. Sharp and A. E. Dizon

(editors), The physiological ecology of tunas, p. 233-259. Acad. Press, N.Y.

EDMONDSON, C. H.

1946. Reef and shore fauna of Hawaii. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Spec. Pub!.

22, 381 p.

ELY, C. A., and R. B. CLAPP.

1973. The natural history of Laysan Island, Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands.

Atoll Res. Bull. 171,361 p.

EMORY, K. P.

1928. Archaeology of Nihoa and Necker Islands. Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Mus.

53, 124 p.

EVERSON, A. E.

1984. Spawning and gonadal maturation of the ehu, Etelis carbunculus, in the

Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors),

Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Nonhwestern

Hawaiian Islands, Vo!. 2, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu,

Hawaii, p. 128-148. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

FIELDING, A.

1974. Aspects of the biology of the Hawaiian kona crab, Ranina mnina. M.S.

Thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 30 p.

FIELDING, A., and S. R. HALEY.

1976. Sex ratio, size at reproductive maturity, and reproduction of the Hawaiian

kona crab, Ranina mnina (Linnaeus) (Brachyura, Gymnopleura, Raninidae).

Pac. Sci. 30: 131-145.

FISCHER, W. (editor).

1978. FAO species identification sheets for fishery purposes. Western central

Atlantic (fishing area 31). Rome, FAO I, var. pag.

FISCHER, W., and P. J. P. WHITEHEAD (editors).

1974. FAO species identification sheets for fisheries purposes. Eastern Indian

Ocean (fishing area 57) and western central Pacific (fishing area 71). Rome,

FAO 4, var. pag.

FOWLER, H. W.

1933. Contributions to the biology of the Philippine Archipelago and adjacent

regions. Smithson. Inst., U.S. Nat!. Mus. 12(100): 1-465.

FREEMAN, O. W.

1951. Hawaii and American island outposts. In O. W. Freeman (editor),

Geography of the Pacific, p. 328-363. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., N.Y.

GEORGE, R. W., and D. J. G. GRIFFIN.

1973. Two shovel-nosed lobsters of the genus Scyllarides (Decapoda,

Scyllaridae) new to Australia. Crustaceana 24: 144-146.

GEORGE, R. W., and L. B. HOLTHUIS.

1965. A revision of the Indo-West Pacific spiny lobsters of the Panulirus

japonicus group. Zoo!. Verh. (Leiden) 72: 1-36.

GIBBS, R. H., Jr., and B. B. COLLETTE.

1959. On the identification, distribution, and biology ofthe dolphins, Coryphaena

hippurus and C. equiselis. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 9: I 17-152.

1967. Comparative anatomy and systematics of the tunas, genus Thunnus. U.S.

Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 66:65-130.

GILMARTIN, W. G.

1983. Recovery plan for the Hawaiian monk seal, Monachus schauinslandi. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA, Nat!' Mar. Fish. Serv., Southwest

Region, Terminal Island, Calif., 41 p.

GODSIL, H. C.

1954. A comparison ofJapanese and Hawaiian specimens of the black skipjack,

Euthynnus yaito. Calif. Fish Game 40:411-413.

GODSIL, H. C., and R. D. BYERS.

1944. A systematic study of the Pacific tunas. Calif. Fish Game, Fish Bull.

60, 131 p.

GOODING, R. M.

1984. Trapping surveys for the deepwater caridean shrimps, Heterocarpus

laevigatus and H. ensifer, in the Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands. Mar. Fish.

Rev. 46(2): 18-26.

1985. Predation on released spiny lobster, Panulirus marginatus, during tests

in the Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands. Mar. Fish. Rev. 47(1):27-35.

GOODING, R. M., and J. J. MAGNUSON.

1967. Ecological significance of a drifting object to pelagic fishes. Pac. Sci.

21 :486-497.

GORDON,I.

1963. On the relationship of Dromiacea, Tymolinae and Raninidae to the

Brachyura. Phylogeny and evolution of Crustacea. Mus. Compo Zoo!. (Harv.

Univ.) Spec. Pub!., p. 51-57.

137

GOSLINE, W. A.

1965. Venical zonation of inshore fishes in the upper water layers of the

Hawaiian Islands. Ecology 46:823-831.

GOSLINE, W. A., and V. E. BROCK.

1960. Handbook of Hawaiian fishes. Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 372 p.

GRACE, J. M. (editor).

1974. Marine atlas of Hawaii. Bays and harbors. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR74-01,241 p.

GRIGG, R. W.

1981. Acropora in Hawaii. Pan 2. Zoogeography. Pac. Sci. 35(1): 15-24.

1982. Darwin Point: A threshold for atoll formation. Coral Reefs 1:29-34.

1983. Community structure, succession and development of coral reefs in

Hawaii. Mar. Eco!. Prog. Ser. II: 1-14.

GRIGG, R. W., and R. T. PFUND (editors).

1980. Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in

the Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii.

UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04, 333 p.

GRIGG, R. W., and K. Y. TANOUE (editors).

1984. Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Resource Investigations in the

Nonhwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vols. I and 2, May 25-27, 1983, University

of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

GROSS, M. G., J. D. MILLIMAN, J. I. TRACEY, Jr., and H. S. LADD.

1969. Marine geology of Kure and Midway Atolls, Hawaii: A preliminary

repon. Pac. Sci. 23:17-25.

GUNDERSON, D. R., and T. M. SAMPLE.

1980. Distribution and abundance of rockfish off Washington, Oregon, and

California during 1977. Mar. Fish. Rev. 42(3-4):2-16.

HANAMOTO, E.

1976. The swimming layer of bigeye tuna. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Fish. Oceanogr.

29:41-44. (Eng!. trans!. by T. Otsu, 1977,7 p., Trans!. No. 21; available

Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

HARAGUCHI, P.

1979. Weather in Hawaiian waters. Pacific Weather, Inc., Honolulu. Hawaii

Reprographics, t07 p.

HARDY, G. S.

1983. A revision of the fishes of the Family Pentacerotidae (Perciformes).

N.Z.J. Zoo!. 10: 177-220.

HART, J. L.

1973. Pacific fishes of Canada. Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can. 180,740 p.

HAU, S.

1984. Economic analysis of deep bottomfishing in the Nonhwestern Hawaiian

Islands. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Nonhwestern Hawaiian

Islands, Vo!. I, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii,

p. 265-282. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

[HAWAII.] DEPARTMENT OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES.

1967. 1966-1967 Repon to the Governor. Sect. 3, Div. Fish Game, Honolulu,

83 p.

1970. 1968-1969 Repon to the Governor. Sect. 3, Div. Fish Game, Honolulu,

83 p.

[HAWAll.] DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT.

1969. Hawaii and the sea: A plan for State action. Report to the Governor's

Task Force on Oceanography. State of Hawaii, Dep. Plann. Econ. Dev.,

112 p.

1974. Hawaii and the sea - 1974. Prepared for the Governor's Advisory Committee on Science and Technology. State of Hawaii, Dep. Plann. Econ. Dev.,

var. pag.

HAYASHI, K., and S. MIYAKE.

1969. Bathypelagic caridean shrimps collected by "Koyo Maru" during the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Occas. Pap. Zoo!' Lab., Kyushu Univ.,

Fukuoka 2(4):59-77.

HIATT, R. W., and D. W. STRASBURG.

1960. Ecological relationships of the fish fauna on coral reefs of the Marshall

Islands. Eco!. Monogr. 30:65-127.

HIROTA, J., S. TAGUCHI, R. F. SHUMAN, and A. E. JAHN.

1980. Distributions of plankton stocks, productivity, and potential fishery yield

in Hawaiian waters. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings

of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Nonhwestern

Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 191-203. UNIHISEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

HOBSON, E. S.

1965. Diurnal-nocturnal activity of some inshore fishes in the Gulf of California. Copeia 1965:291-302.

1968. Predatory behavior ofsome shore fishes in the Gulf of California. U.S.

Fish Wild!. Serv., Res. Rep. 73,92 p.
1972. Activity of Hawaiian reef fishes during the evening and morning transitions between daylight and darkness. Fish. Bull., U.S. 70:715-740.

1974. Feeding relationships of teleostean fishes on coral reefs in Kona, Hawaii.

Fish. Bull., U.S. 72:915-1031.

1980. The structure of reef communities in the Hawaiian Archipelago: Interim

status report. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the

Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 57-80. UNLHI-SEAGRANTMR-80-04.

HOLTHUIS, L. B.

1980. FAO species catalogue. Shrimps and prawns of the world. FAO Fish.

Synop. 125(1):1-271.

HONDA, V. A.

1980. Preliminary results of studies on fecundity of the spiny lobster, Panulirus

marginatus, in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and R.

T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu,

Hawaii, p. 143-148. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

HONOLULU STAR-BULLETIN.

1917. Churchill's captain and crew, on French Frigate Rock, saved. 30 October 1917, p. A-I.

HUMPHREYS, R. L., Jr., and S. H. KRAMER.

1984. Ciguatera and the feeding habits ofthe greater amberjack, Seriola dumerili,

in the Hawaiian Archipelago. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors),

Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu,

Hawaii, p. 237-264. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

HUMPHREYS, R. L., Jr., D. T. TAGAMI, and M. P. SEKI.

1984. Seamount fishery resources within the southern Emperor-northern

Hawaiian Ridge. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings

of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands, Vol. I, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii,

p. 283-327. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

IGUCHI, K.

1973. Research by trawl fishery for commercialization of the fishing grounds

by Japan Marine Fishery Resource Research Center. II. Outline of trawl fishery

investigation for commercialization in the central North Pacific. Bull. Jpn.

Soc. Fish. Oceanogr. 23:47-56. (Engl. transl. by T. Otsu, 1984, 12 p., Transl.

96; available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu,

HI 96812.)

IKENOUYE, H.

1969. Age determination by otolith of a Japanese a1fonsin, Beryx splendens, with

special reference to growth. J. Tokyo Univ. Fish. 55:91-98.

INOUE, M., Y. IWASAKI, M. AOKI, K. TUTUMI, and H. NAGAOKA.

1974. Some notes on the artificial fertilization and rearing of larvae in frigate

mackerel and yellowfin tuna, cultured with seawater-acclimatized Chlorella as

a basic diet. J. Fac. Mar. Sci. Technol., Tokai Univ. 8:27-36. (Engl. transI.

by T. Otsu, 1981, 15 p., Trans!. No. 58; available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl.

Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

INTERNATIONAL GAME FISH ASSOCIATION.

1981. World record game fishes/1981. Int. Game Fish Assoc., Fort Lauderdale, Fla., 308 p.

IVERSEN, E. S., and H. O. YOSHIDA.

1957. Longline and troll fishing for tuna in the central equatorial Pacific, January

1955 to February 1956. U.S. Fish Wild!. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 203,

38 p.

JACKSON, E., I. KOlZUMI, G. DALRYMPLE, D. CLAGUE, R. KIRKPATRJCK,

and H. GREENE.

1980. Introduction and summary of results from DSDP Leg 55, the HawaiianEmperor hot-spot experiment. In 1. Shamback (editor), Initial reports of the

Deep Sea Drilling Project, Vol. 55, p. 5-31. U.S. Gov. Print. Off., Wash.,

D.C. 20402.

JAPAN FISHERIES AGENCY.

1974. Survey of the North Pacific seamounts (Kita Taiheiyo kaizan chosa).

Report of Kaiyo Maru survey cruises, 1972 season. Jpn. Fish. Agency, 136

p. (Engl. transl. of selected portions of the report by T. Otsu, 1981,55 p.,

Transl. No. 54; available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv.,

NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

JAPAN MARINE FISHERY RESOURCE RESEARCH CENTER (JAMARC).

1973. Surveys of trawling grounds in the north central Pacific Ocean, 1972

season (Showa 47-nendo kaigai tororu shingyojyo kigyoka chosa hokokushoHokubu chuo Taiheiyo kaiiki). Translation of portions ofJAMARC Rep. 7,

March 1973,89 p. (Engl. transI. by T. Otsu, 1977,27 p., Transl. No. 19;

available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu,

HI 96812.)

138

JOHNSON, G. D.

1978. Development of fishes of the mid-Atlantic bight. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.,

BioI. Servo Program FWS/OBS-78-12, 314 p.

JOHNSON, M. W.

1968. Palinurid phyllosoma larvae from the Hawaiian Archipelago (Palinuridae).

Crustaceana Suppl. (Leiden) 2:59-79.

JONES, R. S.

1968. Ecological relationships in Hawaiian and Johnston Island Acanthuridae

(surgeonfishes). Micronesica 4:309-361.

JONES, S., and E. G. SILAS.

1964. A systematic review of the scombroid fishes of India. In Proceedings

of the Symposium on Scombroid Fishes, p. 1-105. Mar. BioI. Assoc. India,

Symp. Ser. 1.

JORDAN, D. S., and B. W. EVERMANN.

1905. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands. Part I. The shore fishes.

Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., 1903,23:170-171.

JOSSE, E., J. C. LeGUEN, R. KEARNEY, A. LEWIS, A. SMITH, L. MAREC,

and P. K. TOMLINSON.

1979. Growth of skipjack. South Pac. Comm., Occas. Pap. II, 83 p.

JUNE, F. C.

1951. Preliminary fisheries survey of the Hawaiian-Line Islands area. Part IINotes on the tuna and bait resources of the Hawaiian, Leeward, and Line

Islands. Commer. Fish. Rev. 13: 1-22.

1953. Spawning of yellowfin tuna in Hawaiian waters. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.,

Fish. Bull. 54:47-64.

KAMI, H. T.

1973. The Pristipomoides (Pisces: Lutjanidae) of Guam with notes on their

biology. Micronesica 9:97-117.

KANAGAWA PREFECTURAL FISHERJES EXPERJMENTAL STATION.

1971. Report on the survey of groundfish resources, 1970 season (Soko-uo shigen

chosa kenkyu hokoku (Showa45-nendo)). Data Rep., Kanagawa Prefect. Fish.

Exp. Stn. 167:1-31.

KAWAMOTO, P. Y.

1973. Management investigation of the akule or bigeye scad Trachurops

crumenophthalmus (Bloch). Hawaii Div. Fish Game, Dep. Land Nat. Resour.

Completion report prepared for Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv. and Commer. Fish.

Resour. Dev. Act, P.L. 88-309 Project H-4-R, 28 p.

KAY, E. A.

1967. The composition and relationships of marine molluscan fauna of the

Hawaiian Islands. Venus 25:94-104.

KAYA, C. M., A. E. DIZON, and S. H. HENDRIX.

1981. Induced spawning of tuna, Euthynnus affinis. Fish. Bull., U.S.

79: 185-187.

KAYA, C. M., A. E. DIZON, S. H. HENDRJX, T. K. KAZAMA, and M. K. K.

QUEENTH.

1982. Rapid and spontaneous maturation, ovulation, and spawning of ova by

newly captured skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis. Fish. Bull., U.S.

80:393-396.

KlKAWA, S.

1962. Studies on the spawning activity of the Pacific tunas, Parathunnus mebachi

and Neothunnus macropterus, by the gonad index examination. Nankai Reg.

Fish. Res. Lab., Occas. Rep. 1:43-56.

KIKKAWA, B. S.

1980. Preliminary study on the spawning season of the opakapaka,

Pristipomoidesfilamentosus. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 226-232.

UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

1984. Maturation, spawning, and fecundity of opakapaka, Pristipomoides

filamentosus, in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and K.

Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 149-160. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR84-01.

KIKKAWA, B. S., and A. R. EVERSON.

1984. Gonadal maturation, fecundity, and spawning of the greater amberjack,

Seriola dumerili (Risso) in Hawaiian waters with references to ciguatoxin incidences. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the

Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands,

Vol. 2, May 25-27,1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 161-178.

UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

KIMURA, L. H., M. A. ABAD, and Y. HOKAMA.

1982. Evaluation of the radioimmunoassay (RJA) for detection of ciguatoxin

(CTX) in fish tissues. J. Fish. BioI. 21:671-680.
KING, J. E., and I. I. IKEHARA.

1956. Comparative study of food of bigeye and yellowfin tuna in the central

Pacific. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 57:61-85.

KING, M. G.

19803. A preliminary trapping survey for deepwater shrimp (Decapoda: Natantia)

in the New Hebrides. Rep. Inst. Mar. Resour., Univ. South Pac., Fiji, 26 p.

1980b. A trapping survey for deepwater shrimp (Decapoda: Natantia) in Western

Samoa. Rep. Inst. Mar. Resour., Univ. South Pac., Fiji, 26 p.

1981. Deepwater shrimp resources in Vanuatu: A preliminary survey off Port

Vila. Mar. Fish. Rev. 43(12): 10-17.

1982. Deepwater caridean shrimps in south-west Pacific Islands: An overview. South Pac. Comm.lFish. 14 Working Pap. 16, 17 p.

KING, M. G., and R. B. MOFFITI.

1984. The sexuality of tropical deepwater shrimps (Crustacea: Pandalidae).

J. Crustacean BioI. 4:567-571.

KLEMM, R.

1982. Turning trash cans into pots 0' gold. Makai, Univ. Hawaii Sea Grant Coli.

Program 4(3):4-5.

KOJIMA, S.

1961. Studies of dolphin fishing conditions in the western Sea of Japan-III.

On the stomach contents of dolphins. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 27:625-629.

(Engl. transl. by W. G. Van Campen, 1963,9 p.; available Southwest Fish.

Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

1966. Studies on fishing conditions of the dolphin, Coryphaena hippurus, in

the western regions of the Sea of Japan-XII. The size of a dolphin school.

[In Jpn., Engl. abstr.] Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 32:652-654.

KUME, S.

1962. A note on the artificial fertilization of bigeye tuna, Parathunnus mebachi

(Kishinouye). Rep. Naokai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab. 15:79-84.

KUROIWA, M.

1973. Research by trawl fishery for commercialization of the fishing grounds

by Japan Marine Fishery Resources Research Center. I. Outline oftrawl fishery

investigation for commercialization in the central North Pacific. [In Jpn.] Bull.

Jpn. Soc. Fish. Oceanogr. 23:42-47.

LINDBERG, G. U., and Z. V. KRASYUKOVA.

1971. Fishes of the Sea of Japan and the adjacent areas of the Sea of Okhotsk

and the Yellow Sea. Part 3. Teleostomi, XXIX. Perciformes. Isr. Program

Sci. Transl., Jerusalem, 498 p.

LOBEL, P. S.

1978. Diel, lunar, and seasonal periodicity in the reproductive behavior of the

pomacanthid fish, Centropyge potleri, and some other reef fishes in Hawaii.

Pac. Sci. 32: 193-207.

LYONS, W. G.

1970. Scyllarid lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda). Mem. Hourglass Cruises. Fla.

Dep. Nat. Resour., Mar. Res. Lab. 1(4): 1-74.

MacDONALD, C. D.

1983. Seasonal and geographic patterns of Hawaiian spiny lobster puerulus

recruitment. Sea Grant Q., Univ. Hawaii Sea Grant Coli. Program 5(1): 1-6.

1984. Studies on recruitment in the Hawaiian spiny lobster Panulirus marginotus.

In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium

on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. I, May

25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 199-220. UNIHISEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

MacDONALD, C. D., S. C. JAZWINSKI, and J. H. PRESCOTI.

1984. Queuing behavior of the Hawaiian spiny lobster (Panulirus marginatus).

Bull. Mar. Sci. 35:111-114.

MAGNUSON, J. J,

1970. Report on assignment as marine fisheries biologist with the UNDP

(SF)/FAO deep sea fishing development project in the Philippines. FAO Rep.,

86 p. [Mimeo.]

MASUDA, H., C. ARAGA, and T. YOSHINO (contributors).

1975. Coastal fishes of southern Japan. Tokai Univ. Press, Tokyo, 378 p.

(Edited by Fac. Mar. Sci. Tech., Tokai Univ.)

MATSUMOTO, W. M.

1967. Morphology and distribution of larval wahoo Acanthocybium solandri

(Cuvier) in the central Pacific Ocean. U.S. Fish WildI. Serv., Fish. Bull.

66:299-322.

MATSUMOTO, W. M., R. A. SKILLMAN, and A. E. DIZON.

1984. Synopsis of biological data on skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis. U.S.

Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS Circ. 451, 92 p.

MAUCK, C. J., III,

1975. Forecaster's handbook. Local area forecaster's handbook for U.S. Naval

Station, Midway Island. Compiled by U.S. Naval Weather Service Environment Detachment, 61 p. [Mimeo.].

McDONALD, G. A., and A. T. ABBOTT.

1970. Volcanoes in the sea. Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 441 p.

139

McGARY, J. W., and E. D. STROUP.

1956. Mid-Pacific oceanography, Part VIII, middle latitude waters, JanuaryMarch 1954. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish. 180, 173 p.

McGINNIS, F.

1972. Management investigation of two species of spiny lobsters, Panulirus

japonicus and P. penicillatus. Hawaii, Dep. Land Nat. Resour., Div. Fish

Game, 47 p. [Mimeo.].

MENARD, H. W., and E. L. HAMILTON.

1963. Paleogeography of the tropical Pacific. In J. L. Gressitt (editor), Pacific

Basin biogeography: A symposium, p. 193-217. Bernice P. Bishop Mus.

Press. Presented at Tenth Pacific Science Congress, Honolulu, Hawaii, 1961.

(Also: In E. A. Kay (editor), A natural history of the Hawaiian Islands: Selected

readings, p. 5-26. Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 1972.)

MITO, S.

1960. Egg development and hatched larvae of the common dolphin-fish Coryphaena hippurus Linne. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 26:223-226.

MOFFITI, R. B.

1980. A preliminary report on bottomfishing in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 216-225. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

MORGAN, W. J.

1972. Deep mantle convection plumes and plate motions. Am. Assoc. Petrol.

Geol. Bull. 56(2):203-213.

MORIN, T. D., and C. D. MacDONALD.

1984. Occurrence of the slipper lobster Scyllarides haanii in the Hawaiian Archipelago. Proc. BioI. Soc. Wash. 97(2):404-407.

MORRIS, R. A.

1966. Gonadal development in schools of skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis)

in Hawaiian waters. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 83 p.

MUNRO, I. S. R.

1967. The fishes of New Guinea. Dep. Agric., Stock Fish., Port Moresby,

New Guinea. 650 p. + 78 plates.

NAKAMURA, E. L., and J. H. UCHIYAMA.

1966. Length-weight relations of Pacific tunas. In T. A. Manar (editor), Proceedings, Governor's Conference on Central Pacific Fishery Resources, p.

197-201. State of Hawaii, Honolulu.

NAMAIS, J.

1953. Thirty-day forecasting: A review of a ten-year experiment. Meteorol.

Monogr. 2(6): 1-83.

NEWMAN, T. S.

1972. Man in the prehistoric Hawaiian ecosystem. In E. A. Kay (editor), A

natural history of the Hawaiian Islands: Selected readings, p. 559-603. Univ.

Hawaii Press, Honolulu.

NIGRELLI, R. F., and H. W. STUNKARD.

1947. Studies on the genus Hirudinella, giant trematode of scombriform

fishes. Zoologica 31(13): 185-196.

NORMAN, J. R.

1935. The carangid fishes of the genus Decapterus Bleeker. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. 16:252-264.

ODA, D. K., and J. D. PARRISH.

1981 . Ecology of commercial snappers and groupers introduced to Hawaiian

reefs. In E. D. Gomez, C. E. Birkeland, R. W. Buddemeier, R. E. Johannes,

J. A. Marsh, Jr., and R. T. Tsuda (editors), Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila, Philippines, 18-22 May 1981, 1:59-67.

OKAMOTO, H., and P. KAWAMOTO.

1980. Progress report on the nearshore fishery resource assessment of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands: 1977 to 1979. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund

(editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations

in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii,

p. 71-80. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

OKIYAMA, M.

1970. Studies on the early life history of the rainbow runner, Elagatis bipinnulatus (Quoy & Gaimard) in the Indo-Pacific Oceans. Bull. Far Seas Fish.

Res. Lab. (Shimizu) 3:167-186.

OMMANNEY, F. D.

1953. Report on the Mauritius Seychelles Fisheries Survey 1948-1949. Part lIThe pelagic fishes and a note on tow nettings. Colon. Off. Fish. Publ., Lond.

1(3):58-104.

ONISHI, K.

1967. Experiment on artificial fertilization and rearing of larvae of alfonsin

(Kinmedai jinko fuka oyobi fuka yogyo shi-iku shiken). [In Jpn.] Shizuoka

Prefect. Fish. Exp. Stn., 1966 Oper. Rep., p. 198-201.
ONIZUKA, E. W.

1972. Management and development investigations of the kona crab, Ranina

ranina (Linnaeus). Final Report. Dep. Land Nat. Resour., Div. Fish Game,

Hawaii, 28 p. [Mimeo.]

PALKO, B. J., G. L. BEARDSLEY, and W. J. RICHARDS.

1982. Synopsis of the biological data on dolphin-fishes, Coryphaena hippurus

Linnaeus and Coryphaena equiselis Linnaeus. U.S. Dep. Commer. , NOAA

Tech. Rep. NMFS Circ. 443, 28 p.

PALMER, H. S.

1927. Geology of Kaula, Nihoa, Necker, and Gardner Islands, and French

Frigate Shoals. Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 35, 35 p.

PARRISH, J., L. TAYLOR, M. DeCROSTA, S. FELDKAMP. L. SANDERSON,

and C. SORDEN.

1980. Trophic studies of shallow-water communities in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings

of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 175-188. UNIHISEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

PATZERT, W. C.

1969. Eddies in Hawaiian waters. Hawaii Inst. Geophys. HIG-69-8, 51 p.

PATZERT, W. c., K. WYRTKI, and H. J. SANTAMORE.

1970. Current measurements in the central North Pacific Ocean. Hawaii Inst.

Geophys. HIG-70-3I, 26 p.

POWELL, R.

1968. "Akule" night fishing gear. South Pac. Comm., Noumea, New

Caledonia, 13 p. [Mimeo.]

RALSTON, S.

1980. An analysis of the Hawaiian offshore handline fishery: A progress

report. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands, April 24-25, 1980, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p.

204-215. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04.

1981. A study of the Hawaiian deepsea handline fishery with special reference

to the population dynamics of opakapaka, Pris/ipomoides jilamenlOsus (Pisces:

Lutjanidae). Ph.D. Dissertation, Univ. Wash., Seattle, 204 p.

RALSTON, S., and G. T. MIYAMOTO.

1983. Analyzing the width of daily otolith increments to age the Hawaiian snapper, Pris/ipomoides jilamentosus. Fish. Bull., U.S. 81 :523-535.

RANDALL, J. E.

1956. A revision of the surgeon fish genus Acanthurus. Pac. Sci. 10: 159-235.

1967. Food habits of reef fishes of the West Indies. Stud. Trop. Oceanogr.

(Miami) 5:665-847.

1980. A sUlVey of ciguatera at Enewetak and Bikini, Marshall Islands, with notes

on the systematics and food habits of ciguatoxic fishes. Fish. Bull., U.S.

78:201-249.

RANDALL, J. E., and P. GUEZE.

1981. The holocentrid fishes of the genus Myripris/is of the Red Sea, with

classification of the murdjan and hexagonUS complex. Contrib. Sci. (Los Ang.)

334:1-16.

RAO, K. V. N.

1964. An account of the ripe ovaries of some Indian tunas. In Proceedings of

the Symposium on Scombroid Fishes, Part 2, p. 733-743. Mar. BioI. Assoc.

India, Symp. Ser. I.

RATHBUN, M. J.

1906. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands. Part III-Miscellaneous

papers. The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U.S. Fish

Comm., 1903, 23:827-930.

REINTJES, J. W., and J. E. KING.

1953. Food of yellowfin tuna in the central Pacific. U. S. Fish Wildl. SelV.,

Fish. Bull. 54:91-110.

ROBINS, C. R. (chairman).

1980. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States

and Canada. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 12, 174 p.

ROBSON, G. C.

1929. A monograph of the recent Cephalopoda. I. Octopodinae. Brit. Mus.

(Nat. Hist.), Lond., 229 p.

RONQUILLO, I. A.

1953. Food habits of tunas and dolphins based upon the examination of their

stomach contents. Philipp. J. Fish. 2:71-83.

1972. A review of the roundscad fishery in the Philippines. Indo-Pac. Fish.

Counc., Proc. 15th Sess., Sect. 1:351-375.

ROSE, C. D., and W. W. HASSLER.

1974. Food habits and sex ratios of dolphin Coryphaena hippurus captured in

the western Atlantic Ocean off Hatteras, North Carolina. Trans. Am. Fish.

Soc. 103:94-100.

140

SAKAI, T.

1937. Studies on the crabs ofJapan, II. Oxystomata. Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika

Daigaku 3, Suppl. 2:67-192.

SAKIURA, H.

1972. The pelagic annorhead (Pentaceros richardsoni) fishing grounds off the

Hawaiian Islands, as viewed by the Soviets (So-Ren kara mita Hawaii oIU

kusakeri tsubodai gyojyo). Suisan Shuho 658:28-31. (Engl. transl. by T. Otsu,

1977,7 p., Transl. No. 17; available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish.

Serv., NOAA, Honolulu. HI 96812.) Note: This translation from the Japanese

is a translation of a Russian article; the original Russian paper was not cited

by the translator.

SASAKI, T.

1973. Surveys on mid-Pacific seamounts by the R/V Kaiyo Maru. 2. Biology.

[In Jpn.] Bull. Jpn. Soc. Fish. Oceanogr. 23:62-70.

1974. The pelagic annorhead, Pen/aceros richardsoni Smith, in the North Pacific

(Kita Taiheiyo no kusakari tsubodai). Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. Oceanogr.

24: 156-165. (Engl. transl. by T. Otsu, 1977, 13 p., Transl. No. 16; available

Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. SelV., NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

SCHULTZ, L. P., E. S. HERALD, E. A. LACHNER, A. D. WELANDER, and

L. P. WOODS.

1953. Fishes of the Marshall and Mariana Islands. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 202,

685 p.

SEALE, A.

1901. New Hawaiian fishes. Occas. Pap., Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 1(4): 1-15.

SECKEL, G. R.

1962. Atlas of the oceanographic climate of the Hawaiian Islands region. U.S.

Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 193:371-427.

SEKI, M. P.

1984a. The food and feeding habits of the grouper, Epinephelus quernus Seale

1901, in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue

(editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2, May 25-27, 1983, University of

Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 179-191. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

1984b. The food and feeding habits of the white trevally, Pseudocaranx dentex

(Bloch and Schneider 1801), in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R. W.

Grigg and K. Y. Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource

Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2, May 25-27, 1983,

University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 192-208. UNIHI-SEAGRANTMR-84-01.

SHAKLEE, J. B., and P. B. SAMOLLOW.

1980. Genetic aspects of population structure of four species in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands. In R. W. Grigg and R. T. Pfund (editors), Proceedings

of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern

Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, p. 264-277. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR80-04.

SHCHERBACHEV, Y. N.

1973. The biology and distribution of the dolphins (Pisces, Coryphaenidae). [In

Russ.] Vopr. Ikhtiol. 13:219-230. J. Ichthyol. 13: 182-191.

SHOMURA, R. S., and B. A. KEALA.

1963. Growth and sexual dimorphism in growth of bigeye tuna (7hunnus obesus)

a preliminary report. FAO Fish. Rep. 6, 3: 1409-1417.

SMITH, J. L. B.

1950. The sea fishes of southern Africa. Cent. News Agency, South Afr., 550

p., Hafner Publ. Co., N. Y.

SORDEN, C. T.

1983. Feeding relationships of goatfishes in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands. Sea Grant Coli. Program, Univ. Hawaii, Sea Grant Q. 5(2), 6 p.

SQUIRE, J. L., Jr., and S. E. SMITH.

1977. Anglers' guide to the United States Pacific coast, marine fish, fishing

grounds, & facilities. U.S. Dep. Commer. , NOAA, Natl. Mar. Fish. SelV.,

Seattle, 139 p.

STRUHSAKER, P. J., and D. C. AASTED.

1974. Deepwater shrimp trapping in the Hawaiian Islands. Mar. Fish. Rev.

36(10):24-30.

STRUHSAKER, P. J., and H. O. YOSHIDA.

1975. Exploratory shrimp trawling in the Hawaiian Islands. Mar. Fish. Rev.

37(12): 13-21.

SVERDRUP, H. U., M. W. JOHNSON, and R. R. FLEMING.

1946. The oceans; their physics, chemistry, and general biology. 2d ed.,

Prentice-Hall Inc., N.Y., 1087 p.

TABATA, R. S.

1981. Taape in Hawaii, new fish on the block. Coli. Program, Mar. Advisory

Program UNIHI-SEAGRANT-AB-81-03, 4 p.
TAKAHASHI, Y., and T. SASAKI.

1977. Trawl fishery in the central North Pacific seamounts (Kita Taiheiyo chubu

kaizan ni okeru tororu gyogyo). Hokuyo soko-uo gyogyo-Shiryo (3). (Northern waters groundfish fishery-Data (3).) Div. Northern Waters Groundfish

Resour., Far Seas Fish. Res. Lab., 45 p. (EngI. transl. by T. Otsu, 1977,49

p., Transl. No. 22; available Southwest Fish. Cent., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv.,

NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812.)

TALBOT, F. H.

1960. Notes on the biology of the Lutjanidae (Pisces) of the East African coast,

with special reference to L. bohar (Fiirskal). Ann, South Afr. Mus,

45:549-573,

TALBOT, F, H" and F, WILLIAMS,

1956, Sexual colour differences in Caranx ignobilis (Fiirsk,), Nature (Lond,)

178:934,

TESTER, A, L., and E, L, NAKAMURA,

1957, Catch rate, size, sex, and food of tunas and other pelagic fishes taken

by troIling off Oahu, Hawaii, 1951-55, U,S, Fish Wildl. Serv" Spec, Sci.

Rep,-Fish, 250, 25 p,

THORP, E, M,

1936, The sediments of Pearl and Hermes Reef. J, Sediment. Petrol. 6: 109-118,

TIEWS, K, F, W" I. A, RONQUILLO, and P, CACEO-BORJA,

1970, On the biology of roundscads (Decapterus Bleeker) in the Philippine

waters, Indo-Pac, Fish, Counc, Proc, 13th Sess" Sect. 2:81-106,

TINKER, S, W,

1965, Pacific Crustacea, An illustrated handbook on the reef-dweIling Crustacea

of Hawaii and the South Seas, Charles E, Tuttle Co" Publ., Rutland, Vermont, and Tokyo, 134 p,

1978, Fishes of Hawaii. Hawaii. Serv" Inc" Honolulu, 532 p,

TITCOMB, M" D, B, FELLOWS, M, K, PUKUI, and D. M, DEVANEY,

1978, Native use of marine invertebrates in old Hawaii. Pac, Sci. 32:325-377,

TUDOR, J, (editor),

1972, The Pacific islands year book, II th ed, Pac, Publ. Party, Ltd" Sydney,

Aust., 542 p,

UCHIDA, R, N,

1966, The skipjack tuna fishery in Hawaii, In T, A, Manar (editor), Proceedings, Governor's Conference on Central Pacific Fishery Resources, p,

147-159, State of Hawaii, Honolulu,

1967, Catch and estimates of fishing effort and apparent abundance in the fishery

for skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) in Hawaiian waters, 1952-62, U,S,

Fish Wildl. Serv" Fish, BuIl, 66:181-194.

1976, Reevaluation of fishing effort and apparent abundance in the Hawaiian

fishery for skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, 1948-70, Fish, BuIl" U,S,

74:59-69,

UCHIDA, R, N" B, M, ITO, and J, H, UCHIYAMA,

1979. Survey of bottom fish resource in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands,

South Pac, Comrn.lFish, II Working Pap, 5, 13 p, (Also Southwest Fish, Cent.

Honolulu Lab" Natl. Mar. Fish, Serv, NOAA, Honolulu, HI 96812, Admin,

Rep. H-79-20, 19 p,)

UCHIDA, R, N" and D, T, TAGAMI.

1984a, Biology, distribution, population structure, and pre-exploitation abundance of spiny lobster, Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard 1825), in

the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, In R, W, Grigg and K, Y, Tanoue

(editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the

Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. I, May 25-27, 1983, University of

Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 157-198, UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-01.

I984b, Groundfish fisheries and research in the vicinity ofseamounts in the North

Pacific Ocean, Mar. Fish, Rev, 46(2): 1-17,

UCHIDA, R, N" J, H, UCHIYAMA, R, L. HUMPHREYS, Jr., and D, T, TAGAMI.

1980, Biology, distribution, and estimates of apparent abundance of the spiny

lobster, Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard), in waters of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands: Part I. Distribution in relation to depth and

geographical areas and estimates of apparent abundance, In R, W, Grigg and

R, T, Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource

Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980,

Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 121-130, UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04,

UCHIDA, R, N" J, H, UCHIYAMA, D, T, TAGAMI, and P, M, SHIOTA,

1980, Biology, distribution, and estimates of apparent abundance of the spiny

lobster, Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard), in waters of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands: Part II, Size distribution, legal to sublegal ratio, sex

ratio, reproductive cycle, and morphometric characteristics, In R, W, Grigg

and R, T, Pfund (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource

Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980,

Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 131-142, UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04,

UCHIYAMA, J, H,

1980, Survey of the pelagic fishes of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, In

R. W, Grigg and R, T, Pfund (editors), Proceedings ofthe Symposium on Status

141

of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25,

1980, Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 251-263, UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04,

UCHIYAMA, J, H., R, K, BURCH, and S, A, KRAUL, Jr.

1986, Growth of dolphins, Coryphaena hippurus and C. equiselis, in Hawaiian

waters as determined by daily increments on otoliths, Fish, BuIl., U,S,

84: 186-191.

UCHIYAMA, J, H" S, H, KUBA, and D, T, TAGAMI.

1984, Length-weight and standard length-fork length relationships of the deepsea handline fishes of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, In R, W, Grigg

and K, Y, Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2, May 25-27, 1983,

University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 209-225, UNIHI-SEAGRANTMR-84-01.

UCHIYAMA, J, H" and P, J, STRUHSAKER,

1981. Age and growth ofskipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, and yeIlowfm tuna,

Thunnus albacares, as indicated by daily growth increments ofsagittae, Fish,

BUIl" U,S. 79:151-162.

UCHIYAMA, J, H" and D. T. TAGAMI.

1984, Life history, distribution, and abundance of bottomfishes in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. In R, W, Grigg and K, Y, Tanoue (editors), Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, Vol. I, May 25-27, 1983, University of Hawaii,

Honolulu, Hawaii, p, 229-247. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-84-0l,

[U,S,] BOARD ON GEOGRAPHIC NAMES,

1981. Undersea features, Prepared in the Geographic Names Division, U,S,

Army Topographic Command, Wash" D,C. U,S, Board Geogr. Names Gaz,

Ill, 142 p,

[U,S,] BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERJES,

1963, Skipjack-a world resource, U,S, Fish Wildl. Serv" Circ, 165,28 p,

[U,S,] OFFICE OF GEOGRAPHY,

1956, National InteIligence Survey (U,S, Department of the Interior), NIS

Gazetteer, Hawaiian Islands, Central InteIligence Agency, Wash" D,C" 89 p,

[U,S,] WEATHER BUREAU,

1961. Climates of the states - Hawaii, Climatology of the United States, U,S,

Weather Bureau 60-51, 20 p,

Van HEUKELEM, W, F,

1966, Some aspects of the ecology and ethology of Octopus cyanea Gray, M,S,

Thesis, Univ, Hawaii, Honolulu, 104 p,

1973, Growth and life span of Octopus cyanea (MoIlusca: Cephalopoda), J,

Zool. (Lond,) 169:29-315,

Von WESTERNHAGEN, H,

1974, Observations on the natural spawning of Alectis indicus (RlippeIl) and

Caranx ignobilis (F6rsk,) (Carangidae), J, Fish BioI. 6:513-516,

WAKIYA, Y,

1924, The carangoid fishes of Japan, Ann, Carnegie Mus, 15(2-3): 148-157,

WALDRON, K, D.

1963, Synopsis of biological data on skipjack Katsuwonus pelamis (Linnaeus)

1758 (Pacific Ocean), FAO Fish, Rep, 6, 2:695-748,

WALDRON, K, D" and J, E, KING,

1963, Food ofskipjack in the central Pacific, FAO Fish, Rep, 6, 3: 1431-1457,

WARNER, R, E,

1963, Recent history and ecology of the Laysan duck, Condor 65:3-23,

WEBER, M" and L. F, De BEAUFORT,

1929, The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, V, Anacanthini,

AIlotriognathi, Heterosomata, Berycomorphi, Percomorphi. E, J, Brill,

Leiden, 458 p,

1931. The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, E, J, Brill, Leiden, 6:22,

448 p,

1936, The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, VII, Perciformes (continued), E, J, Brill, Leiden, 607 p,

WELLS, M, J" and J, WELLS,

1970, Observations on the feeding, growth rate and habits of newly settled Octopus cyanea, J, Zool. (Lond,) 161 :65-74,

WELSH, J, P,

1950, A preliminary study of food and feeding habits of Hawaiian kawakawa,

mahimahi, ono, aku, and ahi, Div, Fish Game Program Rep, 1(2): 1-26,1949,

Territory of Hawaii, Board Comrn, Agric, For., Div, Fish Game, Spec, Bull. 2,

WHEELER, J. F, G,

1953, Report on the Mauritius Seychelles Fisheries Survey 1948-1949, Part 1-

The bottom fishes of economic importance, Colon, Off. Fish, Publ., Lond"

p, 1-57,

WILDER, M, J,

1977, Biological aspects and fisheries potential of two deep water shrimps

Heterocarpus ensifer and Heterocarpus laevigatus in waters surrounding Guam,

M.S, Thesis, Univ, Guam, 79 p,
1979. A handbook of deep-water shrimp trapping. Guam Econ. Dev. Authority,

22 p.

WILLIAMS, F.

1956. Preliminary survey of the pelagic fishes of East Africa. Colon. Off. Fish.

Pub!. 8, Lond., 68 p.

1958. Fishes of the Family Carangidae in British East African waters. Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 13(1):369-430.

1965. Further notes on the biology of the East African pelagic fishes of the

Families Carangidae and Sphyraenidae. J. East Afr. Agric. For. 31: 141-168.

WILSON, J. T.

1963. A possible origin of the Hawaiian Islands. Can. J. Physics 41: 863-870.

WODINSKY, J.

1969. Penetration ofthe shell and feeding on gastropods by Octopus. Am. Zoo!.

9:997-1010.

WOODWARD, P. W.

1972. The natural history of Kure Atoll, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Atoll

Res. Bull. 164,318 p.

WYRTKI, K., V. GRAEFE, and W. PATZERT.

1969. Current observations in the Hawaiian Archipelago. Hawaii Inst.

Geophys. Rep. HIG-69-15, 27 p. + current meter stations 1-219, unpag.

YAMAGUCHI, Y.

1953. The fishery and the biology ofthe Hawaiian opelu, Decapterus pinnulatus

(Eydnux and Souleye!). M.S. Thesis, Univ. Hawaii, Honolulu, 125 p.

YAMASHITA, D. T., and K. D. WALDRON.

1959. Tagging of skipjack in Hawaiian waters. Pac. Sci. 13:342-348.

YARNALL, J. L.

1969. Aspects of the behaviour of Octopus cyanea Gray. Anim. Behav.

17:747-754.

YONG, M. Y. Y., and J. A. WETHERALL.

1980. Estimates of the catch and effort by foreign tuna longliners and baitboats

in the Fishery Conservation Zone of the central and western Pacific, 1965-1977.

U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Memo. NOAA-TM-NMFS-SWFC-2,

103 p.

YOSHIDA, H. O.

1979. Synopsis of biological data on tunas of the genus EUlhynnus. U.S. Dep.

Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS Circ. 429, 57 p.

YUEN, H. S. H.

1955. Maturity and fecundity of bigeye tuna in the Pacific. U.S. Fish Wild!.

Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.-Fish 150, 30 p.

1959. Variability ofskipjack response to live bait. U.S. Fish Wild!. Serv., Fish.

Bull. 60: 147-160.

1970. Behavior of skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, as determined by tracking with ultrasonic devices. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 27:2071-2079.

1979. A night handline fishery for tunas in Hawaii. Mar. Fish. Rev. 41(8):7-14.

YUEN, H. S. H., and F. C. JUNE.

1957. Yellowfin tuna spawning in the central equatorial Pacific. U.S. Fish

Wild!. Serv., Fish. Bull. 57:251-264.

\'7U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE:1986- 791-121/61000

142